Catalogue of works, papers, report, and maps, on the geology, palæontology, mineralogy, mining and metallyrgy, etc. of the Australian continent and Tasmania

Etheridge, Robert · 1881 · Historical

The metadata below describe the original scanning. Follow the "All Files: HTTP" link in the "View the book" box to the left to find XML files that contain…

Public-domain full text preserved in the Mountain Man Mining Library. Original source: archive.org.

.mm m mmimm i m m mm

ii iiw i w iii i ii ' l ii i r i m r

Bought With The Income From The

Sage Endowment Fund

The Gift Of

MntQ W. Sage

rS9i

SXtiXQ. ':tl.Ll9.±..

Cornell University Library Z 6034.A9E84

Catalogue of works, papers, report, and

3 1924 004 997 437

The original of tiiis book is in tine Cornell University Library.

There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text.

://www.archive.org/details/cu31924004997437

Catalogue

Op

Works, Papers, Reports, And Maps,

On The

Geology, Paleontology, Mineralogy, Mining And Metalluegy, Etc.

Op The

Australian Continent

And

Tasmania,

Compiled Bt

Robeet Etheeidge, Jun.,

o7tHC BRITISH MUSEnU

(Late of the Geological Surteys of Victoria and Scottand),

Eobeet Logan Jack, F.Rg.S., F.G.S.,

GOVr. GEOLOOISTOS N. QUSENELAND

{Late of the Geological Survey of Scotland).

London: Edwaed Stanford, 55, Charing Cross, S.W.

Preface.

The Bibliography of Geology and allied Sciences has of late years reached such formidable proportions that without aid derived from Catalogues similar to the present, any attempt to master their literature, would be futile. The Catalogue of "Works, Papers, Eeports, and Maps" originated concurrently with the " Catalogue of Australian Fossils," by one of us, and may be looked upon as a further expansion of the List given at the end of that work. The Manuscript had long been kept in a state of preparation, without an opportunity for publication occurring. The appointment of the other Compiler as Government Geological Surveyor of North Queensland offered a fitting opportunity for the completion of the work.

We present it to our fellow-scientists, especially our Australian colleagues, of whose work in particular it may be said to be an epitome, in the hope that it may afford them as much assistance in their labours, as it has given pleasure to us in its preparation.

No one is more cognisant of the many imperfections and omissions than the Compilers. We, however, trust that our readers will look at the references given rather than at those omitted. Many Colonial Eeports we have been quite unable to obtain access to, and some few Periodicals, notably Dicker's Mining Record, published in Melbourne. Could we have consulted the works in question, especially the last named, the value of the Catalogue would have been much increased.

The titles are entered under the authors' names, but when a work is anonymous usually under the name of the subject referred to. In cases where the title of a work, or paper, does

11 Peefacb.

not sufficiently explain the reason for its entry, this is done by indicating the particular reference to which attention is called within brackets at the end of the title.

"We have further given a number of cross-references to subjects, to enable the reader to consult certain titles when the name of the author is unknown to him.

Our thanks are unreservedly due to a number of oyr friends for kindly assistance in various ways. To Prof. A. Geikie, p.k.s., we are indebted for continuous and ready access to works in the University Library, Edinburgh; to Messrs. F. W. Rudler, f.g.s., and T. W. Newton our thanks are tendered for valuable counsel and assistance ab the Museum of Practical Geology; to Messrs. Wheatly (late of the Royal Society) ; — Gordon (R. Soc. Bdinb.) j W. Rupert Jones (Geol. Soc. Lond.) ; B. B. Woodward (Reading Room, Brit. Mus.) ; W. Whitaker, r.G.S., &o. (Geological Survey) R. Meade and J. B. Jordan (Mining Record Office) ; E. C. Rye (R. Geographical Soc.) j R. Thorburn (Library, Admiralty) j P. Waterhouse (Zool. Soc. Lond.) ; with Dr. J. Murie and Mr. West (of the Linnean Society), our indebtedness for assistance most cheerfully rendered is very great.

To the liberality of the Government of New South Wales, as represented by the present Minister for Mines, and the Secretary of the Department of Mines, Mr. Harrie Wood, the publication of the present Catalogue is in a great measure due. The Manuscript was brought under their notice by our friends. Prof. A. Liversidge, f.c.s. (of Sydney University) ; and Mr. 0. S. Wilkinson f.g.s. (Government Geologist, New South Wales) ; to whom our thanks are equally tendered. Lastly, much kind interest has been taken in the- subject by Dr. H. Woodward, p.e.s., and Mr. T. Davies, p.g.s., to whom we are under similar obligations.

London and Townsvillb, October, 1881.

Catalogue.

Acton (R.) Article "Australia;" or. New HoUand. Encyelop.

Brit. ed. 9, vol. iii, pp. 103-115 (4to. London, 1875). Adams (R.) Gold in New South. Wales. Mining JovA-nal, 1873,

xHii, p. 1160. Gold Mining in New South Wales. Ihid. 1874, xliv,

p. 833.

Coal in New South Wales. Ibid. 1876, xlv, p. 647.

Iron and Coal in New South Wales. Ihid. 1 875, xlv,

p. 236. Mining in New South Wales. Its sudden Rise, and

Depression. Ibid. 1875, xlv, pp. 96, 207, 511, and 956.

Mining in New South Wales. Ibid. 1875, xlv, p. 1291.

(R. D.) Gold Mining in New South Wales. Ibid. 1879,

xlix, p. 268.

Addeesses — see Barry (Sir R.) ; Beche (Sir H. T. de la); Clarke (Rev, W. B.) ; BUery (R. L. J.) ; Hopkins (W.) ; Huxley (Prof. T. H.); McCoy (Prof. P.) j Murchison (Sir R. I.) ; Owen (Prof. R.) ; Stevens (W. J.) ; Tate (Prof. R.) ; Michie (Sir A.).

"Ageioola" and Angas (G. P.) Description of the Barossa Range, and its neighbourhood in South Australia. Illustrated with maps and coloured plates from original drawings made on the spot, pp. 19 (4to. London, 1849) (Geological and Mineralogical Notes, p. 10).

AiNSWOETH (A. B.) On the Discovery of Gold at Woods Point, Victoria, and Description of the Reefs in that locality. Smyth's Gold Fields and Mini/ng Districts, Victoria, 1869, pp. 303-312.

2 Catalogue.

AiwswoETH (A. B.) Plans and Sections of Hope Eeefsj Morning Star Dykcj Woods Point. Reports, Mining Surveyors and Registrars, Victoria, 30th September, 1871, No. 103, p. 28 (fcap. Melbourne, 1871).

Special Eeport on the newly discovered Eeefs, termed

the "Aberfeldy Eeefs.' Ibid. No. 38, June 30th, 1871, App. A. p. 45 (fcap. Melbourne, 1871).

Algae (F.) A Hand-Book to the Colony of Victoria (Australia), pp. 20 (8to. London 1869) (Gold. p. 11).

Notice of Minerals from New Holland. American Journal

Science, 1840, xxxix, pp. 157-164 ; Boston Journal Natural History, 1840-41, iii, pp. 306-31 7.

Allen (C. H.) The Gold Fields of Queensland. Proc. R. Col. Institute, 1869, i, pp. 94-110.

A Visit to Queensland and her Gold Fields, pp. 367 (8vo,

London, 1870).

Allpokt (M.) Notice of some Fossils recently discovered near Eisdon, Tasmania. Papers and Proc. R. Soc. Tas. 1866 (August), pp. 73-75.

On a Collection of Bones from a Cave in the Glenorchy

District, Tasmania. Ibid. 1867 (June), pp. 17-18.

Eemarks on Mr. Krefft's " Notes on the Fauna of Tasmania." Ibid. (August), 1868, pp. 33-36.

and Stephens (T.) Geological Features of the North Coast

of Tasmania. Ibid, for 1876, pp. 60-61 (1877).

Almanacs — Sands and McDougall's Annual Eegister and Almanac for 1864, &c. pp. xxix and 331 (8vo. Melbourne and Sydney, 1864) (Geology of Victoria, p. 36).

Amphibia and Eeptilia, Fossil — see Huxley (Prof. T. H.) ; Krefft (G.); McCoy (Prof. F.).

Analyses — see Beche (Sir H. T. de la) ; Clarke (Eev. W. B.) ; Kenworthy (Dr. J. E.) ; Liversidge (Prof. A.) ; Newbery (J. C); Norrie (J. S.) ; Princep (J.); Masters (J.); Dixon ( — ).

Catalogue. 6

Angas (G. F.) Views of the Gold Eegions of Australia, pp. 2,

pi. 6 (folio, London, 1851). A List of additional Species of Marine MoUusca to be

included in the Fauna of the Province of South Australia j

with Notes on their Habitats and Local Distribution. Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1878, pp. 864-871 [Limopsis Macgillivrayi, A,

Ad., Semifossil at McDonnell Bay, p. 871). see "Agricola;" "Australia."

Anon {S. M.) Volcan dans la Nouvelle-Galles du Sud (Notasie) . Bull. Soc. Oeogr. Paris, 1829, xii, p. 337.

Note additionnelle sur la Colonie de la riviere des Oygnes.

Ibid. 1829, xii, pp. 160 and 161 (Minerals mentioned).

{Maclehouse J.) The Picture of Sydney ; and Stranger's

Guide in New South Wales for 1838, &c. pp. 188 12mo. Sydney, 1838 (Descriptions of certain Rivers and Mountains, including Mount Wingen, or the " Burning Mountain," p. 150).

[D. T. A.) Notice of Strzelecki's Physical Description of

New South Wales, &c. Quart. Jour. Geol. 8oc. 1845, i, pp. 558-565 j American Jour. 8c. 1846, i, p. 278.

Mr. Hargraves on Australian Geology. Mining Journal,

1854, xxiii, p. 635.

(/. B. — W. ; 8. M.) Article " Australasia." JEncyclop.

Brit. 8th ed. iv, 1854, pp. 251-269 (Phys. Geography, p. 255, et. seq.).

{W. 8. J.) Eemarks on the Geological Origin of Australia. Sydney Mag. Science and Art. 1859, ii, pp. 89-93.

Recent Discoveries in South Australia, Pastural and

Mineral. Mining Journal, 1861, xxxi, p. 108.

{Gold-finder). Our Colonial Gold Fields, Queensland.

liid. 1870, xl, p. 625.

— Bendigonian) An Essay on the saving of Fine Gold, and the Undeveloped Resources of the Bendigo District. Macartney's Bendigo Goldfield Registry, 1871, pp. 167-180.

1

4 Catalogue.

Anon — The Moonta Mines, Australia. Mining Journal, 1873,

xliii, p. 997; Minerals of New South Wales. Nahi/re, 1876, xiii, p.

Geology of Australia. Coll. Guardian, 1876, xxxi, p.

' The Australian Handbook, &c. for 1876, pp. xx, 400,

216 (8vo. London, 1876). An Australian Gold Field. Mining Journal, 1878, xlviii.

p. 871.

Ansted (Prof. T. D.) An Elementary Course of Geology, Mineralogy, and Physical Geography (8vo. London, 1850) (New Holland, or Austraha, pp. 344, 350, 421, 428).

On Eecent Eesearches in Physical Geography and

Geology. Lecture 3. Central Africa and Central Australia. Chem. News, 1860, ii, pp. 79-81, 90-92.

Anthony (T.) On the occurrence of Copper Ore in the Wallaroo District, South Australia. Mining Journal, 1879, xlix, p. 785.

Antimony — Antimony in Queensland. Ibid. 1874, xliv, p. 1057,

The Antimony Mines in Queensland. Ihid. 1875, xlv,

p. 75. and Antimony Mines — see Couchman (T.) .

Apjohn (Dr. J.) On certain. Copper Ores of Australia, presented to the University Museum by Dr. T. S. Jour. Geol. Soc. Dublin, iv, pt. 2, p. 142.

Aplin (0. D'O. H.) Quarter Sheets 21, N. W. (Point Cook) ; 20, S. E. (Werribee and Little Rivers) ; and 20, N. E. (Wyndham), of the Geological Survey of Victoria, under the Direction of A. E. 0. Selwyn. Scale : 2 inches to 1 mile (Melbourne, 1863).

; Eeport of the Acting Director of the Geological Survey

on the Woods Point Goldfield, Geological Survey of Victoria, A. No. 1, pp. 5 (fcap. Melbourne, 1864).

Catalogue. O

Aplin (C. D'O. H.) Report on the Expenditure under Special Votes, Geological Survey of Victoria. Report of the Director Oeohgical Survey, Victoria, 1863-64, No. 44, pp. 15-20 (fcap. Melbourne, 1865).

Eeport on the Geological and Mining Features of the

Gympie Gold Field, pp. 4 (fcap. Brisbane, 1868).

Report of the Gorernment Geologist of the Southern

District (of Queensland), pp. 4 (fcap. Brisbane, 1868).

Report on the Auriferous Country of the Upper Con-

famine, embracing the " Diggings " at Talgai, Thanes Creek, Canal Creek, and Lucky Valley, pp. 6 (fcap. Brisbane, 1869).

Progress Report of the Government Geologist for South

Queensland, pp. 3 (fcap. Brisbane, 1869).

Concluding Report of the Government Geologist for the

Southern Division ; On the Examination for Gold of the Country South of the Bunya-Bunya Range, between the River Brisbane and the Coast, including some observations on the Gold Deposits at Junna and Gooroomjam, pp. 7 (fcap. Brisbane, 1869).

Report on the Geological and Mineralogical Features of

a part of the South and North portions of the Burnett District, Queensland (fcap. Brisbane, 1870).

and Ulrich (G. H. F.) Report relative to the Survey of

Quarter Sheets Nos. 9, N. W. ; 13, S. W. j 14, S. E. ; and 15, N. E. ; dated May 14th, 1863. Reports and Papers, Mining and Geological Survey, Victoria, 1862-3, No. 36, pp. 5 and 6 (fcap. Melbourne, 1863).

Quarter Sheet 15, N. E. (Guildford) ; Geological Survey

of Victoria, under the direction of A. R. C. Selwyn. Scale : 2 inches to 1 mile (Melbourne, 1864).

— and Taylor (N.) Quarter Sheets 6, S. E. (Salt-water River) ; 7, N. E. (Sunbury) of the Geological Survey of Victoria, under the direction of A. R. C. Selwyn. Scale : 2 Inches to 1 mile (Melbourne, n.d.).

6 Catalogue.

Aplin (C. D'O. H.) and Ulrich (G. H. E.) Quarter Sheets 9, S. E. (Kyneton and Carlsrulie) ; 13, S. W. (Elphinstone, or Saw-pit Gully) ; and 14, N. B. (Castlemaine), of the Geological Survey of Victoria, under the Direction of A. E.. C. Selwyn. Scale : 2 inches to 1 mile (Melbourne, n.d.).

Quarter Sheets 1, N. B. (Melbourne and Templestowe) ;

1, S. B. (Melboui-ne) ; 1, S. W. (Williamstown) ; 6, N. W. (Mt. Macedon) ; 10, N. W. (Glenlyon) ; 8, N. B. (Mt. Atkinson and Kororoit Creek), of the Geological Survey of Victoria, under the Direction of A. R. C. Selwyn. Scale : 2 inches to 1 mile (Melbourne, n.d.).

Quarter Sheet 7, N. W. (Mt. Aitken) Geological Survey

of Victoria, under the Direction of A. E. C. Selwyn. Scale : 2 inches to 1 mile (Melbourne, n.d.) (With a plan of the Gisborne Bone Cave, and a list of the Fossil Mammalia, found therein, by Prof. F. McCoy).

Appleton (H.) Appleton's Quartz Crushing Machine — see also Selwyn (A. R. C).

Aeaeat Gold Field— see Erause (E. M.).

Aechee (W.) On a fine pulverulent Substance, washed from the Combustible Schist of the Mersey River, Tasmania. Proc. B. 8oc. V. D. Land, 1854, ii, pt. 3, p. 511.

Aeeowsmith (A. B.) Section of a Deep Shaft in the Hope Mine, "Woods Point, Victoria. Ibid, for Quarter ending March' , 1875, No. 18, p. 30 (fcap. Melbourne, 1875).

(E.) Sections of Sketch plan of the Black Dog Creek,

Chiltem. Reports, Mining Surveyors and Registrars, Victoria, No. 4, 1867 (fcap. Melbourne, 1867).

Aetesian Wells — see Selwyn (A. R. C).

Asbestos — see Garrett (Rev. J.).

Assays (of Metals) — see Leibius (Dr. A.) ; Liversidge (Prof. A.) J Milligan (J.) ; Newbery (J. C.) ; Norrie (J. S.) ; Percy (Dr. J.) ; Stagg (R.) ; Kustul (G.); Phillips (J. A.) ; Masters (J.) ; Dixon ( — ).

Catalogue. /

Atkinson (Rev. H. D.) Some Remarks on the Geology of Bruni Island. Papers and Proc. B. 8oc. Tas. for 1871 (April) p. 11.

On Rock Specimens from Trial Bay, &o. Ibid, for 1872

(March) p. 2.

Austin (J. B.) The Mines of South Australia, including also an Account of the Smelting Works in that Colony, &c. (8vo. Adelaide, 1863), with map.

South Australian Mines and Railways. Mining Jour.

1875, xlv, p. 1096.

The Mines and Minerals of South Australia. Harcus'

South Australia, &c., 1876, pp. 297-312 (8vo. London, 1876)— see also Harcus (W.).

(R.) Journal of an Expedition sent by the Government

to explore the Interior of Western Australia, North and East of the Settled Districts, pp. 59 and xiii. Maps, views, &o. (fcap. Perth, 1855).

Australia — Austraha; a Popular Account of its Physical Features, Inhabitants, Natural History and Productions, pp. 365 (8vo. London, n.d.) [Initials at end of Preface "G. F. A." (?G. F. Angas)].

Felix — see Mitchell (Major Sir T. L.) ; Westgarth'

Interior of — see Petermann (A.) ; Rawlinson (T. G.).

Australian Desert — Vegetation of the Australian Desert. Jov/r. Snc. Arts, 1881, xxix. No. 1490, pp. 621-22 (Extract from a Report by B. B. Sanger).

Backhouse (J.) A Narrative of a Visit to the Australian Colonies. Pp. xviii, 560, and (8vo. London, 1843) (Fossil tree, p. 152, Geology of Norfolk Is. p. 251).

Bagot (0. H.) Copper Mining in Great Britain, and Copper Mining in South Australia. Mining. Jour. 1859, xxix, p. 426.

Catalogue.

Bainbs (T.) Additional Notes on the Nortli Australian Expedition under Mr. A. 0. Gregory. Proc. B. Geogr. 8oc. 1858, iij pp. 3-16.

On Flint flakes in the Drift, and the Manufacture of

Flint Implements by the Australians. Oeol.- Nat. Hist. Repository, 1866, i, p. 268.

Baeee (Honbl. B. A.)— see N. S. Wales, Mines and Mineral Statistics, 1878.

Balpoue (Prof. J. H.) On certain Vegetable Organisms found, in Coal from Fordel. Trans.' B. 8oo. Edinb. 1857, xxi, , pt. 1, pp. 187-193 (Sporangia of Tasmanite, p. 193).

Introduction to the Study of Palseontological Botany, pp.

109, pis. 4 (8vo. Edinb. 1872) (Austrahan Coniferous Fossil Trees, p. 10).

Ballaaeat — Map of the Mining District of Ballaarat. Scale : half-an-inch to one mile (Melbourne, 1859) (Quartz Eeefs and Auriferous Leads are shown).

Map of the Township of Ballaarat, East and West. Sheet

No. 1, Ballaarat Gold Field. Scale : 16 chains to 1 inch (Melbourne, 1861) (Quartz Reefs and Auriferous Reefs shown) .

Gold Field— see Resales (H.) ; Murray (R. A. F.) ; Smith

Plan of the Ballaarat Gold Field, showing the position of

the Estate of the Winters Freehold Gold Mining Company, Registered. Scale : 20 chains to one inch, n.d. — see also Murray (R. A. F.).

The School of Mines, Ballaarat. Annual Report.

Presented at the Meeting of Governors, held 29th December, 1879, together with Statement of Receipts and Expenditure for 1879, General Balance Sheet, and List of Subscriptions, Donations, &c. pp. 39 (8vo. Ballaarat, 188U) — see Lodes J Tailings; Quartz Grinder and Amalgamator.

Catalogue.

Baeat (0.) Statistics of the Coal Mines of the World. Jour. 8oc. Arts, 1865, xiii, p. 528.

Baekas (W. J.) On a Dental Peculiarity of the Lepidosteidae. Jour. B. Soc. N. S. Wales for 1877, xi, pp. 203-207.

and Davies (W.) List of Palseozoic Fishes. Geol. Mag.

1874, Dec. 2, i, pp. 642-553.

Barnard (Dr.) On Fossil Fruits from the Black Lead, Gulgong, N. S. Wales. Papers and Free. B. Soc. Tas. for 1877 (1878), p. 97.

Baeossa Range — see "Agricola" and Angas (Gr. F.).

Baeeandb (J.) Distribution des Cephalopodes dans les Oontrees Siluriennes (Extrait du Syst. Silur. du Centre de la BohSme, vol. ii, 4me Serie, pi. 351 a 460), pp. (480 Prague et Paris, 1870) (Tasmanian Species, p. 104, &c.).

Baeeow (G.) State of the Colony of Swan River, 1st January, 1880. Chiefly extracted from Captain Stirling's Report. Jon/r. B. Geogr. Soc. 1832, i, pp. 1-16, with map (Soils, pp. 5, 15, &c.).

Baket (Sir R.) Address on the Opening of the School of Mines at Ballarat, Victoria, pp. 23 (Melbourne, 1870).

Bauee (M.) Zeolithes von Victoria ia Australien. N. Jahrhuch, 1874, p. 522; Jou/r. Ghem. Soc. 1874, xii, p. 1067.

Baueeman (H.) Article "Coal." Eneyclop. Brit. 9th edit. 1877, vi, pp. 45-81 (Coal of Australia, p. 59).

Bats and Rivers, Silting up of — see Hobson's Bay ; Queensland Harbours and Rivers ; Port Jackson ; &c.

Beche (Sir H. T. de la) Anniversary Address to the Geological Society of London. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1848, iv, pp.' cviii-cix (Fossils of the New South Wales Coal Beds).

Correspondence relating to the Appointment of a Geological Surveyor for New South Wales. Papers relating to Geol. Surveys, 2nd Dec. 1851, No. 2-3, pp. 3-7 (fcap, Sydney, 1862)— see also Bristow (H. W.) ; Roy (Sir C. A. Fitz-).

10 Catalogue.

Bbche (Sir H. de la) Analyses of Coal from Van Dieman's Land, with Report. Proc. B. Soc. V. D. Land, 1851, i, pp. 265-266.

and Playfair (Dr. L.) Museum of Practical Geology.

Third Report on the Coals suited to the Steam Navy (fcap. London, 1851)— see also Phillips (T. T.).

Becker (L.) On Rounded Fragments of Greenstone from near Wedge Bay, &c. Proc. B. 8oc. V. D. Land, 1853, ii, pt. 2, p. 308.

(L.) On the Age of the Animal and Vegetable Kingdoms of Australia, &c., and some Remarks on the Changes of this Land by Upheavals. Trans. Phil. Inst. Vict. 1857, i, pp. 15-18.

On Native Zinc embedded in Basalt. Ibid. 1857, i, pp.

Binige Bemerkungen iiber das allmahliche Aufsteigen

der Sudlichen Kuste von New Holland. iV. Jahrbuch, 1858, pp. 294-295.

— — Uber das Alter der Lebenden Thier und Pflanzen Welt in Australien. Ibid. 1858, pp. 535-538.

Some Facts Determining the Rate of the Upheaval of

the South Coast of the Australian Continent. Trans. Phil. Inst. Vict. 1859, iii, pp. 7-9 ; N. Jahrbuch, 1858, p. 294.

Briefe aus dem siidlichen Australien. Notizblatt d,

Vereins. f. Erdkunde. z. Darmstadt, 1860 (-61), iii, pp. 68-71, 78-80.

On the Geological Age of the Australian Fauna. Geologist,

1862, V, p. 432.

Bednall (W. T.) Australian Trigonias and their distribution. Trans. Phil. Soc. Adelaide, S.A.for 1877-78, pp. 77-84.

Beilbt (J. Wood) Reasons suggestive of Mining on Physical Principles for Gold and Coal. A Review of the Assumptions of Geologists, pp. 54 (8vo. Mfelbourne, 1875).

Bell (Prof. T.) On tlie Thalassina Emerei. A Fossil Crustacean, forwarded by Mr. W. S. Macleay from New Holland. Proc. Geol. 8oc. 1844, iv, p. 360; Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc, 1845, i, pp. 93-94.

Belt (T.) Mineral Veins : An Enquiry into their Origin, founded on a Study of the Auriferous Quartz Veins of Australia, pp. 52 (8vo. London and Newcastle-on-Tyne, 1861).

Beneden (Van) and Gervoise (P.) Osteographie des Ctacea vivants et fossiles, &c. Livraison 13 (Paris, 4to.) [Squalodon Wilhinsoni, McCoy, p. 442).

Bennet (Dr. G.) Wanderings in New South Wales, Batavia, &c. being the Journal o: a Naturalist in those countries, during the years 1832-1834. 2 vols. (8vo. London, 1834),

Gatherings of a Naturalist in Australasia, &c. pp. 455

(8vo. London, 1860), plates, &c.

A Trip to Queensland in search of Fossils. Annals and

Mag. Nat. Hist. 1872, ix, p. 314.

Notes on the Ghlamydosaurus, or Frilled Lizard of

Queensland (C Kingii, Gray), and the discovery of a Fossil Species on the Darling Downs, Queensland. Papers and Proc. B. Soc. Tas.for 1875 (August), pp. 56-58 (1876).

(J. F.) An Historical and Descriptive Account of South

Australia (8vo. London, 1843) (Physical Aspect and Natural Productions, Minerals, p. 40).

Beeengiee (T.) La Nouvelle Nursie Histoire d'une Colonie Benedictine dans I'Australie Occidentale (1846-1878), pp. 385 (8vo. Paris, n.d.) (Geologic et Minralogie, pp. 335).

Beeet (A.) On the Geology of Part of the Coast of New South Wales. Field's Geograph. Mem on N. 8. Wales, 8fc. 1825, 8vo. pp. 233-254 (Kead as a paper before the Philosophical Society of Australia, in 1822, and only published as above).

Catalogue.

Beethelot ( — ) Nouvelles Contributions a I'Histoire des

Oarbones, du Graphite et des Meteorites. Ann. de Ghimie

et de Physiqioe, 1873, xxx, pp. 419-431 (Cranbourne

Meteorite, p. 420). Beyeich ( — ) Uber eine Kohlenkalk-Fauna von Timor. Ahhand.

d. K. Akad. d. Wissensch. zu Berlin, 1864, xxxvi, pp. 61-

98, t. 1-3 (1865). BiGSBT (Dr. J. J.) Thesaurus Siluricus, pp. lii and 214 (4to.

London, 1868). Thesaurus Devonico-Carboniferus. The Flora and Fauna

of the Devonian and Carboniferous Periods, &c. pp. x and

447 (4to. London, 1878).

Billings (E.) On the Parallelism of the Quebec Group, with the Llandeilo of England and Australia, and with the Chazy and Calciferous Formations. Canadicm Nat. and Oeol. 1863, viii, pp. 19-35.

BiNGEEA Gold and Diamond Field — see Liversidge (Prof. A.) ; Young (L.).

BiNNET (B. W.) On Bituminous Minerals from New South Wales. Trans. Oeol. Soo. Manchester, 1871, x, p. 63.

BiEDS, Fossil— see Clarke (Eev. W. B.) ; KrefEt (G.) ; Owen (Prof. R.).

BiBKMTEE ( — ) The Mineral Eesources -of Australia, irrespective of Gold. Mining Journal, 1854, xxiv, p. 113.

(W.) A Tabular Record, shewing generally the date of

Discovery in Victoria and other Countries of the most Remarkable Specimens of Native Gold (8vo. Melbourne, 1861).

On the Effects of the Recent Gold Discoveries (in Australia). Mining Journal, 1861, xxx, p. 207.

The Yield of Gold (in Victoria). Ibid. p. 573.

BiSCHOFF (J.) Sketch of the History of Van Dieman's Land, illustrated by a Map of the Island, &c. pp. 12 and 260 (8vo. London, 1832) (Mineral productions, p. 16).

Catalogue. 13

Bismuth — see Wintle (S. H.).

Bitumen — Discovery of Bitumeu in Van Dieman's Land.

Mining Journal, 1854, xxiv, p. 681. Black Lead — Australian Black Lead. Ihid. 1864, xxxiv,

p. 53. Bland (R. H.) On tlie Auriferous Reefs of tlie Port Phillip

and Colonial Gold Mining Company, Victoria. Smyth's

Gold Fields and Mining Districts, Victoria, 1869, pp. 293-

Diagrams showing tlie Underlie of the Reefs at Clanes.

Reports, Mining Surveyors and. Registrars, Victoria, No.

23, 1872 (fcap. Melbourne, 1872). Return of Quartz crushed, and yield of Gold, and State-

ment of the Mining Operations carried on at Clunes by the Port Phillip and Clunes Companies, for twenty years, from 1857 to 1877, &c. Couchman's Progress Report, No. 6, Geological Survey Victoria, 1880, pp. 67-70 (with Transverse Sections of Quartz Reefs at Clunes).

Blandowski (W.) Personal Observations made in an Excursion towards the central parts of Victoria, including Mount Macedon, Mclvor, and the Black Ranges. Trans. Phil. Soc. Vict. 1855, pp. 50-74.

A description of Fossil Animalcu]£e, in Primitive Rocks,

from the Upper Yarra District, Victoria. Ihid. 1855, i, pp. 221-223 (with plate).

: On the Primary Upheaval of the Land around Melbourne, and the Recent Origin of the Gypsum, or Sulphate of Lime, in the Great Swamp between Batemans and Emerald Hills, Flemington, Williamstown, and Melbourne, &c. Hid. i, 1855, pp. 228-234 (with a plate).

Report II, to the Honbl. the Surveyor-General, on a

visit to Frankston, Port Phillip Heads, &c. Ihid. 1857, i, pp. 24-37.

Report III, to the Surveyor- General of an Excursion

from King's Station to Bass River, Phillip and French Islands. Ihid. 1856, i, pp. 50-67.

14 Catalogue.

Blandowsei (W.) Recent Discoveries in Natural History on the Lower Murray. Trans. Phil. Inst. Vict. 1853, ii, pp. 124-137 (Geological Notes, p. 129).

On Extensive Infusorial Deposits in the Mallee Scrub,

near Swan Hill, on the Lower Murray River in Victoria j and on the presence of Fucoidae in Silurian Rocks near Melbourne. Ihid. 1856, ii, pp. 141-146 (plates).

Uber die Geographische Verbreitung der Vogel und

Saugethiere Australiens. Jahrb. der Ahad. Naturwissensch. Vereins zu Breslau. 1860, pp. 60-61.

Bine kurze Ubersichte der Wichtigsten zur Brforschung

Australiens unternommenen Reisen. Ibid. I860, pp. 61-62.

Blanfoed (H. F.) On the Age and Correlations of the Plantbearing Series of India, and the former existence of an Indo-Oceanic Continent. Quart. Jour. Geol. Sue. 1875, xxxi, pp. 519-542 (map).

Blbasdalb (Rev. Dr. J. J.) On Chlorine as a solvent for Gold. Trans. B. Soc. Vict. 1865, vi, pp. 47-52.

A Report on the Results of an Exhibition of Jems, both

Victorian and Foreign, &c., held in the Hall of the Royal Society of Victoria during the week ending 6th of May, 1865. Ibid. 1866, vii, pp. 64-92.

Jems and Saphires. Ibid. 1866, vii, pp. 147-149.

On Rubellite, Red Tourmaline, found at Tarraugower,

Victoria, 1867. Ibid. 1868, viii, pp. 225-227.

On Colonial Gems. Ibid. 1869, ix, pp. 72-75.

Victorian Gems and Precious Stones. Victorian Official

Ouialogue of Ejchibits, Philadelpliia Genten. Exhib. 1876, pp. 71-75 — see also Exhibitions, International, 1876 (Philadelphia).

Bone Caves — An Account of the discovery of Bone Caves in Wellington Valley, about 210 miles "West of Sydney. Minb. N. Phil. Jour. 1831, xxiv, p. 364.

Catalogue. 15

Bones, Fossil — Discovery of Fossil Bones in Australia. OheeJts Edinb. Jour. Nat. and Geograph. Science, 1831, iii, p. 127 — see also Biickland (Prof.) ; Clarke (Rev. W. B.).

On the Fossil Bones found on the River Condamine. The

N. S. Wales Mag. 1843 (March), pp. 99-103; The S. Australian Register, 1843, vi, No. 285.

On Fossil Bones brought by Mr. Turner from Darling

Downs. The Sydney Gleaner, 1848, i, p. 257.

see BucMand (Prof.) ; Clarke (Rev. W. B.) ; Hobson (Dr.

E. C.) ; Hochstetter (Dr. F. von); Jameson (Prof.) ; Krefffc (G.) ; Macleay (W. S.) ; McBain (Dr. J.) ; Mitchell (Sir T. L.); Nicholson (C); Pentland (W.).

BoNWTCK (J.) Geography of Australia and New Zealand, pp. 212 (12mo. Melbourne, 1855) (Geology of N. S. Wales, p. 30; N. Australia, p. 51; W. Australia, p. G3; S. Australia, p. 83; Victoria, p. 131 ; Tasmania, p. 163; Origin of Gold, p. 142).

A Sketch of Boroondara, pp. 39 (12mo. Melbourne, 1858)

(Geology of Boroondara, p. 33).

Western Victoria ; its Geography, Geology, and Social

Condition. The Narrative of an Bdacationiil Tour in 1857, pp. 157 (12mo. Geelong [1858?]).

Geological Notes and Description of Minerals accompanying Boxes of Specimens from the Rocks of South Australia, Tasmania, and Victoria, pp. 16 (8vo. London, 1861).

— On the Extinct Volcanoes of Australia. Brit. Assoc. Report for 1861, pt. 2, p. 109 (1862) ; Geologist, 1861, iv, p. 543.

— The Volcanic Rocks of Rome and Victoria compared. Trans. B. Soc. Vict. 1866, vii, pp. 149-165.

— Daily Life and Origin of the Tasmanians, pp. 304 (8vo. London, 1870) (A Sketch of the Geology of Tasmania, p. 267).

16 Catalogue.

BoNWiCK (J.) The Peak Down Copper Mine, Australia. Mining

Jour. 1874,, xliv, p. 191. The Mineral Eesources of Australia. Iron, iii and iv, pp.

67, 98, 101, 163, 227, 258, 291, 421, 514, and 546 (folio,

London, 1874). Tasmanian Tin. Mining Jour. 1874, xliv, p. 331.

Mineral Eesources of Australia. Coal localities in New

South Wales. Iron, 1875, v, p. 226.

Mineral Resources of Australia. Notes on Australian

Coal. Ibid. 1875, v, p. 387.

The Victorian Iron Mine. Ibid. 1876, vii, pp. 546.

Collins' School Series. Geography of Victoria, pp. 35.

(12mo. London and Glasgow, 1877) (Geology, p. 10).

The Resources of Queensland. With Map of Queensland

containing the Recent Discoveries, pp. 126 (8vo. London, 1880) (Geology, pp. 14-29).

Boos (0. de) Report on the Gold Fields of the Southern District, N. S. Wales. Ann. Report, Dept. of Mines, N. 8. Wales, for 1877, pp. 89-97; ibid, for 1879, pp.

Booth (J. C.) Homes away from Home, and the Men who make them in Victoria, pp. 39 (8vo. London, 1869) (Geology and Soils, pp. 28-36).

Boking Operations — see Selwyn (A. R. C).

BouE (A.) Memoire k I'appui d'une Essai de Carte gologique du globe terrestre, presente, le 22 Septembre, 1 843, a la reunion des Naturalistes d'AUemagne k Gratz. Bull. Soc. Oeol. de France, 1844, i, pp. 296-371.

Boulders — see Wilkinson (C. S.).

BouNDAET Line of the 141 st Degree of Bast Longt. — see Tyers (C. J.).

Bourne (C.) Australian Exploration. Journal of Landsborough's Expedition in Seaj-ch of Burke and Wills, pp. 52 (8vo. Melbourne, 1863).

BowEN (Sir G.) On the Gold Fields ia Queensland. Proc. B. Geogr. Soc. 1864, viii, p. 156.

Eiver Coal Field — see Daintree (R.) ; Jack (R. L.) .

BowEEBANK (Dr. J. S.) A Monograpli of the SiHceo-fibroua Sponges. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 323-325 [Purisiphonia Olarkei, Bow.).

Beache (J.) Explanatory Report on tlie Rules and Bye-laws of tlie Mining Institute of Victoria. Trans. Mining Inst. Vict. 1859, i, pt. 8, pp. 1-23.

Das Minenwesen und die Socialen Gustande an der

Goldfeldern Victoria's. Deutsche Monatschrift fur Austr. 1859, Left. 2, pp. 73-76.

Report on tlie State of the Mines of Victoria, as compared with that of other Mining Countries. Trans. Mining Inst. Vict. 1859, i, pt. 3, pp. 24-99.

Mining Survey Branch, Victoriai Report on Progress

of Survey from 26th July to 31st December, 1862. Bejports and Papers, Mining and Geol. Survey, Victoria, 1862-63, No. 36, pp. 9-10 (fcap. Melbourne, 1863).

Report forwarded in Evidence to the Royal Mining

Commission by the Director of Mining and Geological Surveys, with Appendices. Ibid. 1862-63, pp. 27-46 (fcap. Melbourne, 1863).

Report on Gold and Tin Mining at Eldorado, Victoria

(8vo. Melbourne, 1872). Beachiopoda — see Buch (L. von) ; Davidson (T.) ; Btheridge

(R., jun.) ; De Koninck (Prof. L. G.) ; Woods (Rev. J. E. T.).

Beaim (T. H.) A History of New South Wales, from its Settlement to the close of the year 1844, 2 vols. (8vo. London, 1846) (Geological Notes, vol. i, p. 225).

Beeton (Lieut.) Excursions in New South Wales, Western Australia and Van Dieman's Land, during the years 1830, 1831, 1832, and 1833, pp. xii and 476 (8vo. London, 1833) (Basaltic Columns, p. 110).

18 Catalogue.

Brisbane (His Excellency Sir T. M.) Observations on the Temperature of the Earth at Paramatta, New South Wales. Minb. N. Phil. Jour. 1824, x, pp. 219-222.

Observations on the Mean Temperature of the Earth at

Sydney, made in the years 1824-1825. Edinh. Jour. 8c. 1827, vi, pp. 226-228.

An account of an Earthquake in New South Wales.

Ibid. 1829, No. 2, p. 373.

Eiver — Eeport from the Select Committee on the

Dredging Operations at the River Bar, together with the Proceedings of the Committee and Minutes of Evidence, pp. 15 (fcap. Brisbane, 1863). Bristow (H. W.) Correspondence relating to appointment of, as Geological Surveyor of New South Wales. Papers relating to Geol. Surveys, 2nd Dec. 1851, No. 3, pp. 5-7 (fcap, Sydney, 1852) — see also Beche (Sir H. T. de la).

Beongniakt (A.) Prodrome d'une Histoire des Vegetaux Fossiles, pp. 223 (8vo. Paris, 1828).

Histoire des Vegetaux Possiles, 2 vols. (4to. Paris, 1828)

{Glossopteris, i, p. 222).

Beown (H. Y. L.) Report on a Geological Exploration to the N. E. of Champion Bay, West Australia, &c. pp. 13 (fcap. map, Perth, 1871) (Contains also Geological and Mining Report on the Champion Bay Mining District, West Australiaj pp. 7-11; and Further Report on the Tailoring District, pp. 11-13). Perth Inquirer and Com. News, April 12th, 1871.

General Report on a Geological Exploration of that

Portion of the Colony of West Australia, lying Southward of the Murchison River, and Westward of Esp6rance Bay, pp. 20 (fcap. Perth, 1873).

Eeport on the Koetong Tin Fields, Wodonga District.

Reports, Mining Surveyors and Registrars, 30th June 1873 App. A, p. 42 (fcap. Melbourne, 1873) ; Mining Journal, 1873, xliii, p. 1220.

Catalogue. 19

Browne (T. A.) Report on the Madgee Mining District. Mines and Mineral Statistics, N. 8. Wales, for 1874, pp. 46-47; Ibid, for 1877, pp. 70-74.

State aad Prospects of Mining Operations in the Mudgee

District, Gulgong Division, N. S. Wales. Ann. Report, Dept. of Mines, N. 8. Wales, for 1879, pp. 78-83.

Beuce (J. A.) The Copper Ores of South Australia. Mining Journal, 1861, xxxi, p. 333.

BucH (L. von) Einige Bemerkungen iiber die geognostische

Constitution von Van Dieman's Land. Mag. der Gesellsch.

Naturforsch. Freunde zu Berlin, 1814, vi, pp. 234-240. Quelques considerations sur le Jura allemande. Bull.

8oc. Oeol. de France, 1838, ix, pp. 19-20 (Australian

Coral Reefs, p. 20).

Bear Island, geognostically described from the Observations of B. M. Keilhau. With Remarks on the Spirifer Keilhavii, and its relations to similar forms. Quart. Jour. Geol. 8oc. 1847, iii, pt. 2, pp. 48-59 (Sp. Tamanni, Morris, p. 56). Ueber 8pirifer Keilhavii, iiber diesem Fundort und Ver-

haltnisse zu ahnlichen Formen. Ahh. d. h. Ahad. d. Wissen.

zu Berlin, aus den Jahr. 1846 (pub. 1848), p. 65 (plate). Buchanan ( — ) Report on the Peel, Uralla, New England, and

Clarence Mining District. Mines and Mineral Statistics,.

N. 8. Wales, for 1874, p. 48. Report on the Peel and Uralla Mining District. Ann.

Report, Bept. of Mines, N. 8. Wales, for 1877, pp. 100-

BuCHNEE (Dr. 0.) Die Meteoriten in Sammlungen, ihre ges-

chichte, mineralogische und chemische beschaffenheilt, pp.

202 (Leipzig, 1863) (Cranbourne Meteorite, p. 198). BucKLAND (Rev. Prof.) Observations on some Specimens from

the Interior of New South Wales, collected during Mr.

Oxley's Expedition to the River Macquarie, in the year

1818, &c. Trans. Geol. Soc. 1821, v, pt. 2, pp. 480-481.

2

Catalogue.

BucKLAND (Eev. Prof.) Sur les Ossemens deoouvertes a la Nouvelle HoUande. Bull. 8oc. Qeol. de France, 1830, i, p. 227.

BuEDEKiN Eiver — see Queensland Government Sohooner Spitfire" — Report j and Dalrymple (G. B.).

BuENETT ( — ) Descriptive comparison of tlie Coal Fields of New South Wales, from a New Zealand point of View. N. Zealand JExhih. 1865, Reports and Awards of the Jurors, pp. 10-16 (8vo. Dunedin, 1866).

BuEE (T.) The Physical Geography of the Interior of Australia. The 8. Austr. Register, 1843, vi. No. 260.

— Account of Gov. Grey's Exploratory Journey along the South-Bast Seaboard of South Australia. Jour. R. Geogr. Soc. 1845, XV, pp. 160-184.

— Eemarks on the Geology and Mineralogy of South Australia, pp. 32 (12mo. Adelaide, 1846).

— Report on Two Sections traversing the Colony of South Australia, one in the latitude of Mount Remarkable 32° 44' the other, that of the Burra Mines 33° 41' ; communicated to the Colonial Office, 1847.

— On the Geology of part of South Australia between

Adelaide and the River Murray. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1860, xvi, p. 252 (abstract) ; Phil. Mag. 4th ser. xix, p. 76; Geologist, iii, p. 31.

BuEEUM Coal Mines, Queensland — see Gregory (A. C).

Busk (Prof. G.) Notes on Fossil Polyzoa, from the Polyzoal Limestone of Mount Gambler, South Australia. Quart. Jowr. Geol. Soc. 1860, xvi, p. 260.

Description of New Polyzoa, collected by J. Y. Johnson

at Madeira, in the years 1859-60, Quart. Jour. Micro. Science, 1861, n. ser. i, pp. 77-80 (Genus Psileschara).

Catalogue.

Btene (J. C.) Twelve Years' Wanderings in tlie British Colonies, from 1835 to 1847, 2 vols. (8vo. London, 1848) (Australia Felix; Soil, Minerals, i, p. 307-313 — Tasmania; Minerals, ii, p. 38 — S. Australia; Mining and Mineral Wealth, ii, pp. 182 216).

Cabell (J. A.) Analysis of Ataoamite from Australia. Chem. News, xxviii, p. 271 ; Jour, Ohem. 8oc. 1874, xii, p. 345.

Cadell (F.) Exploration of Northern Territory [of South Australia] , with copy of Journal kept during the Exploration of the North- West Portion of the Liverpool District, pp. iii and iv (fcap. [? Adelaide], 1868).

Calvert (J.) Mineralogy of Australia. Mining Jour. 1853, xxiii, p. 580.

The Gold Eocks of Great Britain and Ireland, and a

general outline of the Gold Eegions of the World, with a Treatise of the Geology of Gold, pp. xx and 324 (8vo. London, 1853).

Australian Quartz Veins. Mining Jour. 1854, xxiv, pp.

741, 773, 798. On the Supply of Gold from Australia and from English

Rocks. Brit. Assoc. Report for 1854, pt. 2, p. 133 (title

only). Caldee (J. E.) The Woodlands, &c. of Tasmania. Proc. B.

Gol. Institute, 1873-74, v, pp. 166-179. Cameeon (H. G.) Report upon the Strata of Coal at Westernport (Victoria). The Southern Australian, 1841, iv. No.

169, p. 5. (W.) On the Auriferous Rocks and Drifts of Victoria.

Trans. Geol. Soo. Glasgow, 1867, ii, p. 117. On the Sutherlandshire Gold Fields (Scotland). Ibid.

1871, iv, pt. 1, pp. 1-17 (References to Australian Gold

Fields). Campbell (Major) Geographical Memoir on MelviUe Island, and

Port Essington, N. Australia. Jour. B. Oeogr. 8oc. 1834,

iv, p. 129.

Catalogue.

Cambpbll (J. A.) On the Auriferous Quartz Formation of Australia. Brit. Assoc. Beport for 1855, pt. 2, p. 81 (1856).

(W.) The Discovery of Gold in Victoria. Eeport of the

Select Committee of the Legislative Council on the Claims for the Discovery of Gold in Victoria, together with Extracts from the Proceedings of Committee and Minutes of Evidence. To which a few Observations are prefixed, by WiUiam Campbell, the Original Discoverer, pp. 49 (8vo. Edinburgh, 1856). -Cape Otway District— see Krause (F. M.) ; Murray (R. A. F.) ; Wnkinson (0. S.) and Smyth (R. B.).

Patterson Coal Field — Progress Report of the Select

Committee on the Cape Patterson Coal Fields, with Appendices. Presented to both Houses of Parliament by His Excellency's command (fcap. Melbourne, 1864-65) — see also Cowan (T.) ; Morris (H. B.); Hotson (J.) ; Selwyn (A. R. C.) ; Murray (R. A. F.).

Cappee (H.) Capper's South Australia, containing the History of the Rise, Progress, and Present State of the Colony, &c. 3rd ed. pp. iv and 243 (8vo. Liverpool, 1839) (Fossil and Mineral Substances, p. 51).

The Australian Colonies : where they are, and how to get

to them, pp. 59 (London, 1855) (Minerals, pp. 8, 21, 26).

Caepentaeia (Gulf of) — see Norman (Commr. W. H.).

Cakpentek (T.) The Colony of Victoria, Australia ; its Metallic Wealth. Mining Jour. 1869, xxxix, p. 31.

Caeetjthees (W.) On an undescribed Cone from the Carboniferous Beds of Airdrie, Lanarkshire. Geol. Mag. 1865, ii, pp. 433-440 {Tasmanite, p. 439).

Notes on Fossil Plants from Queensland. Quart. Jour.

Geol. Soc. 1872, xxviii, pp. 350-356, pis. 16 and 17.

Caetee (H. J.) Emendatory Description of Purisiphonia Olarkei. Bk. a Hexactinellid Fossil Sponge from N. W. Australia. Annals Nat. Hist. 1878, i, pp. 376-379 ; N. Jahrhuch, 1879, p. 1001.

Catalogtje. 28

CAStLEMAiNE — Map of the Mining District of Castlemaine, except the St. Andrew's Division. Scale : half-an-inch to 1 mile (Melbourne 1860) (Quartz Eeefs and Auriferous Leads shown).

Map of the Mining District of Castlemaine, Sheet No. 1.

Scale : 16 chains-to 1 inch (Melbourne, 1861) (Quartz Eeefs and Auriferous Leads shown).

Catalogues — Catalogue of the Natural and Industrial Products of New South Wales, Exhibited in the Australian Museum by the Paris Exhibition Commissioners, Sydney, November, 1854, pp. 88 (4to. Sydney, 1854) — see also Clarke, Keene, Odernheimer, &c.

Catalogue of Minerals and Eocks. London International

lExhihition, 1862 ; Oat. Nat. and Industrial Products of N. S. Wales, pp. 51-58 (8vo. London, 1862).

A Supplementary Catalogue of Minerals, Eocks, and

Fossils which have been collected by the Mining Department, Melbourne, Victoria, pp. 50 (8vo. Melbourne, 1869).

see Clarke (Eev. W. B.) ; Btheridge (E., jun.) ; Lons-

dale (W.) ; McCoy (Prof. F.) ; Owen (Prof. E.) ; Smyth (E. B.) ; Sommer (Dr. F. von) ; Ulrich (G. H. F.).

Cavbens, Ossiferous — see Buckland (Prof.) ; Jameson (Prof.) ; Krefift (G.); Lang (Dr.); Lindsay (Col.); Mitchell (Sir T. L.).

Caves — Sandstone Pillars and Caves of Australia. Edinb. N, Phil. Jour. 1844, xxxvi, p. 381.

Chapman (H. S.) The Industrial Progress of Victoria as connected with its Gold Mining. Jov/r. Stat. 8oc. 1863, xxvi, pp. 424-442.

Chaetees (W. S. C. M.) Eeport on the Cape Eiver Gold Fields for the year 1867, pp. 2 (fcap. Brisbane, 1868).

Cheistie (W.) The Forest Vegetation of Central and Northern New England, in connection with Geological Influences. Jour. B. Soc. JSf. 8. Wales for 1877, xi, pp. 21-39 (1878).

Catalogue.

Cheistoe (J. P.) Description of the New South Wales Copper Mines. Cat. JSfat. and Industrial Products, N. 8. Wales, Internat. Exhibit. 1861, pp. 96-100; London Edit. 1802, pp. 45-47 — see Exhibitions, International, 1861 (N. S.Wales).

Chuech (Prof. A. H.) Notes on the Minerals Dysodile and Albertite. Chem. News, 1862, vi, pp. 122-123.

On Tasmanite, a new Mineral of Organic Origin. Phil.

Mag. 1864, xxviii, pp. 465-470 ; Geol. Mag. 1865, ii, p. 237. Note on the Zircons of Mudgee, New South Wales.

Chem. News, 1871, xxiii, p. 78. Claeke (0. J.) Eeport on the Calliope and Boyne Gold Fields,

Queensland, pp. 2 (fcap. Brisbane, 1866). Report on the Calliope and Boyne River Gold Fields for

the year ending Dec. 31st, 1866, pp. 2 (fcap. Brisbane,

1867). (Rev. W. B.) On Carboniferous Plants in Tasmania.

Tas. Jowr. Nat. Science, i, p. 242,

On the occurrence of Atmospheric Deposits of Dust and

Ashes, with remarks on the Drift Pumice of the Coasts of New Holland. Ibid, i, pp. 321-342.

On a Fossil Pine Forest at Kurrur-Kurran, in the inlet

of Awaaba, East Coast of Austraha. Proc. Oeol. 8oc. 1843, iv, p. 161 ; The Sydney Weekly Register, 1845, v. No. 107, pp. 68-69.

— On Dykes of Marble and Quartz, &c. on the Upper Wollon- dUly, Argyle County, New South Wales. Proc. Geol. Sac. 1845, iv, p. 524 j Qua/rt. Jour. Oeol. Soc. 1845, i, p. 342; Edinb. New Phil. Jour. 1845, xl, p. 201 ; Tasmanian Jour. Nat. Sei. iii. No. 1, pp. 51-54.

— A comparison of the Geological Phenomena of the Ural Mountains with those of Australia. Sydney Morning Herald, Sept. 28th, 1847.

— Genera, and Distribution of Plants in the Carboniferous Rocks of New South Wales. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1848 iv, pp. 60-63.

Catalogue.

Clarke (Eev. W. B.) Oa the occurrence of Trilobites in New

South Wales, and the Age of the Beds containing them.

Ibid 1848, iy, pp. 63-66. Eemarks on the Identity of the Epoch of the Coal Beds

and Palaeozoic Rocks of New South Wales. Annals Nat.

Hist. Ib48, 2nd ser. ii, pp. 206-210.

Article on Mining, containing a Prognostication of the

Discovery of Tin in New South Wales. Sydney Morning Eerald, 16th April, 1849.

On the occurrence of Trilobites in the Palseozoic Rocks of

New South Wales. Tasmanian Jour. Nat. 8c. iii, p. 1.

On the Carboniferous Formation of New South Wales.

Ibid. 1849, iii, p. 459.

Plain Statements and Practical Hints respecting the

Discovery and Working of Gold in Australia (8vo. Sydney, 1851).

On Australian Gold. Sydney Morning Herald, May 20th,

On the Discovery of Gold in Australia. Quart. Jour. Geol.

Soc. 1852, viii, pp. 131-134; Mining Jour. 1852, xxii, p. 81.

Correspondence relative to the Recent Discoveries of

Gold in Australia. Parliamentary Blue Boole, Feb. 3rd, 1852, p. 5 (A Letter extracted from the Sydney Morning Herald, of May 29th, 1851).

— Parallel between the Gold-bearing Rocks of the Ural and those of Australia. Sydney Morning Herald, May 24th,

— Report on the Geology of the Neighbourhood of the Shoalhaven River and Araluen (Reports i and ii, dated Bungonia, 20th Sept. 1851, and Mt. Blrington, 10th Oct. 1851, respectively). Pampers relative to Oeol. Surveys, N. S. Wales, 2nd Dec. 1851, Nos. 54-56, pp. 81-88 (fcap. Sydney, 1852) ; Pari. Blue Book, Feb. 28th, 1853, pp. 22-24 (fcap. London, 1853).

26 Catalogue.

Clarke (Rev. W. B.) Eeport on the Geology of the Gourock Range, the Carwang Country, and the Southern Division of the County of Murray (Reports iii and iv, dated Jineroo, 21st Oct. 1851). Papers relative to Geol. Surveys, N. 8. Wales, 2nd Dec. 1851, No. 57, pp. 88-93 (fcap. Sydney, 1852) ; Pari. Blue Booh, Feb. 28th, 1853, pp. 27 and 32 (fcap. London, 1853).

On an Examination of the Country between Jineroo and

Bulanamang; Report dated Camp, at BuUanamang, 10th Nov. 1851 ; with other minor Reports. Papers relative to Geol. Surveys, 2nd Dec. 1851, Nos. 58-60, pp. 93-95 (fcap. Sydney, 1852).

On the Chemical Analysis of Quartz from the Merriwa

and Lake George Ranges (Report v). Pari. Blue Booh, Feb. 28t,h, 1853, p. 33.

On the Geology of the l§ft bank of the Upper Murrum-

bidgee (Report vi). lUd. Feb. 28th, 1853, p. 33.

On the Gold Localities S. W. of Cooma, and the Geology

of the Counties of Beresford and Wallace (Report vii). Papers relative to Geol. Surveys, N. S. Wales, 1852, No. 1, pp. 1-5 (fcap. Sydney, 1852) ; Pari. Blue Booh, Feb. 28th, 1853, p. 33 (fcap. London, 1853).

On the occurrence of Gold on Bobundara Creek, &c.

(Report viii). Papers relative to Geol. Surveys, N. S. Wales, 1852, No. 2, pp. 5-6 (fcap. Sydney, 1852) ; Pal. Blue Booh, Feb. 28th, 1853, p. 37 (fcap. London, 1853).

On Gold Localities at the sources of the Umaralla and

other Rivers (Report ix). Papers relative to Geol. Surveys, N. 8. Wales, 1852, No. 3, pp. 6-10 (fcap. Sydney, 1852); Pa/rl. Blue Book, Feb. 28th, 1853, p. 38 (fcap. London, 1853).

On the Metalliferous Rocks of Merinoo (Report x). Papers

relative to Geol. Surveys, N. 8. Wales, 1852, No. 4, pp. 10-11 (fcap. Sydney, 1852); Pari. Blue Booh, Feb. 28th, 1853, pp. 41 and 65 (fcap. London, 1853).

Catalogue. 27

Clarke (Eev. W. B.) On the Geology of the south-east parts of the CoTinty of Wellesley, with remarks on Maneero generally, &c. (Reports xi and xii). Papers relative to Oeol. Surveys, N. S. Wales, 1852, Nos. 5 and 6, pp. 12-19 (fcap. Sydney, 1852); Pari. Blue Book, Feb. 28th, 1853, p. 66 (fcap. London, 1853).

On the Auriferous Character of the Country along the

Bendoc and Deleget Rivers (Report xiii). Papers relative to Oeol. Surveys, N. 8. Wales, 1852, No. 7, pp. 20-25 (fcap. Sydney, 1852) ; Pari. Blue Booh, Feb. 28th, 1853, p. 72 (fcap. London, 1853).

On the occurrence of Gold in the County of Dampier,

N. S. Wales (Report xiv). Papers relative to Geol. Surveys, N. S. Wales, 1852, No. 8, p. 26 (fcap. Sydney, 1852); Pari, Blue Booh, Feb. 28th, 1853, p. 76 (fcap. London, 1853).

On the occurrence of Gold in Granite and Quartz on

both Flanks of the Alps, between the Tumut and the Snowy Rivers (Report xv). Papers relative to Geol. Surveys, N. S. Wales, 1852, No. 11, p. 33 (fcap. Sydney, 1852) ; Pari. Blue Booh, Feb. 28th, 1853, p. 77 (fcap. London, 1853).

On the existence of Gold along the Rivers and Creeks

flowing from the Muniong Range, &c. (Report xvi). Papers relative to Geol. Surveys, N. S. Wales, 15th June, No. 1, pp. 1-3 (fcap. Sydney, 1852) ; Pari. Blue Booh, Feb. 28th, 1853, p. 81 (fcap. London, 1853).

On the Metalliferous Prospects of the County of Murray,

and on the vicinity of Lake George (Report xvii). Papers relative to Geol. Surveys, N. S. Wales, 15th June, No. 2, pp. 3-6 (fcap. Sydney, 1852) ; Pari. Blue Booh, Feb. 28th, 1858, p. 83 (fcap. London, 1853).

On the existence of Gold at Shelley's Flat (Report xviii).

Papers relative to Geol. Surveys, N. 8. Wales, 15th June, No. 3, p. 7 (fcap. Sydney, 1852) ; Pari. Blue Booh, Feb. 28th, 1853, p. 86 (fcap. London, 1853).

Catalogue.

Clarke (Rev. W. B.) On the Geological Formation of the Country between the Maneero Highlands and the Sea Coast of the County of Auckland (Supp. Report xii). Pari. Blue Book, Aug. 16th, 1853, p. 7 (with map).

On the General Geological Structure of the Country

between Marulan and the Peel River (Report i). Ihid. Aug. 16th, 1853, p. 26,

On the Geological Character and probable extent of the

"Hanging Rock Diggings," &c. (Report ii). Ibid. Aug. 16th, 1853, p. 30.

On the dispersion of Gold in Australia (Report iii).

Ibid. Aug. 16th, 1853, p. 35.

— On the occurrence of Alluvial Lead Ore (Report iv). Ibid. Aug. 16th, 1853, p. 39.

— On the Genera] Prospects and Physical Conditions of the "Hanging Rock" and Peel River Gold Fields (Report v). Ibid. Aug. 16th, 1853, p. 40.'

— On the Geology of the Clarence River District, &c, (Report ix, dated Coolambarra, June 24th, 1853). Papers relative to Geol. Surveys, N, 8. Wales, Sept. 13th, pp. 13, (fcap. Sydney, 1853) ; Pari. Blue Book, Dec. 1854, pp. 3-13, (fcap. London, 1854).

— On the Geology of the Basin of the Condamine River (Report X, dated St. Leonards, Oct. 14th, 1853), with maps and appendices. Papers relating to Geol. Surveys, N. S. Wales, 21st Dec. pp. 1-11 (fcap. Sydney, 1853); Pari. Blue Book, Dec. 1854, pp. 29-38.

— Remarks on the Bones brought to Sydney by Mr. Turner, published in the Sydney Morning Herald, Nov. 30th, 1847. Papers relative to Geol. Surveys, N. S. Wales, Dec. 21st, App. to Report x, pp. 11-13 (fcap. Sydney, 1853); Pari. Blue Booh, Dec. 1854, pp. 38-39 (Appendix 1 to Report x) (fcap. London, 1854).

Catalogue. 29

Clarke (Eev. W. B.) Letter to the Honbl. The Colonial Secretarjj on the subject of Correspondence between Sir R. I. Murchison and the Colonial Minister, relative to anticipations of the Discovery of (rold in Australia. JV. 8. Wales, Discovery of Gold in Australia (Sir E. Murchison's claim), pp. 1-3 (fcap. Sydney, 1854).

On the Geological Structure and Auriferous Condition

of the Country along the Upper Waters of the Namoi and Apsley Rivers (Report vi). Pari. Blue Book, ' Feb. 1854, p. 24.

On the Geological Structure and Auriferous Condition of

the Country between the Heads of the Macleay and Gwydir Rivers (Report vii). Ibid. Feb. 1854, p. 30.

On the Geological Structure of the Western Slopes of

the Highlands of New England, &c. (Report viii). Ibid. Feb. 1854, p. 42.

Catalogue of Geological Specimens illustrating the Succession of the Rock Formations in New South Wales. Oat. Nat. and Indust. Products, N. S. Wales, 1854, pp. 41-51 (4to. Sydney, 1854).

The Gold Fields of New South Wales. Ibid. 1854, pp.

60-62 (4to. Sydney, 1854).

On the Coal Fields of New South Wales. Ibid. 1854, pp.

68-70 (4to. Sydney, 1854).

On the Gold Fields of New South Wales. British Cat.

Exposition Zfniverselle, Paris, 1855, pp. 103-108 (large 8vo. London, 1855).

— On the Coal Fields of New South Wales. Ibid. 1855, pp. 108-109 (large 8vo. London, 1855).

— Catalogue of a Collection containing several hundred specimens illustrative of the Mineralogy and Geology of New South Wales, &c. Ibid. 1855, pp. 99-103 (large 8vo. London, 1855).

30 Catalogue.

Clarke (Rev. W. B.) Discovery of Gold in Australia. On tte Subject of Con-espondence between Sir U. I. Murcbison and tbe Colonial Minister, relative to tbe anticipation of tbe Discovery of Gold in Australia, pp. 6 (fcap. Sydney, 1854). Pari. Blue Booh, Dec. 1854, pp. 21-23 (fcap. London, 1855).

Report on the Gold Field at Fingal, Tasmania. lUd.

Aug. 25tb, 1855, p. 82.

Reports on the Analysis of Auriferous Quartz, from

Fingal, Tasmania. Ihid. Aug. 25th, 1855, pp. 87 and 99.

On the occurrence of Obsidian Bombs in the Auriferous

Alluvia of New South Wales. Ihid. 1855, xi, pp. 403-

On the occurrence of Fossil Bones in the Auriferous

Alluvia of New South Wales. Quart. Jour. Geol. 8oc.

1855, xi, pp. 405-408. Notes on the Geology of New South Wales. Ibid. 1855,

xi, p. 408 (abstract). Additional Notice of the occurrence of Volcanic Bombs

in Australasia. Ibid. 1857, xiii, p. 188 ; Phil. Mag. 1857,

xiii, p. 147. Notes on some Geological Specimens collected by Charles

Grant Robertson, Esq., of Duntroon, near Queenbeyan,

N. S. Wales. Sydney Ma.g. Science and Art, 1858, i, pp.

135 and, 136.

On the Ores of Mercury. Ibid. 1859, ii, pp. 157-161,

Researches in the Southern Gold Fields of New South

Wales, pp. vii and 305 (12mo. Sydney, 1860) (with map of Gold Localities in the Basins of the Snowy River and the Murrumbidgee, 1851-2, chiefly discovered by the Rev. W. B. Clarke. Scale: about 10 miles to 1 inch) — see also Miller (F. B.) ; Smith (J.).

The claims of the Rev. W. B. Clarke, m.a., f.g.s. (8vo.

Sydney, 1860).

Catalogue. 31

Claekb (Eev. W. B.) Eecent Geological Discoveries in Australasia. Second Bditionj with Notes and Addenda, pp. 34 (8to. Sydney, 1861).

A Eeview of Recent Geological Observations in Australia.

Second Edition (8vo. Sydney, 1861).

On tlie Relative Position of Certain Plants in the Coalbearing Beds of Australia. Quart. Jour. Oeol. 800. 1861, xvii, pp. 354-362; Geologist, 1861, iv, p. 209; Phil. Mag. 1861, 4th ser. xxi, p. 637.

Sur la Formation Carbonifere de TAustralie. Bull. 80c.

Geol. France, 1861, ser. 2, xviii, pp. 669-673.

A Communication on Prof. McCoy's New Tceniopteris,

from the Coal-bearing Rocks of the Cape Patterson District in particular, and on the evidence bearing on the question of Australian Coal-beds in general. Trans. B. 80C. Vict. 1861, V, pp. 89-95,

Remarks on Prof. McCoy's Commentary on a New

Tceniopteris, &c. Ibid. 1861, v, pp. 209-214.

The Coal Fields of New South Wales. Gat. Nat. and

Industrial Products, N. 8. Wales, Internal. Exhib. 1861, pp. 81-86 — see also Exhibitions, International, 1861 (N. S. Wales).

The Gold Fields of New South Wales. Ibid. 1861, pp.

89-93 (London Edit. 1862, pp. 43-44)— see also Exhibitions, International, 1861 (N. S. Wales).

On the Age of the New South Wales Coal Fields. Annals

Nat. Hist. 1862, x, pp. 81-86.

On the occurrence of Mesozoic and Permian Faunae in

Eastern Australia. Quart. Jour. Geol. 80c. 1862, xviii, pp.

244-247 ; Phil. Mag. 4th ser. xxiii, p. 558 ; Geologist, v, p.

On the Gold Fields and Mineral Products of New South

Wales. London Internat. Exhib. Gat. Nat. and Indust.

Products of N. 8. Wales, pp. 43-44 (8vo. London, 1862).

Catalogue.

Clarke (Rev. W. B.) Notes upon West Australian Specimens of Gold. Sydney Morning Herald, No. 8125, June 1864.

On tlie Coal Seams at Stony Creek, West Maitland District, New South Wales. Trans. B. Soo. Vict. 1865, vi, p. 27.

On tlie Carboniferous and other Geological Relations of

the Maranoa District in Queensland, in reference to a Discovery of Zoological Fossils in Wollombilla and Stony Creek, West Maitland. Trans. B. Soc. Vict. 1865, vi, pp. 32-42 (sections).

On the Alleged Gold Field at the head of the Nepean

River, New South Wales. Geol. Mag. 1865, ii, p. 330 (extracted from the Sydney Morning Herald).

Notes on the Geology of Western Australia. Ibid.

1866, iii, pp. 503 and 551.

On the Auriferous and Non- Auriferous Quartz Reefs of

Australia, Ihid. 1866, iii, p. 561.

On the occurrence and Geological Position of the Oilbearing Deposits of New South Wales. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1866, xxii, p. 439 (abstract).

On the Transmutation of Rocks in Australia. Trans.

Phil. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1862-65, pp. 267-308 (1866).

Catalogue of Specimens from the Wianamatta and

Hawkesbury Rocks, overlying the Productive Upper Coal Measures of New South Wales (fcap. [? Sydney], 1866).

— On the Marine Secondary Fossiliferous Formations in AustraUa. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1867, xxiii, p. 7.

— Inaugural Address to the Royal Society of New South Wales, delivered at its first Meeting, 9th July, 1867. Trans. B. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1868, i, pp. 1-27.

— On the Auriferous and other Metalliferous Districts of North Queensland. Proc. B. Geogr. Soc. 1868, xii, pp. 138-144; Trans. B. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1868, i, pp. 42-57.

Catalogoe. 33

Clarke (Rev. W. B.) Notes on the Geology of the Mary River, Queensland. Trans. B. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1868, i, pp. 76-78.

Remarks on the Sedimentary Formations of New South

Wales, illustrated by references to other Provinces of Australia. American Jour. 8ci. 1868, 2nd ser. xlv, pp.

On the Causes and Phenomena of Earthquakes, especially

in relation to shocks felt in Australia. Trans. R. Soc. N. S. Wales for 1868, pp. 51-86 (1869).

Dinornis, an Australian genus. Oeol. Mag. 1869, vi, p.

Anniversary Address to the Royal Society of New South

Wales, delivered on May 12th, 1869. Trans. B. Soc. N. S. Wales, for 1869, pp. 1-22 (1870).

The Dinornis and Saurian Remains in Australia. American

Jour. Sci. 1870, 2nd ser. xlix, p. 273.

On the Progress of Grold Discovery in Australasia from

1860 to 1871, pp. 23 (8vo. Sydney, 1871).

Anniversary Address to the Royal Society of New South

Wales, delivered May 25th, 1870. Trans. B. Soc. N. S. Wales, for 1870, pp. 1-48 (1871) (Contains the Discovery of the Diamond in N. S. Wales).

Anniversary Address, " On the Natural History of the

Diamond,'' delivered before the Royal Society of New South Wales, May 22nd, 1872, with Appendices. Ibid, for year 1872, pp. 1-66 (Contains additional Notes on the History of the Diamond).

— Anniversary Address delivered to the Royal Society of New South Wales, May 12th, 1875. Ibid: for 1875, ix, pp. 1-56 (Chiefly taken up with Geology of New Caledonia).

Notes on Deep Sea Soundings. Ibid, for 1875, ix, pp.

67-72 (1876).

— — On the Deep Oceanic Depression off Moreton Bay. Jour. B. Soc. N. 8. Wales, for 1876, x, pp. 75-82 (1877).

34 Catalogue.

Clarke (Rev. W. B.) On Dromornis Australis (Owen), a New Fossil Bird of Australia. Jour. E. 8oc. N. 8. Wales, for 1877, xi, pp. 41-49.

Notice of a New Fossil Extinct Species of Kangaroo,

Sthenwrus rmnor (Owen). Jour. R. Soc. N. 8. Wales, for 1877, xi, pp. 209-212.

.emarks on the Sedimentary Formations of New South

Wales, illustrated by References to other Provinces of Australia. Gat. Nat. and Industrial Prods. N. 8. Wales, Paris Univ. Exposition, pp. 65-80 (8vo. Sydney, 1867). — As a Pamphlet: 1st ed. pp. 20 (8vo. Sydney, 1867); 2nd ed. pp. 27 (8vo. Sydney, 1871); 3rd ed. pp. 61 (8vo. Sydney, 1875) ; 4th ed, pp. 165, maps and sections (8vo. Sydney, 1878). — Also in Mines and Mineral 8taUstics ofN. 8. Wales, for 1875, pp. 149-206 (8vo. Sydney).

With (a) Section of Coal Pits at Stony Creek, West Maitland : Scale,

24 feet to 1 inch ; (6) Section of B. Pit, Greta : Scale, 48 feet to 1

inch.

Obituary Notice of. Proc. B. 8oc. 1878-72, xxviii, pp.

i-iv (Obit. Notices) — see Etheridge (R., jun.).

Geological Map of New South Wales — see Wilkinson

and Johnston (W.) Catalogue of the Drift Deposits dug

through in sinking for Gold on the Turon River. Cat. Nat. and Indust. Products, N. 8. Wales, 1854, pp. 62-63 (4to. Sydney, 1854).

( — ) Report on the Tumut and Adelong Mining District.

Mines and Mineral Statistics, N. 8. Wales, for 1874, pp.

Clements (W. C.) Essay on the Supply of Water to the Interior of the Australasian Colonies. Jour. B. Agric. 8oc. N. 8. Wales, 1877, 3rd ser. pt. 4, pp. 367-394.

Climatology — see Russell (H. C.j Smyth (R. B.).

Cloizeaux ( — Des) Caracteres optiques de la Newberyite. Bull. 8oc. Min. de France, 1880, ii, p. 82.

Catalogue. 35

Cloud (T. C.) Note on Atacamite. Chemical News, 1876, xxxiv. No. 890, p. 254.

Note on the Artificial production of Crystallized Atacamite. Trans. Phil. Soc. Addaide,for 1878-79, p. 80.

Clunbs. The Rise and Progress of Quartz Mining at Clunes. By the Special Reporter of The Star, pp. 50 (Ballarat, 1869).

Cltmo (J. B.) The Discovery of Rich Deposits of Copper Ore in Australia. Mining Jour. 1859, xxix, p. 375.

Coal. Coal of Van Dieman's Land. Cheek's Edinb. Jour. Nat. and Geogr. Science, 1830, i, p. 290.

Discovery of Coal in Western Australia. Gentleman's

Mag. 1847, xxvii, p. 73.

Dr. von Sommer on the Coal of Western Australia. The

Sydney Gleaner, 1848, i, pp. 257-58.

{Engineer). Coal in Victoria. Mining Jour. 1854, xxiv,

p. 410.

Supposed Discovery of Coal in Adelaide. Ibid. 1858,

xxviii, p. 474.

Result of Examination at the Mint of Coal forwarded by

Dr. O'Brien, from Belambi, N. S. Wales. Sydney Mag. Science and Art, 1859, ii, p. 121.

The Coal Deposits of the British Colonies in the South.

Canadian Jour. 1861, new series, vi, p. 478.

The Coal Field of New South Wales. Coll. Guardian,

1861, ii, pp. 150, 197, 276.

r Coal in Victoria. Ibid. 1872, xxiv, p. 665.

Experiments for Steam pm-poses with Australian Coal.

Mining Jour. 1862, xxxii, p. 641.

— The Coal Fields of New outh Wales. Ibid. 1863, xxxiii, p. 749 (Remarks on Sections prepared by the Rev. W. B. Clarke, and Mr. J. Mackenzie).

3

36 Catalogue.

Coal — Another Discovery of Coal in New Soutli "Wales. Coll.

Guardian, 1864, viii, p. 174. Australasian Coal. Ibid. 1869, xvii, pp. 531-32.

Tlie Coal Fields of New Soutli Wales. Ibid. 1871, xxii,

p. 95.

The Coal Fields of Australia. Mining Journal, 1872,

xlii, p. 689.

The Coal Production of New South Wales. Coll. Guardian, 1872, xxiii, pp. 557-58,

Australian Coal. Iron and Coal Trades Review, 1873,

vii, p. 271,

On the Coal of Victoria. Iron, 1875, vi, p. 645.

The Coal Fields of New South Wales. Coll. Guardian,

1875, xxix, p. 446. Ibid. 1875, xxx, p. 538 (Summary of Reports by J. Mackenzie).

The Coal Fields of Victoria (being an abstract of a Report by Mr. J. Mackenzie, on the Coal Fields of that Colony). Mining Jour. 1875, xlv, p. 355.

The Coal Fields of New South Wales (being an Epitome

of Mr. J. Mackenzie's Report for 1873, "On the Condition and Prospects of the Coal Fields, together with the Reports of the Inspector of Collieries on the state of the various Coal, Petroleum Oil, Cannel Coal, and Kerosene Shale Mines in New South Wales, &c."). Ibid. 1875, xlv, p. 355.

Extension of the Australian Coal Field. Ibid. 1877,

xlvii, p. 158 (Notice of a Report by Mr. J. Mackenzie, on the Port Stephens District).

The Coal Fields of Darling Downs. The Queenslander,

December 1st, 1877.

Australian Coal. Coll. Guardian, 1877, xxxii, p. 1014.

Coal in South Australia. Ibid. 1878, , pp. 795,

Queensland Coal Resources. Mining Jour. 1879, xlix,

p. 390.

Catalogue. 37

Coal — Australian " White," or " Yellow " — see Tasmanite.

Cannel. Discovery of Cannel Coal in New South Wales.

Coll. Guardian, 1865, ix, p. 397 ; Ghem. News. 1865, xi, p. 264.

and Coal Fields — see Burnett ( — ) ; Clarke (Eev. W. B.) ;

Cowan (T.) ; Daintree (E.) ; Dawkins (W. B.) ; Dixon (— ) ; Eddy (C. W.); Gould (0.) ; Gregory (A. C.) ; Harrison (T.) ; Hector (Dr. J.) ; Helpman (Lieut.) ; Hodgkinson (C); Hopkins (B.) ; Hull (Prof. B.)j Mackenzie (J.); Milligan (Dr. J.) ; Princep (J.) ; Selwyn (A. R. 0.) ; Strzeleoki (Count) ; Stucthbury (S.) ; Morris (Prof. J.) ; Smyth (W. W.) ; Taylor (R. C).

Fields. Progress Report from the Select Committee on the

Cape Patterson Coal Fields, together with the Proceedings of the Committee, Minutes of Evidence, and Appendices, pp. viii and 57 (fcap. Melbourne, 1864-65).

Geological Description of the Coal Field at Newcastle,

New South Wales. Goll. Guardian, 1864, vii, p. 444.

and Iron Mines (J. W. W.) The Wallerawang Iron and

Coal Mines of New South Wales. Miroing Jour. 1874, xliv, p. 751 — see also Liversidge (Prof. A.); Wilkinson

and Coal Mining — see Smyth (W. W.).

and Shale Returns. N. S. Wales— see Wood (H.).

Trade. The Coal Trade in Australia, Ooll. Guardian,

1864, vii, p. 424.

Measures. The Coal Measures of Australia — " Wollon-

gongite." Mining Jour. 1871, xli, p. 178.

Production— see Hall (T. Y.).

CoLLiEBiES (N. S. Wales) — see Keene (W.)j Lewis (T.); Mackenzie (J.).

CoATES (J.) On a Deposit of Diatomacess at South Yarra, Melbourne. Trans. B. 8oc. Vict. 1861, v. pp. 158-164.

38 Catalogue.

Collins (D.) An account of the English Colony in New South Wales, &o. i, pp. xx, xxxviii, and 615 (London, 4to. 1798), maps and plates ; ii, pp. xvi and 335 (London, 4to. 1802), maps and plates.

CoNTBEKE (Rev. W. D.) Report on the Progress, Actual State, and Ulterior Prospects of Geological Science. Brit. Assoc. Report for 1831-1832, pp. 365-414 (Australian G-eology, p. 396).

Cooper (D.) Australian Coal, pp. 4 (fcap. London, 1862) (A letter addressed to the Editor of the Times).

Report on the Application of Australian Coal for Steam

Purposes, pp. 4 (fcap. London, 1862).

Coffee — Copper Mines in South Australia. American Jour. 8c. 1846, n. s. ii, p. 291.

Burra-Burra Copper Mines in New Holland. Edinb. N.

Phil. Jour. 1848, xlv, p. 180.

The Burra-Bun-a Copper Mine, South Australia. American Jour. Sc. 1848, n. s. vi, p. 134.

Copper Mines of New South Wales. Mining Jour. 1854,

xxiv, p. 264.

Copper Mining on York Peninsula. Ibid. 1872, xlii,

p. 46.

(" Chilley ") Copper Mining in South Australia. Ibid,

1875, xlv, p. 540.

Copper in Queensland. Nature, 1880, xxi, p. 474.

and Copper Mining — see Apjohn (Dr. J.) ; Bagot (0. H.) j

Bonwick (J.) ; Bruce (J. A.) ; Christoe (J. P.) ; Clymo (J. B.); Foord (G.) ; Resales (H.); Tremenheere (S.); Wintle (S. H.).

Visit to Tungkills Copper Mine, South Australia. Iron,

1876, vii, p. 66.

Corals, Fossil — Australian Fossil Corals. Nature, 1879, xix, p. 469.

Catalogue.

CoEALS, Fossil — see Buch (L. von) ; Dana (Prof. J. D.) ; Duncan (Prof. P. M.) ; Edwards (Prof. H. Milne) ; Btheridge (R., jun.)j Fromental (E. de); De Koninck (Prof. L. Gr.); Lonsdale (W.) ; Nicholson (Prof. H. A.) and Etheridge (R., jun.) ; Tate (Prof. R.) ; Woods (Rev. J. E. T.).

CoET (W. H.) Auriferous Deposits of New South "Wales. Mining Jour. 1853, xxiii, p. 303.

CoTTA (B. von) A Treatise on Ore Deposits, translated from the Second Getman Edition by F. Prime, jun., &c. (8vo. New York, 1870) (Gold Lodes, p. 504).

CoucHMAN, (T.) On the deep Alluvial Deposits of the Gold Fields of Victoria. Smyth's Gold Fields and Min. Districts, Vict. 1869, pp. 156-160.

On the Deep Leads at Pleasant Creek, Victoria. Ibid.

1869, pp. 225-229.

On the Auriferous Reefs at Pleasant Creek, Victoria.

Ibid. 1869, pp. 339-344.

On the Costerfield Antimony Mines, near Heathcote,

Victoria. Ibid. 1869, pp. 417-419.

Victoria. Reports of the Chief Inspector of Mines to

the Honorable the Minister of Mines for the years 1875- 1880. Presented to both Houses of Parliament by His Excellency's command (fcap. Melbourne, 1876-81).

Geological Survey of Victoria : Report of Progress for

the year 1876, No. 4, pp. vii and 189 (roy. 8vo. Melbourne, 1877).

With (o) Plan showing coast-line from Cape Howe to Wilson's Promontory. Scale : 32 miles to 1 inch j (b) Section showing Bores in the Ovens Valley, at Eurobin. Scales : Eor. 200 ft. to 1 inch, Vert. 40 ft. to 1 inch.

— see also Murray (E. A. P.); Kranse (F. M.) ; Taylor (N.)j Howitt (A.W.); Nicholas (W.); McCoy (Prof. F.) ; Newbery (J. C).

40 Catalogue.

CoucHMAN (T.) Geological Survey of Victoria : Eeport of Progress for the year 1877, No. b, pp. x, and 215 (roy. 8vo. Melbourne, 1878), Maps, sections, &c. — see also Murray (E. A. F.) ; Krause (P. M.) ; Taylor (N.) ; Howitt (A. W.) ; Nicholas (W.) ; McCoy (Prof. F.) ; Newbery (J. C).

Geological Survey of Victoria : Eeport of Progress for

the year 1878, No. 6, pp. vii, and 99 (roy. 8to. Melborue, 1880).

With (a) Transverse section of a Portion of the Pandora Company's Main Shaft, Sandhurst ; (b) Transverse section of a Portion of the No. 3 Shaft of the Garden Gnlly United Co.'s Mine, Sandhurst; (c) Longitudinal Sketch section of ditto. — see also Murray (E. A. F.) ; Eosales (H.) ; Darbyshire (J.); Bland (E. H.) ; McCoy (Prof. F.) ; Newbery (J. C.) ; Levey (G. C).

(W. G.) Plan and Sections of Poverty Eeef, Tarnagulla,

with Eemarks. Reports, Mining Surveyors and Registrars, Vict. 1868, No. 1 (fcap. Melbourne, 1868).

Special Eeport on the Berlin Gold Diggings, Victoria.

Ihid.for quarter ending Dec. 31st, 1874, No. 18, p. 40 (1875). Cowan (T.) Eeport on the Kilcunda and Cape Patterson Coal

Fields. Smyth's Progress Report, No. 3, Geol. Survey,

Vict. 1876, pp. 273-280. Cox (Dr. J. C.) On the Stone Implements of Australia and

the South Sea Islands. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,

1876, i, pt. 1, pp. 21-29. Ckawioed (J. 0.) Australian Geography and Topography, with

some New Zealand Comparisons and Contrasts. Trans.

N. Zealand Inst. 1872, iv, pp. 364-67. Cekpin (F.) Note sur Pecopteris odontopteroides. Morris.

Bull. Acad. R. Belgique, 1875, xxxix, pp. 258-263 (plate). Ceustacea, Fossil — see Clarke (Eev. W. B.) ; Etheridge

(E., jun.) ; McCoy (Prof. F.) jWoodward (Dr. H.). CteOLL (Dr. J.) Climate and Time in their Geological Eolations.

A Theory of Secular Changes of the Earth's Climate,

pp. xvi and 577, pis. 8 (8vo. London, 1875) (Evidence

of Ice Action in Australia, p. 295).

Ceystallogeapht — see Olfers ( — von) ; Stepten (G. M.) ; Ulrich (G. H. F.) ; Eath (— von).

Cunningham (Allan) Journal of a Eoute from Bathurst to Liverpool Plains in New South Wales. Field's Geograph. Mem. on N. 8. Wales, 1825, 8vo. pp. 133-191, Map (Notes on Soils, &c.) — see Field (Baron).

— Tiber die physikalische und geologische Struktur der

Gegend im Westen der GebirgsscLeide zwischen Hunter's River and Moreton Bay. Jahrh. fur Min. 1837, p. 351.

(P.) Two Tears in New South "Wales, &c. 2 vols. (8vo.

London, 1827) (Minerals and Metals ii, pp. 1-12), 3rd ed.

Notes on the Interior of New South Wales. Proc. Geol.

8oc. 1831, i. No. 19, pp. 255-256; Jahrh. fur Mineralogie, 1833, p. 577.

CuEEiE (Capt. J. M.) Journal of an Excursion to the Southward of Lake George in New South Wales. Field's Geograph. Mem. onN. 8. Wales, &c. ]825,8vo. pp. 367-381 (Scattered" Geological Notes) — see Field (Baron).

Daintebb (R.) Report on the Geology of Bellerine and Pagwit, with special reference to the probable existence of Workable Coal Seams in those Parishes. Geol. Survey of Victoria, Report for 1861-62, No. 43, pp. 16-23 (fcap. Melbourne, 1862) (plates and plans).

Quarter Sheet 23, S. W. (Point Henry); 29, N. W. (Lake

Connewarre). Geological Survey of Victoria, under direction of A. R. C. Selwyn. Scale: 2 inches to 1 mile (Melbourne, 1862).

Quarter Sheets 23, N. B. (Port Arlington) ; 23, S. B.

(St. Leonards) ; 29, N. B. (QueensclifiF). Geological Survey of Victoria, under the direction of A. R. C. Selwyn. Scale: 2 inches to 1 mile (Melbourne, 1863).

Age of the New South Wales Coal Beds, Geologist, 1864,

viij p. 72; Coll. Guardian, 1864, vii, pp. 150 and 168.

Catalogue.

Dainteee (R.) Position des Couches k Glossopteris au-dessous des roches de la Periode carbonifere. Bull. Soc. Geol. de France, 1864, xxi, p. 33.

Geological Survey of Victoria. Report on the Geology

of the District of Ballan, including Remarks on the Age and Origin of Gold, No. 15, 1866, pp. 11, Sections, &c. (fcap. Melbourne, 1860).

Report on the Cape River Diggings, and the latest

Mineral Discoveries in North Queensland, pp. 7 (fcap. Brisbane, 1868) (with Geological Maps).

Progress Report by Mr. Richard Daintree, Government

Geologist, Northern Districts, pp. 21 (fcap. Brisbane, 1869) (with Sketch Map of Gilbert Diggings).

Report on the Gilbert Ranges Gold Field, pp. 5 (fcap.

Brisbane, 1869) (with Geological Sketch Map of the Upper Gilbert).

Report on the Gold Discoveries in the Gilbert Ranges,

p. 1 (fcap. Brisbane, 1869) (with Sketch Map of Gilbert Diggings).

Progress Report of the Rockhampton Mining District,

with a map of the Mount Wheeler Gold Field (including Mount Wheeler Reefs, Morinish Gold Fields, Blackfellows Diggings, Crocodile Creek Diggings, &c.) (fcap. Brisbane,

1870),

Notes on the Geology of the Colony of Queensland.

Quart. Jour. Oeol. Soc. 1872, xxviii, pp. 271-317 (map and numerous woodcuts) ; Goll. Ouardian, 1872, xxiii, p. 495 j B. A. Eept. for 1871, pt. 2, p. 95.

Tin in Queensland. Mining Jour. 1872, xlii, p. 689.

Iron in Queensland. Ibid. 1874, xliv, p. 947.

. Note on Certain Modes of Occurrence of Gold in Australia. Quart. Jour. Geol. 8oo. 1878, xxxiv, pp. 431-38, pis. 17 and 18.

Catalogue. 43

Dainteee (R.) and Wilkinson (G. S.) Quarter Sheets 19, N. E. (Anakie Hills) ; 19, S. E. (Station Peak) ; 20, N. W. (Yon- Yangs) ; 20, S. W. (Bothwell) ; 23, N. W. (Point Wilson and Bird Rock) ; 24, S. E. (Geelong) ; 28, N. E. (Mt. Duneed and German Town) ; 28, S. E. (Puebla) ; 29, S. W. (Thompson's Ok.). Geological Survey of Victoria, under the direction of A. R. 0. Selwyn. Scale : 2 miles to 1 inch (Melbourne, 1863).

and Wilkinson (C. S.) Quarter Sheet 12, S.E. (BaUiang);

8, S.W. (Mount Mary) ; 8, S.E. (Tarneit). Geological Survey of Victoria, under the direction of A. R. G. Selwyn. Scale: 2 miles to 1 inch (Melbourne, 1864).

Daletmple (G. E.) Letter from Mr. George Elphinstone Dalrymple, Gommissioner of Grown Lands in the Kennedy District, to the Honourable the Golonial Secretary, dated Brisbane, 14th Nov., 1860, " On the Exploration of the Estuaries of the River Burdekin, &c." Report of Proceedings, Queensland, Govt. Schooner " Spitfire," pp. 12-38 (Geological Notes) — see Govt. Schooner " Spitfire."

Queensland. Narrative and Reports of the Queensland

North-east Coast Expedition, 1873, pp. 53 (fcap. Brisbane, 1874) (Appendix A, List of Minerals, p. 36) (With map showing Explorations and Discoveries by G. E. Dalrymple, &c. Scale : 5 miles to 1 inch).

Dalton ( — ) Gold in Quartz. Sydney Morning Herald, No. 2, Sept. 19th, 1859.

(F.) Rocks and Minerals of the Rocky River Gold

District. Cat. Nat. and Industrial Products, N. S. Wales, Internat. Exhib. 1861, pp. 93-95 (London edit. 1862, pp. 44-45) — see Exhibitions, International, 1861 (N. S. Wales).

( — ) Report on the Lachlan District. Mines and Mineral

Statistics, N. S. Wales, 1875, pp. 28-41.

With (a) Plan of McGuiggan's Lead, Goobang Creek ; (6) Plan, showing Gold leads in the vicinity of Parkes and Forbes.

44 Catalogue.

Dalton ( — ) Report on the Lachlan Mining District (Gold Field). Ann. Report, Dept. of Mines, N. S. Wales for 1876, pp. 47-62 (with Plan of O'Brien's Eeef, and a Section of the deep shaft in the ground held by the Grenfell New Consols Company, 3rd April, 1S76) ; Ibid, for 1877, pp. 74-88.

Report on the Lachlan District, including the Billabong,

Cargo, Emu Creek and Tyagong Gold Field. Ibid, for 1878, pp. 71-77. Report npon the several Gold Fields (Billabong, Lachlan,

Emu Creek, and Tyagong Gold Fields) within the Lachlan

Mining District. Ibid, for 1879, pp. 87-95. Dampieb (Capt. W.) A Voyage to New Holland, &c. in the

year 1699, &c. 3 vols. 8vo. 1703-1709 (vol. iii, 1703,

Physical Geography, p. 117). Dana (E. S.) Morphologische Studien iiber Atacamit.

Mineralogische Mittheil. Wien. 1874, heft. 2, pp. 108-108;

American Jour. 8c. 1874, 3rd ser. viii, p. 69. (Prof. J. D.) Notes on some Australian Fossils. Annals

and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1848, ii, p. 160. Fossils of the Exploring Expedition under the Command

of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N., a Fossil Fish from Australia,

&c. American Jour. Sc. 1848, 2nd ser. v, p. 433. A Description of Fossil Shells of the Collections of the

Exploring Expedition under the Command of Charles

Wilkes, TJ.S.N., obtained in Australia. Ibid. 1847, 2nd ser.

iv, p. 151 ; Weigmann's Archiv. xiii, p. 301. Corals and Coral Islands. Pp. 398, plates and maps (8vo.

London, 1872) (Australian reefs, 135, 142, 148, 309, -510,

and 329) ; 2nd ed. pp. xx and 848, plate and maps (8vo.

London, 1875) (Australian reefs, 107, 113, 118, 264,

265, 282). United States Exploring Expedition, during the years

1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842, under the Command of

Charles Wilkes, U.S.N., Vol. x. Geology, pp. xii and

756 (4to. atlas, pis. 21, folio, Philadelphia, 1849) (N. S.

Wales, pp. 449-537 ; Fossils of N. S. Wales, pp. 681-720).

Dana (Prof. J. D.) On the Degradation of the Rocks of New South WaleSj and Formation of Valleys. American Jour. Se. 1860, ix, p. 289.

Manual of Geology : treating of the Principles of the

Science with reference to American Geological History, &c. (8vo. Philadelphia, 1863) (Australian Geology, pp. 29, 34, 443, 444, 447, 525, 566, &o.) ; 2nd ed. pp. xvi and 828, map, &c. (New York, 1876) {Ibid. pp. 14, 28, 33*, 283, 345, 370, 438, 470, 570, 571, 575, 622).

Manual of Mineralogy and Lithology, &o. 3rd edition

(London, 1879).

Daebtshiee (J.) Report on the Harp of Erin Company's Mine, Freeburgh, Ovens District. Oouehman's Progress Report, No. 6, Geol. Survey Vict. 1880, pp. 64-66 (plan and sections. Harp of Erin , Gold Mining Company. Scale : 120 ft. to 1 inch).

D'Aechiac (Le Viscompte A.) Histoire des Progrs de la Geologic de 1834 a 1845 (Paris, 7 vols. 8vo. 1847). Orographic particulifere, i, 1847, pp. 180-188; ii, pt. i, 1848. Terrain quarternaire de PAustralie, pp. 414-419 ; ii, pt. 2,

1849. Terrain Tertiaire de I'Australie, pp. 1084-86 ; iii,

1850. Roches Ignees ou Pyrogenes de I'Australie, pp. 580-82; vii, 1857. Flore fossile, pp. 688-692; Yiii,p. 661.

Legons sur la Faune Quaternaire (Paleontologie Strata-

graphique) (8vo. Paris, 1865) (Dix-huitieme Le9on, Faune Quaternaire de I'Australie, pp. 263-274).

Daewin (C.) Narrative of the surveying voyages of H.M.S. "Adventure" and "Beagle," between the years 1826- 1836, describing their examination of the Southern Shores of America, and the "Beagle's" Circumnavigation of the Globe (3 vols. 8vo. London, 1839) (Vol. iii, pp. 515-538).

Journal of Researches into the Geology and Natural

History of the Various Countries visited by H.M.S. "Beagle," under the Command of Capt. Fitzroy, e.n., from 1832 to 1836, pp. xiv and 615 (8vo. London, 1839) (Australia, pp. 515-569).

46 . Catalogue.

Daewin (C.) Geological Observations on the Volcanic Islands visited during the voyage of H.M.S. " Beagle," together with some brief notices on the Geology of Australia and the Cape of Good Hope. Being the Second Part of the Geology of the Voyage of the " Beagle " under the Command of Capt. Fitzroy, e.n., during the years 1832 to 1836, pp. vii and 175 (8vo. London, 1844) (Australia, pp. ISO- MS) — see also Sowerby (G. B.) ; Lonsdale (W.).

Geological Observations on Coral Reefs, Volcanic Islands,

and on South America : being the Geology of the Voyage of the "Beagle," under the Command of Capt. Fitzroy, B.N., during the years 1832 to 1836, pp. xii and 279 (8vo. London, 1851), Maps, &c. (Foliated rocks of Australia, p. 165).

Journal of Researches into the Natural History and

Geology of the Countries visited during the Voyage of H.M.S. "Beagle" round the World, under the Command of Capt. Fitzroy, e.n., second edition, corrected with Additions, pp. viii and 519 (8vo. London, 1845) (Australia, pp. 431-451) (This forms the second edition of the second entry under Darwin).

Geological Observations on the Volcanic Islands, and

Parts of South America, visited during the Voyage of H.M.S. "Beagle," &c. second edit. pp. 647 (8vo. London, 1876). (This forms the second edition of the third entry under Darwin).

Davies (W.) and Barkas (W. J.) List of Palaeozoic Fishes. Geol. Mag. 2nd ser. 1874, i, pp. 542-553.

Davis (J.) and Westgarth (W.) Tracts of McKinlay and Party across Australia, pp. xvi and 408 (8vo. London, 1863), with Map (Indications of Gold, p. 317).

Davidson (T.) A Monograph of the British Fossil Brachiopoda, ii, part 5. The Carboniferous Brachiopoda, 1858-63, pp. 280, pis. 55 (Australian and Tasmanian Carbonif. Brach, p. 264).

Catalogue. 47

Davidson (T.) On Tertiary Brachiopoda. Geologist, 1862, v, pp. 446 and 447 {fValdheimia Garihaldiana from Mt. Grambier, described).

A Monograph of the British Fossil Brachiopoda, Part

7. The Silurian Brachiopoda, No. 2, pp. 89-168, plates 13-22, &c. (4to. London, 1867) {Atrypa reticularis, Linn, p. 133).

Eeport on the Brachiopoda, dredged by H.M.S. "Chal-

longer," during the years 1873-76. Eeport on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. " Challenger," 1873-76. Zoology, vol. i, pt. 1, pp. 1-67, pis. 4 (London, 1880).

Uavison (S.) New Theory of the Origin of Gold. In Letters addressed to Mr. Hargraves. E. H. Sar graves' Australia and its Gold Fields, 1855, pp. 203-240 — see also Hargraves

The Discovery and Geognosy of Gold Deposits in Australia; with comparison and accounts of the Gold Regions in California, Russia, India, Brazil, &c., including a Philosophical Disquisition on the Origin of Gold in Placerdeposits and in Quartz Veins, pp. ix and 484 (with map and appendices) (8vo. London, 1860).

The Gold Deposits in Australia ; their Discovery, Development and Geognosy, with a Disquisition on the Origin of Gold in Placer-deposits and in Quartz-Veinstones. 2nd edition, pp. ix and 484 (8vo. London, 1861) (This forms the 2nd ser. of preceding work).

Placer-deposits of Gold in Australia. Mining Jour.

1861, XXX, p. 622.

Dawkins (W. B.) The Age of the New South Wales Coal Beds. Trans. Manchester Geol. Sac. 1875, xiv, pt. 2, p. 28.

Dawson (Dr. J. W.) On Sporecases in Coals. American Jour. Science, 1871, cl, pp. 256-263 : Canadian Nat. and Geol. 2nd ser. v. No. 4, pp. 369-377 (Tasmanite). '

Catalogtie.

Dawson (R. D.) The present State of Australia ; a description of the Country, its advantages and prospects, &c. 2nd edit. pp. xix and 455 (8vo. London, 1831) (Observations on Soils, &c. p. 344).

( — ) Extract from a Report on the Geological Characters

of the Country on the Florentine River, Tasmania. Proc. B. Soc. V. B. Land, 1852, ii, pt. 1, p. 168.

De Boos (C.) Report on the Southern Mining District of New South Wales. Mines and Mineral Statistics, N. S. Wales, 1875, pp. 15-27.

Deep Leads — see Couchman (T.) ; Btheridge (R., jun.) and Murray (R. A. P.) ; Howitt (A. W.) ; Krause (P. M.) ; McAIpine (G. B.) ; Murray (R. A. F.) ; Stephens (T.).

Delissb ( — ) Sur le Gisement et sur I'Exploitation de I'Or en

Australie. Ann. des Mines, 1853, iii, pp. 185-212. Denison (Sir W. T.) On the relative value of Native Gold,

from the different Countries, whence it is brought to

Market in these Colonies. Froc. B. Soc. V. D. Land,

1853, ii, pt. 2, pp. 201-224. Oq the Mersey and Don River Coal Seams, Tasmania.

Ihid. 1854, ii, pt. 8, pp. 487-488. Remarks on transmuted Sandstone. Ibid. 1854, ii, pt. 3,

p. 510. On the Filtration of Water through Sand. Sydney Mag.

Science and Art, 1859, ii, pp. 73-74. Varieties of Viceregal Life, 2 vols. (8vo. London, 1870)

(Discovering of Gold at Port Phillip, i, p. 175 ; Coal Mine

at Bellambi, i, p. 450). Deslongchamps (E.) Documents sur la Geologie de laNouvelle-

Caledonie, suivis du Catalogue des roches receuillies dans

cette lie par MM. Jouan et B. Deplanches, et de description

des fossiles triasique de Tile Hugon, dependance de cette

Colonic, pp. 50 (8vo. Paris, 1864). Diamonds — Diamonds in Australia. Mining Jour. 1853, xxiii,

p. 31.

Catalogue. 49

Diamonds and Diamond Mining — see Clarke (Rev. W. B.); Hunt (J.) j Liversidge (Prof. A.) ; Taylor (N.) j Wilkinson (0. S.).

DiATOMAOEJ! — See Ooates (J.).

DiPBOTODON, Remains of — see Hobson (Dr. E. C); Hochstetter (Dr. F. von) ; Huxley (Prof. T. H.) ; Kreflft (G.) ; McCoy (Prof. F.) ; Owen (Prof. R.) ; Wilson (0. A.).

Dixon (W. A.) On the Metallurgy of Nickel and Cobalt. Jour. B. 8oc. N. S. Wales, 1879, xii, pp. 127-132.

The Deep Well Waters of Sydney. Ibid. 1872, xii,

pp. 183-141.

Note on the Boorook Silver Ore. Ibid. 1879, xii, pp.

Analysis of Samples of Coal from New South Wales.

Ann. Eeport, Dept. of Mines, N. 8. Wales, for 1878, pp.

Analysis of Samples of Coal from New South Wales.

Ibid, for 1879, pp. 24-29.

Analysis of Copper Ores from New South Wales, made

during 1879. Ibid. 1879, pp. 37-41. Silver Ores. Ibid. pp. 42-44. Limestones and vai-ious other Minerals. Ibid. pp. 47-49.

On Silver in New South Wales. M-ming Jour. 1880, 1,

p. 823.

D'Orbiqnt (A.) Dumont d'Urville's Voyage auP61e Sud. Atlas, Pal6ontologie, 6 plates (folio, Paris, 1846) (Figures of Australian Palaeozoic Fossils).

Downing (Dr. C. T.) On Norfolk Island, its Character and Productions. Proc. R. 8oc. Tas. 1859, iii, pt. 2, pp. 195-212 (Geology, pp. 197-199).

DoYLD (P.) Petroleum : its History, Origin, and Use, with reference to its advantages and perils as an illuminator (8vo. Brisbane, 1880).

Debssino of Ores — see Smyth ("W. W.).

Deifts, Auriferous — see Selwyn (A. E. C.) j Skey (W.) ; Murray (R. A. F.) ; Wilkinson (0. S.).

Duncan (Prof. P. M.) A Description of some Fossil Corals and Echinodermata from the South Australian Tertiaries. Annals Nat. Eist. 1864, 3rd ser. xiv, pp. 161-168, t. 5 and 6.

Note on the Fossil Corals from Muddy and Violet Creeks,

Victoria. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soe. 1865, xxi, pp. 394 and

— A Description of some Fossil Corals from the South Australian Tertiaries. Annals Nat. Hist. 1865, 3rd ser. xvi, p. 182, t. 8.

— The Fossil Corals (Madreporaria) of the Australian Tertiary Deposits. . Jour. Geol. 8oc. 1870, xxvi, p. 284, pis. 19-21 j N. Jahrbuch, 1871, p. 380.

— On some Fossil Alcyonaria from the Australian Tertiary Deposits. Quart. Jour. Geol. 8oc. 1875, xxxi, pp. 673-674, t. 38a.

— On some Fossil Corals from the Tasmanian Tertiary Deposits. Ibid. 1875, xxxi, pp. 677-678, t. 38c.

— On some Fossil Reef-building Corals from the Tertiary Deposits of Tasmania. Ihid. 1876, xxxii, pp. 341-351, t. 22.

— On the Bchinodermata of the Australian Cainozoic (Tertiary) Deposits. Ibid. 1877, xxxiii, pp. 42-73, pis. 3 and 4; N. Jahrbuch, 1878, p. 109.

— On the Salenidae, Wight, Part 2. Observations on the Morphology of Recent Salenidae, &c. Annals Nat. Hist. 1877, XX, pp. 45-257 {Salenia Tertiaria, Tate, p. 246).

— The Marsupialia and Monotremata. Cassell's Natural History, vol. iii, pp. 191-234 (8vo. London, n.d.) (Fossil Distribution, pp. 226 and 234),

Catalogue. 51

Dunn (E. J.) Notes on the Rocks and Minerals of the Ovens District, with a sketch map. Reports, Minmg Surv. and Registrars, Vict. No. 26, March 31st, pp. 41-47 (fcap. Melbourne, 1871) containing —

(a) Geological Sketch Map of the Parish of Beechwnrth. Scale : 40 chains to an inch. (!)) Plan of the Western Portion of Wootagee Valley. Scale : 40 chains to an inch, and three sections.

Notes on the occurrence of Enhydros, or Water-Stones,

at Beechworth. Trans. R. Soc. Vict. 1874, x, pp. 32-35 (plan and sections).

DuPEERET (Oapt.) Bxtrait du Report fait k I'Academie des Sciences sur le Voyage de Decouvertes execute dans les Ann6es 1822 k 1825. Bull, des Sa. Nat. et de Geol. de Ferussac, 1825, vi, p. 187 (Australian Geology, p. 189).

DuTTON (F.) South Australia and its Mines, with an Historical Sketch of the Colony, &o. pp. 361 (8vo. London, 1846).

Dtsodile— see Church (Prof. A. H.) ; Ralph (T. H.).

Bael (Gr. W.) Observations on the Commercial and Agricultural Capabilities of the North Coast of New Holland, and advantages to be derived from the establishment of a Settlement in the vicinity of Raffles' Bay, pp. 47 (8vo. London, 1836).

Notes on Northern Australia and Neighbouring Seas.

Jour. R. Geogr. Soc. 1842, xii, pp. 139-141.

Enterprise in Tropical Australia, pp. viii and 177,

2 maps (8vo. London, 1846) (Soil and superficial accumulations of Cobourg Peninsula, pp. 74-76).

Contributions to the Physical Oeography of South-

eastern Asia and Australia. Jour. Indian Archipelago, 1852, vi, pp. 243-277; Ibid. 1858, new ser. ii, pp. 278-286.

A Correspondence relating to the Discovery of Gold in

Australia, pp. 16 (8vo. London, 1853).

A Handbook for Colonists in Tropical Australia, pp. 187

(8vo. London, 1863) with maps.

4

52 Catalogue.

Eaep (G-. B.) The Gold Colonies of Australia (12mo. London, 1853).

Eaethquakes. — Earthquakes in New South Wales. Sydney Mag. Science and Art, 1859, ii, pp. 93-94.

see Brisbane (Sir T. M.) ; Clarke (Rev. W. B.).

Earth Temperature — see Brisbane (Sir T. M.).

BcHiNODEEMATA, Fossil — See Duncan (Prof. P. M.) ; Etheridge (R., jun.) ; Johnston (R. M.) ; De Koninck (Prof. L. G.) ; Laube (Dr. G. C.) ; Woods (Rev. J. E. T.).

Eden (C. H.) The Fifth Continent, with the adjacent Islands ; being an account of Australia, Tasmania, and New Guinea, with Statistical Information to the latest date, pp. viii and 312 (8vo. London, n.d.) (Geological Features of the Fifth Continent, p. 24; Victoria, &c. Geological Formation, pp. 181, 207, 228).

Eddt (C. W.) On the Natural Distribution of Coal throughout the British Empire. Proc. B. Col. Institute, 1872, iii, pp. 167-193 (Australasian Coal, pp. 175-179).

Special Report on the Victoria Stream Tin Deposits.

MiniTig Jour. 1875, xlv, p. 1223.

Edwaeus (Prof. Milne-) et Haime (Jules) Monographic des Polypiers Fossiles des Terrains Paleozoiques, precedes d'un Tableau General de la Classification des Polypes. Archives du Mus. d'Eist. Nat. v, pp. 1-502, pis. 1-20 (Remarks on Stenopora, &c. p. 278).

A Monograph of the British Fossil Corals, Pal. Soc.

1852, part iii. Corals from the Permian Formation, and Mountain Limestone, pp. 210, pis. 31-46 (Remarks on Oladochonus, p. 164).

Egeeton (Sir P. de M. G.) On some Ichthyolites from New South Wales, found by the Rev. W. B. Clarke. Quart. Jour. <}eol. Soc. 1864, xx, pp. 1-5, t. 1 ; Geologist, 1863, vii, p. 470 ; Phil, Mag. 1863, 4th ser. xxvi, p. 550.

Catalogue. 53

Elleet (R. L. J.) Anniversary Presidential Address to the Royal Society of Victoria. Trans. B. 8oc. Vict. 1868, viii, p. iii (Geological Summary, pp. x and xi).

Notes on the Climate of Victoria. Internal. [Victoria)

Exhibition Essays, No. 3, pp. 20 (8vo. Melbourne, 1872") (Rainfall of Victoria, p. 11).

Eliott (Gr. W.) Report on the Talgai Gold Fields, Queensland, for the year 1865, pp. 3 (fcap. Brisbane, 1866).

Annual Report on the Talgai Reefs and Canal Creek "

Alluvial Gold Fields, Queensland, pp. 2 (fcap. Brisbane, 1867).

Enaliosaueia — see McCoy (Prof. P.).

English (A. G.) On Australian and Tasmanian Tin. Mining Jour. 1875, xlv, p. 19.

Iron Ore in Australia. Ibid. 1875, xlv, p. 124.

Enhtdeos, or Water Stones — see Dunn (B. J.) ; Foord (G.) j Mello (Rev. J. M.).

Eeskine (J. E.) Australian Gold Discoveries (8vo. London, 1851).

Ethbridge (R.) Description of the Palaeozoic and Mesozoio Fossils of Queensland. Qua/rt. Jour. Geol. Sac, 1872-, xxviii, pp. 317-350, pis. 13-15.

(R., jun.) Note on the Lignite Deposit.of Lal-Lal, Victoria.

Ibid. 1873, xxix, p. 565.

Observations on a few Graptolites from the Lower Silurian

Rocks of Victoria, Australia, &c. Annals Nat. Hist. 1874, 4th ser. xiv, pp. 1-10, t. 3.

Description of a New Species of the Genus Hemipatagus.

Desor, from the Tertiary Rocks of Victoria, Australia ; witK Notes on some previously described Species from South Australia. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1875, xxxi, pp. 444-450,-. t. 21.

Catalogue.

Ethieidge (E., jun.) On the occurrence of a Species of Retepora (allied to B. phcenicea, Busk.), in the Tertiary Beds of Sclinapper Point, Hobson's Bay, Victoria. Trans. B. Soe. Vict. 1875, xi, pp. 13-14.

On some Species of Terehratulina, Waldheimia, and

Terehratella from the Upper Tertiary Deposits of Mount Gambier and the Murray River Cliffs, S. Australia. Annals Nat. Hist. 1876, ser. 4, xvii, pp. 15-22, t. 1 and 2.

Observations on the Sand Dunes of the Coast of Victoria.

Trans. B. Soc. Vict. 1876, xii, pp. 2-5.

South Australian Post Tertiary Poraminifera and Ostra-

coda. Geol. Mag. 1876, Dec. 2, iii, p. 334.

Notes on some Upper Palaeozoic Polyzoa from Queensland.

Trans. B. Soc. Vict. 1876, xii, pp. 66-68 (plate).

—' — Gold in the Coal Measures of New South Wales, Geol, Mag. 1877, Dec. 2, iv, p. 286.

On the History of Australian Palasozoic Actinology.

Trans. B, Soc. Vict. 1878, xiv, pp. 102-108.

A Synopsis of the known Species of Australian Tertiary

Polyzoa. Jour. B- Soc. N. S. Wales for 1877, xi, pp.

— On a Species of Unio discovered in the Home "Rule Lead, Gulgong, New South Wales, by C. S. Wilkinson, Esq., &c. Ann. Beport, Bept- of Mines, N. 8. Wales, for 1878, pp.

— A Catalogue of Australian Fosgils (including Tasmania

and the Island of Timor) Stratigraphically and Zoologically arranged. Edited for the Syndics of the University Press, pp. viii and 232 (8vo. Cambridge, 1878).

Obituary Notice of the late Rev. W. B. Clarke, m.a.,

F.E.S., F.G.s., &c. Geol. Ma- 1.878, Dec. 2, v, pp. 379-82.

Obituary Notice of the late R,. Daintrge, C,-M,g., f.Q.S.

Ibid. 1878, Dec. 2, v, pp. 429.-33,

CATAI/OatJE. 55

Et'heridoe (R.J jun.) Report on a Collection of Fossils from the Bowen River Coal Field, and the Limestone of the Fanning River, North Queensland. Quart. Jour. Qeol. 8oe. 1879, XXXV, pt. 4, pp. ] 01-102 (abstract); Proc. E. Phys. Soc. Minb. 1880, v, pp. 263-328, pis. 7-17.

Stratigraphical and Descriptive Geology, Australasia. GeoL

Record, 1874, pp. 149-160 ; Ibid. 1875, pp. 147-164 ; Ibid. 1876, pp. 159-166; Ibid. 1877, pp. 151-163 (8vo. London, 1874-78).

On the Identification of the First Secondary Fossil found

in Australia. Papers and Proc. B. Soc. Tas. for 1879 (1880), pp. 18-22.

and Murray (R. A. F.) Horizontal Section across Quarter

Sheet 26, S. E. (Reids Creek) Geol. Survey of Yictoria, under the Direction of A. R. 0. Selwyn (Melbourne, 1868). and Murray (R. A. F.) Report on the Durham Lead,

Buninyong, Victoria. Reports, Mining Surveyors and Regs.

Vict. 30th June, 1874, App. B. pp. 42-53 (fcap.

Melbourne); Smyth's Progress Rept. No. 2, 1875, Geol.

Survey Vict. pp. 101-118. Bttingshausen (Prof. C. F. von) Die genetische Gliederung der

Flora Australiens. Sitz. R. Ahad. Wissensch. Wien. 1875,

Abth. 1, Bd. Ixx, pp. 542-550. Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Vegetation der Erde.

Ibid. 1874, Abth. 1, Bd. Ixix, heft 3 pp. 219-23.6 (Reference

to Australian Flora, &c.). Evans (G. W.) A Geographical, Historical, and Topographical

Description of Van Dieman's Land, &c. pp. ix and 140

(8vo. London, 1822) (Mineralogy, p. 58). Exhibitions, Internationa], 1851 (London). International Exhi-

tion Catalogue, 1851. Reports of the Juries (8vo. London,

1852) (Class I, Mining, &c. vol. i, pp. 36-37). International, 1851 (Tasmania). Tasmanian Contributions

to the Exhibition of the Industry of all Nations, to be held

in London, 1851, pp. 20 (fcap. Hobart Town, 1851) (Minerals,

Ores, &c. pp. 1-3).

56 Catalogue.

Exhibitions, International, 1855 (Tasmania). Tasmanian Contributions to the Universal Exhibition of Industry at Paris, 1855, pp. 50 (foap. Hobart Town, 1855) (Class I, Mining and Metallurgical Products, pp. 1-9).

International, "1861 (New South Wales). Catalogue of

the Natural and Industrial Products of New South Wales, exhibited in the School of Arts, by the International Commissioners, Sydney, October, 1861, pp. 135 (8vo. Sydney, n.d.) (Minerals, p. 10; Mineral Products, pp. 81-118)— see also Clarke (Rev. W. B.) ; Dalton (P.) and Christoe (J. P.).

International, 1861 (Victoria). Catalogue of the Victorian

Exhibition, 1861 ; with Prefatory Essays, indicating the Progress, Resources, and Physical Characteristics of the Colony, &c. pp. 300 (8vo. Melbourne, 1861) — see Smyth (R. B.); Neumayr (Prof.); McCoy (Prof. F.) ; Selwyn A. R. C.) and Birkmyre (W.).

— International, 1861 (Victoria) Essais Divers, servant d'introduction au Catalogue de Exposition des Produits de la Colonie de Victoria : mettant en relief les Progres, Ressources, et Caractfere physique de la Colonie, pp. 209 (8vo. Melbourne, 1861) — see previous Authors.

— International, 1861 (Victoria). Die Colonie Victoria in Australian ; ihr Portschritt, ihre Hilfsquellen und ihr physikalischer Charakter. Mit Zugrundelegung amtlicher Quellen dargestellt in Abhandlungen (8vo. Melbourne, 1861) — see previous Authors.

— International, 1862 (N. S. Wales). Catalogue of the Natural and Industrial Products of New South Wales, with a Map and Introductory Account of its Population, Commerce, and general Resources, pp. 64 (large 8vo. London, 1862) (Mineral Products, p. 43; Minerals and Rocks, p. 51)— see Clarke (W. B.) ; Dalton (P.) ; Christoe (J. P.) ; Keen (W.).

Catalogue. 57

EiHiBiTiONSj International, 1862 (Queensland). International Exhibition 1862. Catalogue of the Natural and Industrial Products of Queensland, pp. 48 (8vo. London, 1862) (Coal, p. 13 ; Copper, p. 14).

International, 1862 (S. Australia). Catalogue of

Articles, the produce of South Australia, exhibited in the South Australian Court of the Great Exhibition Building, 1862, pp. 4 (8vo. London, 1862) (Mines and Minerals, p. 1).

Internationa], 1862 (W. Australia). Descriptive Catalogue

of the Collection of Products and Manufactures contributed by the Colony of Western Australia to the International Exhibition of 1862, pp. 32 (Svo. London, 1862) (Section I, Mining, &c. pp. 8-9) — see Gregory (P.) ; and Sampson (L.).

— International, 1862 (London). London International Exhibition of J 862. Reports of the Juries (8vo. London, 1863) (Class I, Mining, &c. pp. 1-34).

— International, 1872 (Queensland). Catalogue of Objects exhibited in the Queensland Annexe, International Exhibition, 1872 (8vo. London, 1872) (Geological and Mining information, pp. 7-96). Coll. Guardian, 1874, xxviii, p. 557.

— International. London International Exhibition of 1873 (Melbourne, 1872-73). Official Eecord, containing Introduction, Catalogues, Reports and Recommendations of the Experts, Official Awards of the Commissioners, and Essays, and Statistics on the Social and Economic Resources of the Colony of Victoria, pp. xxiii and 223 (8to. Melbourne, 1873) (Ores, Building Stone and Coal, pp. 114 and 190; Mineralogical Specimens, pp. 126 and 199).

— International. The Vienna Universal Exhibition . gf 1873. Victoria, Australia. Official Catalogue of Exhibits, pp. 31 (8vo. Melbourne, 1873) (Ores, Coal, and Minerals, p. 21).

58 Catalogue.

Exhibitions, International. The London International Exhibition of 1873. The Victorian Exhibition. Official Catalogue of Exhibits, pp. viii and 31 (870. Melbourne, 1873) (Ores, Coal, and Minerals, p. 21) — see Ellery (R. L. J.) ; Smyth (R. B.); Internat. Bxhib. Essays, 1873, Nos. 2 and 3.

International, 1876 (Philadelphia). Philadelphia International Exhibition, 1875. Official Catalogue of the British Section, part 1, pp. 418 (4to. London, 1876) (Colonial Section, pp. 303-418).

International, 1876 (Philadelphia). Philadelphia Centennial Exhibition of 1876 (Melbourne, 1876). Official Record containing Introduction, Catalogues, Official Awards of the Commissioners, Reports and Recommendations by the Experts, and Essays and Statistics on the Social and Economic Resources of the Colony of Victoria, pp. xxxiii and 382 (8vo. Melbourne, 1875) (Department I, Minerals, &c. pp. 1-14).

International, 1876 (Philadelphia). Philadelphia Centennial Exhibition, 1876. Victoria, Australia. Official Catalogue of Exhibits, Essays, &c. pp. viii and 255 (8vo. n.d.) (Department I, Mining and Metallurgy, pp. 1-71) — see Bleasdale (Rev. Dr. J. J.).

International, 1878 (Paris). Paris Universal Exhibition

of 1878. Catalogue of the British Colonies, pp. 174 (8vQ. London, n.d.) (N. S. "Wales, Mining and Metallurgy, p. 99 ; Victoria, ditto, p. 117; Queensland, ditto, p. 136 ; S. Australia, ditto, p. 145 ; W. Australia, a Collection of Rocks and Fossils, p. 159).

International, 1878 (Paris). Paris Universal Exhibition

of 1878. Victoria, Australia, Official Catalogue of Exhibits, pp. 274 (8vo. London, 1878) (Rocks and Minerals, &c. pp. 34-182) — see Pechar (J.).

International, 1878 (Paris). The Paris Exhibition of

1878. Ooll. Guardian, 1878, xxxvi. No. 291, pp. 293-294 (Mining and Mineral Exhibits of Victoria, N. S. Wales, S. Australia and Queensland).

Catalogue. 59

Exhibitions, International — se.e Lucas (Hon. J.) ; McCoy (Prof. P.) j Selwj-n (A. R. 0.) ; Smyth (R. B.) ; Clarke (Rev. W. B.); Dalton (F.); Ohristoe (J. P.)j Keene (W.)j Bleasdale (Rev. Dr. J. J.) ; Gregory (F.) ; Sampson (L.).

Exploration — United States Exploring Expedition under Capt. Wilkes. American Jour. 8c. 1843, xliv, pp. 393-408 (N. Holland, p. 407).

Journals of — see Austin (R.) ; Baines (T,) ; Brown

(H. Y. L.) J Burr (T.) ; Cunningham (A.) ; Currie (Capt. J. M.) ; Darwin (C.) ; Eyre (E. J.) ; Forrest (J.) ; Gawler (Col.) ; Giles (E.) ; Gosse (W. C.) ; Gray (Sir G.) ; Hann ( W.) ; Howitt (W.) ; Jukes (Prof. J. B.) ; King (Capt. P. P.) ; Leichhardt (L.) ; Macgillivray (J.) ; Mitchell (Sir T. L.) ; Oxley (J.) ; Stuart (J. McD.) ; Sturt (Capt. C.) ; Warburton (Col. P. E.).

Eyre (E. J.) Expeditions of Discovery in South Australia. Jour. R. Geogr. 8oc. 1843, xiii, pp. 161-181.

Notice of the Lower Course of the River Darling. Ibid.

1845, XV, pp. 327-331.

Journal of Expeditions of Discovery into Central Australia, and overland from Adelaide to King George's Sound in 1840-1841 (2 vols. 8vo. London, 1846). Considerations against the supposed existence of a great

Sea in the Interior of Australia. Jour. B. Oeogr. 8oc. 1846, xvi, pp. 200-211.

Faiepax (J.) The Colonies of Australia : their Formation, Progress, and Present State ; the Discovery of the Gold Fields, &o. 2nd ed. (8vo. London, 1852) (Discovery of Gold, p. 25).

Falconke (Dr. H.) On the Species of Mastodon and Elephant occurring in the Fossil State in Great Britain. Part I, Mastodon. Quart. Jour. Geol. 8oc. 1857, xiii, pp. 308-360 {Mastodon Australis, Ow. p. 819, and Synop. Table).

On the disputed affinity of the Mammalian genus Pla-

giaulax, from the Purbeck Beds. Ibid. 1862, xviii, pp. 384-369 (Carnassial tooth of Thylacoleo, p. 368).

60 Catalogue.

Falconer (Dr. H.) On the American Fossil Elephant, &c. Nat. Mist. Review, 1863, pp. 43-114 (Occurrence of Mastodon in Australia, pp. 96-101).

Palasontological Memoirs and Notes, compiled and edited

by 0. MuECHisoN, m.d. (2 vols. Svo. London, 1868) [Mastodon Australis, Owen, i, pp. 64 and 105 ; asserted occurrence oi Mastodon in Australia, i, 271-276).

Faeeer (W.) Relation of Natural Grasses to the Rock of the Country they grow on, as regards their material Constituents, and application to the Pastures of this Colony. Jour. B. Agric. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1877, 3rd ser. pt. 3, pp.

Feistmantel (Dr. 0.) Palseontologia Indick, &c. ser. xi, 1, Jurassic (Oolitic) Flora of Kach. pp. 80, pis. 12 (folio, Calcutta, 1876) (Reference to Alethopteris Australis. Morris).

Notes on the age of some Fossil Floras in India. Records,

Geol. Survey of India, 1876, ix, pts. 3 and 4j Ibid. 1877, X, pt, 3, pp. 133-140, pi. 4, pp. 196-203.

Flora of the Jabalpur Group (Upper Gondwanas) in the

Sou-Narbada region. Palceontologia Indica, ser. xi. No. 2, pp. 25 (Calcutta, 1877).

On the Jurassic (Liassic) Flora of the Rajmahal Group,

in the Rajmahal Hills. Ibid. ser. ii, no. 2, 1877 {Alethopteris Australis, p. 89 ; Tcenioptris, p. 95).

Ueber das Verbal tniss gewisser fossilen Floren und

Landfaunen unter einander und zu den gleichzeitigen Meeres faunen in Indien, Afrika, und Australien, pp. 38 (8vo. Calcutta, 1877) — see also Neues Jahrbuch, 1878, p. 669.

. Palaeontologische Beitrage, iii, Palaeozoische und

mesozoische Flora des ostliohen Australiens. Palaeontographica, 1878, suppl. iii, Leiferung, iii. Heft. 2, pp. 53-84, pis. 1-10 j Heft. 3, pp. 85-130, pis. 11-18; Heft. 4, 1879, pp. vii and 133-195, pis. 19-30.

Catalogue. 61

Feistmanthl (Dr. 0.) Notes on the Fossil Flora of Eastern Australia and Tasmania. Oeol. Mag. 1879 Deo. 2, vi, pp. 485-92 ; N. Jahrhuch, 1880, ii, pp. 253-56.

Field (Baron) On the Rivers of New South Wales. Field's Oeograph. Mem. on N. 8. Wales, &c. 1825 (870. pp. 297- 812) (A. paper read before the Philosophical Society of Australia on 3rd July, 1823, and only published as above).

Fischer (P.) Note sur les Roches fossiliferes de I'Archepel Caldonien. Bull. 800. Oeol. de France, 1867, 2nd ser. xxiv, pp. 457-458.

Fish, Fossil— see Davies (W.) ; Bgerton (Sir P. de M. G.) ; Traquair (Dr. R. H.).

FiTTON (W. H.) On the Structure of North-western Australia. Proe. R. Geogr. 80c. 1857, i, pp. 501-503.

An account of some Geological Specimens, collected by

Oapt. P. P. King, in his Survey of the Coasts of Australia, aud by Robert Brown, Esq., on the Shores of the Gulf of Carpentaria, during the Voyage of Captain Flinders. Phil. Mag. kviii, pp. 14-34, 132-147.

Flight (Dr. W.) A Chapter in the History of Meteorites. Oeol. Mag. 1875, ii, pp. 16, 70, 115, 152, 214, 257, 811, 362, 401, 497, 548, 589 (The Deniliquin Meteorite, p. 264; the Cranbourne Meteorite, p. 552).

Flinders (Mathew) A Voyage to Terra Australis, in the years 1801-1803, in H.M.S. "Investigator," &c. (2 vols. 4to. and Atlas, 1814).

Island — see Gould (C.) j Johnston (R. M.) ; Milligan (Dr.

Flint Implements — see Baines (T.) j Smyth (R. B.).

Flower (W. H.) On the Affinities and probable Habits of the Extinct Australian Marsupial Thylacoleo carnifex (Owen). Quart. Jour. Oeol. 80c. 1868, xxiv, p. 307 j Oeol. Mag. V, p. 286; JV. Jahrhuch, 1869, p. 766.

62 Catalogue.

Flude (T.) Letter on a sample of Coal from near Green Ponds, Tasmania. Proa. B. Soc. Tas. 1855, iii, pt. 1, p. 192.

FoETTEELE (F.) Schadelabguss des Zygomaturus trilohus. Yerhandl. der K. K. Geol. Reichsanstalt (Jahrbuch.) x, p. 177.

FooED (Gr.) On the Occurrence of the Diamond, and Chlorobromide of Silver amongst the Gold Ores of Australia. Ghem. News, 1862, vi, p. 14.

Analytical Report on Specimens of Iron Ore from near

Ilfracombe, Tas. Papers and Proc. B. Soc. Tas. 1866 (September) pp. 84-85.

Notes on Enhydros found at Beechworth. Trans. B. Soc.

Vict. 1874, X, pp. 71-76 (2 plates).

On a Specimen of Native Copper recently found at Foots-

cray, near Melbourne. Ihid. 1874, x, pp. 131-135.

FoKAMiNiPEEA— see Btheridge (R., jun.) ; Parker (W". K.) and Jones (Prof. T. R.) ; Tate (Prof. R.).

FoEBES (D.) On the Geological Epoch at which Gold has made its appearance in the crust of the Globe. Qeol. Mag. 1866, iii, p. 385.

(Prof. E.) Our knowledge of Australian Rocks as derived

from their Organic Remains. Lecture 2, Lectures on Gold, 2nd edit. 1853, pp. 39-67.

FoEEEST (J.) Journey across the Western Interior of Australia, from Champion Bay and Murchison River on the West, to Peak Station on the Telegraph Line. Proc. B. Geogr. Soc. 1876, xix, pp. 57, 310, 481.

Explorations in Australia, pp. 354 (8vo. London, 1875)

(4 maps, plates, &c.).

Journal of the Western Australian Exploring Expedition

through the centre of Australia, from Champion Bay to the Overland Telegraph Line between Adelaide and Port Darwin. Jour. B. Geogr. Soc. 1875, xlv, pp. 249-299 (map).

CATALOGDfi. 63

Forrest (J.) Journal of ProceediDgs of the Western Australian Exploring Expedition through the Centre of Australia, from Champion Bay on the West Coast, to the Overland Telegraph Line between Adelaide and Port Darwin, commanded by John Forrest, f.e.g.s., pp. 39 (fcap. Perth, 1875) with map — see Smyth (R. B.).

Fossils — Fossiles silurien trouves el Nouvelle Hollande. Bull. Soc. Geol. de France, 1840, xi, p. 177.

Silurian Fossils from Hobart Town. Tas. Jour. Nat.

Science, ii. No. 11, pp. 456-457.

Fowler (W.) Sections of Strata made at Yarrow, in the

Hundred of Clinton, on the West Side of head of St.

Vincent's Gulf. Trans. B. Soc. S. Australia, 1880, iii,

p. 181. Frankland (G.) a Notice on Maria Island, on the East Coast

of Van Dieman's Land. S. Lat. 42° 44', E. Long. 148° 8'.

Proc. Geol. Soc. 1836, ii, p. 415 ; Phil. Mag. 1836, ix, p.

496 ; Jahrb. fur Mineralogie, 1838, p. 337. Frasee (C.) Remarks on the Botany, &c. of the Banks of Swan

River, Isle of Buache, Bale Geographe, and Cape Natu-

raliste. Hooher's Bot. Miscellany, 1830, i, pp. 221-236

(Contains geological notes).

Journal of a Two Months' Residence on the Banks of the

Rivers Brisbane and Logan, on the Bast Coast of New Holland. Ibid. 1830, i, pp. 237-269 (Accompanied by geological notes).

Fketcinet (Louis) Voyage de D6couvertes aux Terres Aus-

traces, &c. Navigation et Geographie, avec un Atlas, pp. 576

(4to. Paris, 1815) (Geological notes on French Islands,

&c. p. 112). Fkomentel (E. de) Introduction a I'Etude des Polypiers Fossiles,

&o. pp. 357 (8vo. Paris, 1858-61) {Stenopora, species of,

p. 275). Garrett (Rev. J.) On Asbestos in Serpentine, from the base

of the Asbestos Mountains, Tasmania. Proc. B. Soc. V.

D. Land, 1852, ii, pt. 1, p. 157.

Catalogue.

GrAEEOD (H. A.) On the Kangaroo called Halmaturus luctiiosua, by d'Albertisj and its affinities. Proc. Zool. 8oc. 1876, pp. 48-59 (Eeference to Protemnodon, Owen, &c.).

Gawler (His Excellency Gov. G.) Notes made during a Journey into the Interior. Royal 8. Aust. AlmanacJe for 1839, pp. 45-47.

Notes on the Geological Examination of the country

bordering Lake Alexandria and the Murray. The Southern Australian, 1840, iii, No. 85, p. 16.

Notes on the Geography and Geology of the Wakefield

Eange of Mountains, S. Australia. The 8. Austr. Register, 1841, iv. No. 163.

Geikie (Prof. A.) Life of Sir E. I. Murchison, Bart., k.c.b., F.E.s., &c. (2 vols. 8vo. London, 1875) (Discovery of Gold in Australia, ii, pp. 131-136).

(Dr. J.) The Great Ice Age and its Eelation to the

Antiquity of Man, pp. xxiii and 575, pis. 17, 1874 j 2nd ed. pp. xxvii and 624, pis. 19, 1877 (8vo. London, 1874 and 1877) (Australian Conglomerates, pp. 513 and 568 respectively).

Gems — Queensland Gems — Opals. The Queenslander, 1875, new ser. x, No. 11, p. 24 — see also Bleasdale (Eev. J. J.)

see Bleasdale (Eev. J. J.) ; Church (Prof. A. H.) ; Stephen

Geology — The Geology of South Australia. Royal 8. Austr. Almanack for 1841, pp. 58-68 (Contains a list of Minerals found in S. A. by Mr. Menge, p. 62).

The Geology in Silver's "Handbook for Australia and

New Zealand," pp. 21-28 (8vo. London, 1874).

Geevais (P.) Histoire Naturelle des Mammifferes avec Tindication de leurs mceurs, et de leurs rapports avec les Arts, le Commerce, et 1' Agriculture. (2 vols. roy. 8vo. Paris, 1854) {Genera Nototherium and Diprotodon, i, p. xxiij Australian Marsupials, ii, p. 266 et seg.).

Catalogue.

G-EETAis (P,) Memoire sur les formes cerebrales propres aux Marsupiaux. Nouv. Archives du Mus. d'Hist. Nat. 1869, V, pp. 229-251, pis. 13 and 14.

Sur les formes cerebrales des Mammiferes marsupiaux,

edentes et carnivores. Bull. 8oe. Geol. de France, 1870, xxviii, pp. 14-15.

Gibbons (S.) Note on tlie Cranbourne Meteorite. Trans. B. 8oc. Vict. 1874, X, pp. 130-131.

Giles (B.) South Australia. Mr. Ernest Giles's Explorations, 1872. Diary of Explorations of Mr. Ernest Giles in Central Australia, August to November, 1872, No. 21, pp. 32 (fcap. [? Adelaide], 1873).

South Australia. Mr. E. Giles's Explorations, 1873-4,

No. 215, pp. 69 (fcap. [? Adelaide], 1874). With map of the Country West of the Telegraph Line in the Interior of Australia, explored by Mr. E. Giles.

-; Geographic Travels in Central Australia, from 1872 to

1874, pp. 223 (8vo. Melbourne, 1875, with map).

South Australia. Giles's Explorations, 1875, No. 22,

pp.16 (fcap. [? Adelaide], 1876). With map of Explorations from Beltana" Station in the Colony of South Australia to

' the City of Perth in Western Australia, 1875.

South Australia. E. Giles's Explorations, 1875-6. Proceedings of the Hon. Thos. Elder's Expedition under the command of Ernest Giles from Perth to Adelaide, No. 18*, (fcap. [? Adelaide], 1876). With map showing the routes travelled, and Discoveries made by the Exploring Expedition equipped by the Hon. Thos. Elder, &c., between

' the years 1872-76.

Journey of Exploration from South to Western Australia

in 1875. . Jour. R. Geogr. 8oc. 1876, xlvi, pp. 328-57.

GiPPSLAND — see Howitt (A. W.) ; Murray (E. A. F.) ; Eawlinson (T. E.); Skene (A. J.) and Smyth (R. B.); Taylor

6& Catalogue.

GipPSLAND Lakes— ee Rawlinson (T. B.).

Mining District — see Howitt (A, W.).

GiEARD (Prof. H.) Beitrage zur Geologie von Australien von

Ludwig Leichliardt. Abhcmdl. der Natwrfor. Oesellsch. zu

Halle. Jahrg., 1855 iii, pp. 1-62. Glacial Action, and Epocli — see CroU (Dr. J.) ; Geikie (Dr. J.) ;

Haast (Dr. J.); Button (Oapt. F. W.)j Tate (Prof. E.) j

Woods (Rev. J. E. T.). GoALEN (Lieut. W. N.) Sections of Port Adelaide Creek, from

the Outer Bar to the Port Bridge. 8. Australian Pa/rl.

Papers, 1876, No. 85, 2 plans of sections. GoBLE (G. P.) Gold in Tasmania. Mining Jour. 1862, xxxii,

p. 410. Gold — The Existence of Gold in New South Wales. Ibid.

1851, Xxi, p. 445. — — Prediction of the Existence of Gold in Australia. Ihid.

1851, xxi, p. 529. Gold in Australia. Gentleman's Mag. 1851, xxxvi,

pp. 420, 643 j 1852, xxxvii, p. 507. Correspondence relative to the Recent Discovery of Gold

in Australia. Pari. Blue Booh, Feb. 3rd, 1852, pp. 76

(London, fcap. 1852). Further Papers relative to the Discovery of Gold in

Australia. Ibid. June 14th, 1852 (N. S. Wales, pp. 1-39 :

Victoria, pp. 42-101 ; South Australia, pp. 104-114; V. D.

Land, pp. 116-123, with Appendices and Maps) (London,

fcap. 1852). Further Papers relative to the recent Discovery of Gold

in Australia. Ibid. Feb. 28th, 1853, pp. 433 (N. S. Wales,

pp. 1-152, Victoria, pp. 153-333 ; S. Australia, pp. 336-411,

with Appendices and Maps) (fcap. London, 1853). Further Papers relative to the recent Discovery of Gold in

Australia. Ihid, Aug. 16th, 1853, pp. 222 (N. S. Wales,

pp. 1-44; Victoria, pp. 46-127, S. Australia, pp. 130-161 ;

V. D. Land, p. 164, with Appendices and Maps) (fcap.

London, 1853).

Catalogue.

Gold — Discovery of Gold in Australia. Appendix to Answers 12 and 13, in the Evidence of the Eev. W. B. Clarke, M.A., P.G.S., taken before the select Committee on the Management of the Gold Fields, on Friday, 24th Sept. 1852, pp. 4 (fcap. Sydney, 1854)— see Gold Fields, Select Committee.

Further Papers relative to the Discovery of Gold in

Australia. Pari. Blue Booh, Feb. 16th, 1854, pp. 205 (N. S. Wales, pp. 1-66 ; Victoria, pp. 68-198 ; S. AustraKa, p. 200) (fcap. London, 1854).

Further Papers relative to the Discovery of Gold in

Australia. Ibid. Dec. 1854, published 1855 (N. S. "Wales, pp. l-71j Victoria, pp. 74-177; with Maps and Appendices) (London, fcap. 1854).

Further Papers relative to the Discovery of Gold in

AustraHa. Ihid. July 15th, 1855, pp. 114 (N. S.Wales, pp. 1-26; Victoria, pp. 28-106 ; V. D. Land, pp. 110-111 ; W. Australia, p. 114) (fcap. London, 1855).

— New South Wales, 1854. Discovery of Gold in Australia (Sir R. Murchison's Claim). Ordered by the Council to be printed, pp. 6 (fcap. Sydney, 1854) — see Gold Fields, Select Committee; Clarke (Rev. W. B.J.

— Further Papers relating to the Discovery of Gold in Australia. Pari. Blue Booh, Feb. 1856, pp. 82 (N. S. Wales, pp. 1-8; Victoria, pp. 10-82) (fcap. London, 1856).

— Further Papers relating to the Discovery of Gold in Australia. Ibid. July, 25th, 1856, pp. 39 (N. S. Wales, pp. 1-16; Victoria, pp. 18-39) (fcap. London, 1856).

— Further Papers relating to the Discovery of Gold in Australia. Ibid. Aug. 25th, 1857, pp. 109 (N. S. Wales, pp. 1-36; Victoria, pp. 38-79; Tasmania, pp. 82-103) (fcap. London, 1857).

— The Original Discoverer of Gold in Australia. Mining Jour. 1853, xxiii, pp. 11, 191 ; 1852, xxii, p. 46.

5

Oo Catalogue.

Gold — Lectures on Gold for tlie Instruction of Emigrants about to proceed to Australia, delivered at the Museum of Practical Geology, 2nd ed. pp. 215 (8vo. London, 1853) (By J. Beete Jukes, Ed. Forbes, Lyon Playfair, W. "W. Smyth, John Percy, and Robert Hunt, which see respectively).

Assays, made at the Sydney Branch of the Royal Mint,

of 48 specimens of New South Wales Gold, from the Collection exhibited in the Australian Museum, prior to transmission to Paris, December, 1854. British Gatalogue, Exposition Universelle, Paris, 1865, p. 108 (large 8vo. London, 1855).

The Gold Yield of Victoria from 1851 to 1858. Jow.

American Geogr. and Statistical 8oc. 1859, Nos. 1-3, p. 27.

The Discoverer of Gold in Australia (Dr. Lhotsky).

Mining Jour. 1860, xxx, pp. 346, 369, 382, 486.

Victorian Gold Mines ; Continuous Water Supply.

Ibid. 1860, XXX, p. 434.

Gold Deposits in Australia. Ibid. 1860, xxx, pp. 502-504.

{Oivis) First Discovery of Gold in Australia. Ibid. 1867,

xxxvii, p. 788.

The Gold Mines of Victoria, Australia, No. 1. Ibid. 1869,

xxxix, p. 239; No. 2. Ibid. p. 259 j No. 3. Ibid. p. 276.

The Discovery of Gold in New South Wales. Ibid. 1870,

xl, p. 853.

The Discoverer of Gold in Australia. Ibid. 1877, xlvii,

p. 1171.

Gold of Queensland. Iron, 1880, xv, p. 296.

Chemical Properties of — see Playfair (Dr. L.).

Dressing of — see Smyth (W. W.).

Deposits, N. S. Wales— Sur les Gisements Aurifferes de

Nouvelle Galles du Sud (Australie). Ann. Ecole des Mines,. 1859, 6" sr. xvi, 5° et 6° livr. p. 577.

Catalogue. 69

Gold Fields — Another "Gold Field" discovered. Mining Jour. 1849, xix, pp. 247, 262.

Board of Science. Second Annual Report (on the

Gold Fields). Presented to both Houses of Parliament by His Excellency's command. No. 48, pp. 40 (fcap. Melbourne, 1859-60).

Regulations — New South Wales. Regulations for the

Management of the Gold Field. Published by Authority, pp. 9 {8vo. Sydney, 1852).

Australian — The Australian Gold Fields. Sydney

Empire, Jan. 28th, 1861.

N. S. Wales— The Southern Gold Fields of New

South Wales. Mining Jour. 1858, xxviii, p. 113 (with a section).

N. S. Wales— see Clarke (Rev. W. B.) ; Hardy

(J. R.); Odernheimer (Dr. F.); Stutchbury (S.) ; Wilkinson

North Australia — see Plunkett (J. A.).

-. Queensland — see Allen (0. H.) ; Bowen (Sir G.) ;

Clarke (Rev.W.B.); Daintree (R.)j GrifiBn (T. J.); Hackett (T.R.); Hilliard (W. E.) ; Hodgkinson (W. 0.) ; Jack (R. L.) ; Jardine (J.) ; Kayser (B. A.) j King (H. E.) ; Lambert (C. H.) J Mulligan (J. V.).

Select Committee. Extract from Minutes of Evidence

taken before the Select Committee on the Management of the Gold Fields, Friday, 24th September, 1852. Discovery of Gold in Australia (Sir B. Murchison's ClaimJ, N. S. Wales, 1854, pp. 3-6 (fcap. Sydney, 1852)— see Gold, Sir R. Murchison's Claim; Clarke (Rev. W. B.).

— South Australia — see Hargraves (B. H.) ; Peterswald

(W.J.); Selwyn (A. R. C).

. Tasmania — The Fingal Gold Field, Tasmania.

Minimg Jour. 1856, xxvi, p. 804 (An Extract from a Report by the Rev. W. B. Clarke).

Catalogue.

Gold Fields Tasmania — see Gould (0.) ; Milligan (Dr. J.).

Victoria— The Geology of the Gold Fields of Victoria, Miming Jour. 1854, xxiv, p. 369. Victoria— The Gold Fields of Victoria. Ihid. 1854,

xxiv, p. 698. Victoria — Gold Fields Statistics, 1861. Presented to

both Houses of Parliament by His Excellency's command.

No. 100, pp. 19 (fcap. Melbourne, 1861-62) ; Ibid. 1863,

No. 20, pp. 19 (fcap. Melbourne, 1864). — ' Victoria — see Symth (R. B.); Couchman (T.); Har-

graves (B. H.) ; Hopkins (B.); Howitt (A. W.) ; Kitto

(R. L. M.); Phillipps (J.); Redway (W.) j Resales (H.);

Selwyn (A. R. C); Smith (A.); Thompson (H. A.);

Wathen (G. H.).

The Victorian Gold Fields. Iron, 1878, xi, p. 267.

Nuggets in Drift — see Skey (W.) ; Wilkinson (C. S.).

and other Minerals — Yield of, in N. S. Wales — see Wood

Separation of — see Smith (J.).

Supply. The Australian Colonies and the Gold Supply

(8vo. London, 1858). see Birkmyre (W.); Calvert (J.) j Clarke (Rev. W. B.);

Daintree (R.) ; Dalton ( — ) ; Davison (S.) ; Denison (Sir W. T.) ; Brskine (J. B.) ; Forbes (D.) ; Goble (G. F.) ; Grieves (A. F. A.) ; Hargraves (B. H.) ; Hunt (R.); Leibius (Dr. A.) ; Marshall (H.) ; Miller (F. B.) ; Murchison (Sir R. I.); Nisser (P.); Playfair (Dr. L.) ; Stevens (T.) ; Thompson (H. A.); Wilkinson (C. S.); WolfE (G.) ; Wyld (J.) ; Scoffern (I.).

GossB (W. C.) South Australia. W. C. Gosse's Exploration, 1873. Report and Diary of Mr. W. C. Gosse's Central and Western Exploring Expedition, 1873. No. 48, pp. 23 (fcap. Adelaide, 1874), with 4 maps.

Explorations in Central Australia during 1873. Proc. B.

Geogr. 8oc. 1875, xix, pp. 51-53.

Catalogue. 71

Gould (C.) Geology of Tasmania. Geologist, 1861, iv, p. 536.

Eeport on the Eesinous Shales of the Eiver Mersey,

Tasmania, pp. 3 (fcap. Hobart Town, 1861) (containing Geological Map of the Parish of Forrabury, County of Devon, and three Sections. Scale : 10 chains to 1 inch).

Report on the Mersey River Coal Fields, pp. 10 (Hobart

Town, 1861).

Eeport on the Coal Fields of the Break o'Day Valley,

and upon a portion of the South-east Coast of Tasmania, pp. 22 (fcap. Hobart Town, 1861). Containing —

(a) Geological Map of the Mount Nicholas and Douglas River Coal Fields. Scale : one inch to a mile, (b) Horizontal Sections to accompany the same. Scale : Hor. one inch to a mile ; Vert. 2J in. to one mile, (c) Two sheets, vertical sections, Douglas Eiver Coal Fields. Scale : 2 feet to one inch, &c. (d) Vertical Sections of Seams worked by the Douglas River Coal Company. Scale : 2 ft. to 1 inch.

On Measures for ascertaining . the Commercial Value of

Coal from different localities in Tasmania, pp. 4 (fcap. Hobart Town, 1861).

Results of the Geological Survey of Tasmania. Brit. Assoc.

Report for 1861, pt. 2, p. 112 (1862).

On the Structure of the Country between Macquarie

Harbour and the Frenchman's Cap, Tas. Papers and Proc. B. Soc. Tas. 1860 (September), p. 1.

On the Geology of the Fingal (Gold-bearing) District.

Ibid. 1863 (July), pp. 1 and 2.

On the Geology of a part of the County of Dorset, Tas.

Ibid. 1864 (August), pp. 70 and 71.

Tasmania. A "Copy of the Report of Mr. Gould, the

Government Geologist, upon the subject of Gold in the Colony of Van Dieman's Laud, referred to in the last Report of the Governor of Tasmania, 1862," pp. 8 (fcap. [? Hobart Town], 1864), with Geological Map of W. Tasmania.

Notes on the Geological Structure of the North-east Coast

of Tasmania. Proc. B. 8oc. Tasmania, 1865 (July), pp.

Catalogue.

Gould (C.) On the Position of the Gordon Limestones, relatively to other Palaeozoic Formations, &c. Froc. B. Soc. Tasmania, 1866 (April), pp. 27-29.

Observations on a Paper by Mr. W. AUport, " Notice of

some Fossils recently discovered near Risdon, Tasmania." Ibid. 1866 (August), p. 72.

Report upon the Geological Structure of the Country

near Ilfracombe, Tasmania. Ibid. 1866 (September), p.

Map of a Portion of Western Tasmania explored during

the summer of 1860 by an Expedition under the command of Charles Gould, b.a., p.g.s.. Government Geologist. Scale : English miles to 1 inch (The soundings of Lake St. Clair are given in fathoms).

On the Geological Structure of Flinder's Island in Bass'

Straits. Papers and Proc. B. 8oc. Tasmania, for 1871 (October), p. 53.

On the Islands in Bass' Straits. Ibid, for 1871 (November), pp. 57-67.

La Carte Geologique de la Tasmanie. Marcou's Explication d'une 2me. edition de la Carte Geol. de la Terre, 1872, p. 204.

On Specimens of Rutile, Anatase, and Brookite found in

Tasmania. Papers and Proc. B. Soc. Tas.for 1873 (November), p. 57 (1874).

Note upon a Recent Discovery of Tin Ore in Tasmania.

Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1875, xxxi, pp. 109-110.

(Le) Geographical and Geological Discoveries in Queens-

land. Oeol. Mag. 1864, i, p. 142 ; Queensland Daily Guardian, 1864, Feb. 16th.

GowEE (G. H.) Report on the Vegetable Creek Tin Field. Mines and Mineral Statistics, N. S. Wales, for 1874, pp. 63-70 (with Plan of the Dressing Machinery designed by W. H. Wesley).

Catalogue. 73

GowEE (Gr. H.) Report on the New England and Clarence District. Vegetable Crek Division (Tin Fields &c.). Ann. Report, Dept. of Mines, N. S. Wales, for 1876, pp. 110-114 J with—

(a) Flan of Tin Dressing Machine. Scale : f ths of an inch to 1 f I. (b ) Vegetable Creek Tin Mines — a sketch showing the aggregate yield of Ore from each mine, from the commencement of mining operations in the year 1872 to 3Ist December, 1876.

— — Report on the New England and Clarence Mining District. Vegetable Creek Division. Ihid. for 1877, pp. 141-151 (with Plan of Lands containing Deep Deposits of Tin Ore in the Parishes of Strathbogie and Scone, Co. of Gough. Scale: 20 chains to 1 inch, and seven small vertical sections).

Report on the New England and Clarence Mining District. Vegetable Creek Division. Ibid, for 1878, pp. 126-130 (with a Sketch Plan of the Vegetable Creek Mining- District, showing the approximate position of the Creeks, and localities of the principal Mines working for Stream Tin under Basaltic formation, and of the Tin lodes. Scale : 4 miles to 1 inch).

Report on the Condition and Prospects of the Vegetable

Creek Tin Mining District for the year 1879. Ibid, for 1879, pp. 149-156 (with Plan and Section of Messrs. Wesley, Bros. Workings, two plans of machinery, and a table showing total yield of Tin Ore from the Vegetable Creek Tin Mining District).

GoTDEE (G. W). South Australia. Northern Territory Survey

Progress Reports, No. 31, pp. 4 (fcap. Adelaide, 1869)

(Gold, p. 2). South Australia. Survey of Northern Territory. Copy

of Surveyor - General's Report on Survey of Northern

Territory, No. 157, pp. 5 (fcap. Adelaide, 1869) (Minerals,

Gead (A. C.) L'Australie Interieure. Explorations et Voyages

a travers le Continent Australien de 1860 a 1862, pp. 187

(8vo. Paris, 1864).

7.4 Catalogue.

Graham ( — ) Eeport on the New England and Clarence Mining District. Arm. Report, Bept. of Mines, N. S. Wales, for 1878, pp. 90-95.

Report on the New England and Clarence Mining District, N. S. Wales. Ibid. 1879, pp. 157-162.

Geaptolites — see Etheridge (R., Jan.); Hopkinson (J.) and Lapworth (C); McCoy (Prof. F.).

Geat (Dr. J. B.) On Gyproea umbilicata, and Gyprcea eximia of Sowerby. Proc. Zool. Soe. 1849, p. 125 ; Proc. B. 8oc. V. D. Land, 1852, ii, pt. 1, pp. 197-98.

Geeqoey (A. C.) Geological Survey of Queensland : Report on the Geology of part of the Districts of Wide Bay and Burnett. The Queenslander, 1875, n. ser. x. No. 3, p. 16 ; also as a Eeport, pp. 6 (fcap. Brisbane, 1875).

— — Report on the Coal Deposits of the West Moreton and Darling Downs Districts, pp. 8 (fcap. Brisbane, 1876).

Report on the Burrum Coal Mines (fcap. Brisbane, 1879).

Report on Coal between Dalby and Roma, Southern

Queensland (fcap. Brisbane, 1879).

On the Geological Features of the South-eastern districts

of Queensland (fcap. Brisbane, 1879).

(F.) Minerals of South Australia. Bescrip. Gat. Products

and Manufactures, W. Australia, Internat. Exhib. 1862, pp. 9-12 — see Exhibitions, International, 1862 (W. Australia).

(P. T.) Journal of the N. W. Australian Exploring

Expedition, under the Authority of H.M. Imperial and Local Governments, aided by Private Contributions, pp. 83 (8vo. 1861).

On the Geology of a part of Western Australia. Quart.

Jow. Geol. 8oc. 1861, xvi, pp. 475-483 ; Phil. Mag. 4th ser. xxii, p. 246 ; Geologist, iv, p. 296.

(J. W.) and Gregory (F. T.) Remarks to accompany a

Geological Map of Western Australia. Quart. Jowr. Geol. 8oc. 1848, iv, p. 142 (abstract).

Catalootje. 75

Geegoet and Others. Keport on the Mining and Mineral Products of Western Australia. Bescript. Oat. W. Australia, Intemat. Exhib. Report, pp. 8-16 (8vo. London, 1862).

Expedition to the North-west coast of Australia. Jour.

B. Geogr. 8oc. 1862, xxxii, pp. 372-429.

A Report on the Tin Discoveries in Queensland. Qua/rt.

Jour. Oeol. Sac. 1873, xxix, p. 1.

Geet (Sir G.) Journals of two Expeditions of Discovery inN. W. and W. Australia, during the years 1837-1839, performed under the authority of H.M. Government (2 vols. 8vo. London, 1841), map, &c.

Section of the Country between the Bast Shore of St.

Vincent's Gulf and Lake Alexandria, &c. Proc. Geol. Soc.

1842, iv, p. 23. Geieves (A. F. A.) Discovery of Gold in Australia. W. S.

Archer's Statistical Reporter of Victoria, 1854, pp. 329-332

(8vo. Melbourne, 1854).

Geiffin (T. J.) Annual Report on the Peak Downs Gold Fields for 1866, pp. 3 (fcap. Brisbane, 1867).

GuNN (R. 0.) On the Habitat of Gyprcea umhilicata (Sow.). Proc. Zool. Soc. 1849, p. 124.

Geological Notes on a recent Overland Journey from

Circular Head, Tasmania. Proc. B. Soc. V. D. Land, 1852 (?) ii, pp. 168-169.

On the Encroachment of the Sea along the North Coast

of Tasmania. Ibid. 1855, iii, pt. 1, pp. 54-56.

Letter respecting the discovery of Keys in the Shore

formation of Corio Bay, &c. Trans. B. Soc. Vict. 1876, xii, pp. 123-24.

(R. J. L.) On Worm-burro wings in some Clays at Bendigo, Australia. Proc. Geol. Assoc. 1861, i. No. 7, pp.

On Metamorphism in Certain Strata at Bendigo, Australia. Ibid. 1865, i. No. 11> pp. 409-14.

76 Catalogue.

Haast (Dr. J.) Notes on tlie Glacial Epoch in Australia.

Trans. R. Soe. Vict. 1868, viii, p. 273. Hackett (T. R.) Geological and Mining Report on the Gympie

Gold Field, pp. 4 (fcap. Brisbane, 1869). Haidingee (W.) Zwei Meteoreisenmassen in der Nahe von Melbourne in Australien aufgefunden. Sitz. d. K. Ahad.

d. Wissensch. Wien. 1861, xliii, Abth. 2, pp. 583-584. Die zwei Cranbourne Meteoreisenblocke in Victoria.

Ibid. 1861, xliv, Abth. 2, heft 3, pp. 378-380.

Die Brster Proben des Meteoreisens von Cranbourne in

Australien, Ibid. 1861, xliv, Abth. 2, pp. 465-472.

Das Meteoreisen von Cranbourne im K. K. Hof- Mineralien Cabinet ; ein Geschenk von dem Koniglich-grossbritannischen Gouverneur von Victoria in Australien, Sir Henry Barkly. Ibid. 1862, xlv, Abth. 2, pp. 65-74 (plate).

Hall (J.) The Colonisation of Northern Australia, Prince Albert Land; First Settlement, Burke City, on the Albert River ; the most likely Gold Country out of Victoria, pp. 21 (8vo. Melbourne and Sydney, 1862).

(T. Y.) Comparative Productiveness of the French, English, Belgian, American, Prussian, Spanish, Saxonian, and Australian Coal Fields, in the Years 1865 and 1856. Trans. N. of England Inst. Mining Engineers, 1858, vi, pp. 67-72.

Hallot (J. J. d'Omalius d') Precis Blmentaire de Geologie (8vo. Paris,. 1843)— see pp. 44, 96, and 97.

Hamilton (A.) On the Foraminifera of the Tertiary Beds at Petane, near Napier. Trans. N. Zealand Inst. 1881, xiii, pp. 393-396, pi. 16 (References to Victorian localities and species).

Hann (W.) Narrative of an Exploring Expedition in Northern Queensland, Australia. Proc. B. Geogr. 8oc. 1874, xviii, pp. 87-107 (Geological Notes by Mr. Norman Taylor).

Hanson (His Honour Chief Justice) The Geology of the Southeast (of S. Australia). Trans. Phil. Soc. Adelaide for 1866 (pub. 1867).

Harcus (W.) South Australia; its History, Resources, and Productions, pp. xv and 432, maps and plates (8vo. London, 1876) (Mines and Mining, p. 86, 297, &c.)— see Austin (J. B.) ; Plunkett (J. A.).

Haedman (W.) Explorations in Australia. The Journal of John McDonall Stuart during the years 1868-1862, e. pp. xxiv and 511 (8vo. London, 1864).

Hardy (J. R.) Reports from J. R. Hardy, Esq., Commissioner of Crown Lands, with respect to the Summer Hill, Turon, and Araluen Diggings. Papers relative to Geol. Surveys N. ' 8. Wales, 2nd Dec. 1851, No's. 61-73, pp. 95-109 (fcap. Sydney, 1852).

Report on the present state and future prospects of the

Western and Southern Gold Fields, with Appendices. Papers relative to the Gold Districts, N. S. Wales, 1852, pp. 17 (fcap. Sydney, 1852).

Hargraves (E. H.) Correspondence with the Colonial Secretary (B. Deas Thomson, Esq.) "On the Existence of Gold in New South Wales." Papers relating to Geol. Surveys, 2nd December, 1851, Nos. 26-50, pp. 64-79 (fcap. Sydney, 1852).

Report on certain indicated Localities — the Macdonald

River, &c. Ibid. 1852, No. 10, p. 32 (fcap. Sydney, 1852).

Report on the Gold Fields of Australia Felix. Pari. Blue

Book, February, 1854, p. 17.

Australia and its Gold Fields, &c. pp. xvi and 240 (8yo.

London, 1855) (with outline Map of Australia showing position of Gold Fields) — see also Davison (S.).

Report, Journal and Notes during an examination of South

Australia for the purpose of the Discovery of a workable Gold Field, &c. No. 96, pp. 21 (fcap. Adelaide, 1864).

On the non- Auriferous Character of the Rocks of West

Australia. Proc. B. Geogr. Soc. 1864, viii, pp. 32-34.

78 Catalogue.

Harrison (T.) Geological Notes on the Country near Melbourne, Geologist, 1864, vii, p. 27.

Cape Schanck, Victoria, its Basalts and Caves. Ibid.

1864, vii, p. 174.

On the Eocene Beds of Schnapper Point, Victoria. Ibid.

1864, vii, p. 220.

Notes on the Geology of Hobart Town. Trans. B. Soc.

Vict. 1865, vi, p. 131 ; Geol. Mag. ii, p. 491.

On the Wealden Formation of Europe, as illustrated by

the Physical Features of Port Phillip Bay. Trans. B. Soc. Vic. 1865, vi, p. 159.

Victoria as a field for Geologists. Ibid. 1866, vii, p. 15.

The Probable Astronomical Causes of the Contortions in

Palaeozic Strata, and the prevailing Meridional Strike of the Older Rocks in Victoria., Ibid. 1866, vii, p. 54.

Notes on a Geological Trip over the Coal Basin of New

South Wales. Ibid. 1868, viii, p. 1.

Notes on the various Theories as to the Origin of Species.

Ibid. 1868, ix, p. 85.

Hartley, Bowenfells, and Wallerawang — Geological Map of —

see Wilkinson (C. S.). Hatchett (C.) An Analysis of the Earthy Substance from New

South Wales, called Sydneia or Terra Australis. Phil.

Trans. 1798, Ixxxviii, pp. 110-129. Hauer (F. von) Das neuentdeckte Gold Vorkommen in Aus-

tralien. Jahrb. K. K. Geologische Beichsanstalt, Wien,

1852, iii, pp. 148-152. Haughton (Rev. S.) Manual of Geology, pp. xii and 360 (8vo.

London, 1865) (Fossil Marsupials, pp. 327-334). Haushofer (Dr. K.) Mineralogische Notizen. Jour, fur PraM.

Ohemie. 1869, cvii, pp. 328-331 (Cranbourne Meteorite, p.

330). The Meteorite found near Cranbourne, Australia. Cham.

News, 1870, xxi, p. 12.

Catalogue. 79 ,

Hayter (H. H.) The Victorian Tear-Book, for the year 1874, pp. vi and 248 (8vo. Melbourne, 1875) (Notes on Discovery of Gold in Australia).

Notes on the Colony of Victoria : Historical, Geographical,

Meteorological, and Statistical (Victorian Tear-Book), 2nd ed. &o. pp. 214 (8vo. Melbourne, 1876), with map (Gold and Gold Fields, pp! 28, 436, &c.).

(W. H.) Appendix to Key to Fortune in New Lands. I,

The Colony of Victoria, pp. 1-54 (Mineral Products, p. 40) — see also Knight (W. H.).

Heaton (J. H.) Australian Dictionary of Dates and Men of the Time : containing the History of Australasia from 1542 to date, pp. 317 (8vo. London, 1879).

Hectoe (Dr. J.) On the Belemnites found in New Zealand. Trans. New Zealand Inst. 1878, x, pp. 484-489, pis. 22 and 23 {B. Australis, p. 487).

On the relative ages of the Australian, Tasmanian, and

New Zealand Coal Fields. Trans. {Proceedings) N. Zealand Inst. 1878, X, pp. 532-533.

On the Geological Formations of New Zealand as compared with those of Australia. Jour. E. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1880, xiii, pp. 65-80.

Hedlet (Dr.) Coal-Boring Section — see Selwyn (A. E. C), 1863 Eeport, No. 36.

Helpman (Lieut.) Report on an Expedition to examine Coal discovered on the Irwin River, Western Australia, in 1846. Jour. B. Geogr. Soc. 1848, xviii, pp. 38-44, with map.

Hendeeson (Capt.) Excursions and Adventures in New South Wales, &c. together with a prefatory chapter on the Gold Fields, comprising all the Information received up to the Autumn of 1854, &c. 2nd edit. 2 vols. (8vo. London, 1854) (Gold Fields, i, pp. i-xxxi; Mt. Wingan, i, p. 171; Geological Remarks, ii, pp. 90-95).

80 , Catalogue.

Heeapath (W.) Copy of Analysis of " White Coal or Bituminous Sand, from Australia." Trans, of N. England Inst. Mining Engineers, 1856, iv, p. 191.

HiGQS (S., jun.) Some Eemarka on the Mining District of Yorke's Peninsula, South Australia. Trans. B. Oeol. 8oc. Cornwall, 1875, ix, pt. 1, pp. 122-131.

HiLLiAED (W. B.) Eeport on the Calliope and Boyne Gold Fields,- Queensland, for 1867, pp. 1 (fcap. Brisbane, 1868).

Hills — Height above the Level of the Sea of some of the Higher Parts of Victoria. Smyth's Progress Report, Geol. Survey, Viet. No. 2, 1875, pp. 47-51.

HoBSON (Dr. E. C.) On some Fossil Bones discovered at Mount Macedon. Tas. Jour. Nat. 8c. 1843, ii, p. 208 (plate).

On the Fossil Bones at Mount Macedon. Ibid. 1845, ii.

No. 9, p. 311.

On the Fossil Bones from Mount Macedon, Port Phillip.

Ibid. 1845, ii. No. 10, pp. 344-347 (plate).

On the Jaw of Dvprotodon Australis, and its dental

formula. Ibid. 1849, iii, pp. 387-388.

Hobson's Bat — Silting-up of Hobson's Bay, Victoria. Eeport of the Eoyal Commission appointed by His Excellency the Governor to enquire into and report upon the alleged Silting-up of Hobson's Bay since the dredging operations, &o. No. 13, pp. 74 (fcap. Melbourne) (with the Proceedings of the Commission).

HoCHSTETTEE (F. vou) Goologische Aufnahmen in Victoria, Australien. Jahrb. K. K. Geologische Beichsanstalt, Wien, 1860, xi, pp. 24-26.

Ueber Diprotodon AustraUs (Owen), und Nototherium

Mitchellii (Owen).. Sitz. K. K. Akad. Wissensch. Wien, XXXV, p. 349.

Fossile Beutelthiere aus Australian. VerhMndl. K. K.

Geol. Beichsanstalt, Wien, xiv, pp. 36-38.

Catalogue. 81

HocHSTETTEE (F. voii) Notizen liber einige fossile Thierreste Tind dereii Lagerstatten in Nea Holland. 8itz. K. K. Akad. Wissensch. Wien, 1859, , pp. 349-358.

Schreiben des Herrn H. Ulrioh aus Ausfcralien. Jahrb.

K. K. Geologisahe Beichsaiistalt, Wien, 1861-62, xii, pp.

Knochenreste und Gypsabgiisse solcher, aus Anstralien

und Neu-Seeland. Ibid. 1864, xiv, pp. 36-37.

HoDGKiNSON (0.) Australia, from Port Macquarie to Moreton Bay; witli descriptions of the Natives, their Manners and Customs ; the Geology, Natural Productions, Fertility and Resources of that Region; first Explored and Surveyed by order of the Colonial Government, pp. 243 (8vo. London, 1845).

Remarks on the favorable Geological and Chemical Nature of the principal Rocks and Soils of Victoria, &c. Trans. Phil. Soc. Vict. 1855, i, pp. 260-265.

Observations on the Geology and Soil of the Country

adjacent to the Upper Murray, &c. Trans. Phil. Inst. Vict. 1857, i, pp. 37-50.

with Smyth (R. B.) and Couchman (T.) Coal Fields

Western Port. Report of the Board. Presented to both Houses of Parliament by His Excellency's command, No. 19, pp. 32 (with maps and plans) (fcap. Melbourne, 1872). ,

Smyth (R. B.) and Couchman (T.) Report on the Coal

Field of Loutit Bay. StUyth's Progress Report, No. 1, Geol. Survey, Vict. 1874, pp. 91-98.

(W. 0.) Report on the Hodgkinson Gold Field. The

Queenslander, 1877, July 28th.

HoMBEON ( — ) Aperu sur la Cobe Nord de I'Australie, et sur la Cote Sud de la Nouvelle Guinee; description de leur habitants. Gomptes Bendus, 1845, xx, pp. 1568-1573.

Hood (T. H. Cockbum) New Zealand a Post Glacial Centre of Creation. Trans. New Zealand Inst. 1878, x, pp. 3-24.

82 Catalogue.

Hooker (J. D.) On the Bxammation of some Fossil Wood from Macquarief Plains, Tasmania. Tas, Jour. Nat. Science, i, pp. 24-26.

Hopkins (Evan) On the Geology of the G-old-b earing Eocks of the Worldj and the Gold Fields of Victoria in particular (8vo. Melbourne, 1853).

On the Coal Formation of Victoria. Mining Jour. 1854,

xxiv, pp. 370, 426.

The Gold Fields of Victoria. Ihid. 1854, xxiv, p. 113.

On the Geological Formation of the Gold-bearing Rocks

of Victoria. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1854, x, p. 324.

On the Gold-bearing districts of the World. Brit. Asuoc.

Report for 1855, pt. 2, p. 83 (1856).

The Gold Fields of the Colony of Victoria, No. 1.

Mining Jour. 1857, xxvii, p. 120 j No. 2, Ihid. p. 163.

Gold Quartz Mining in Australia — Increased Poverty in

Depth. Ihid. 1861, XXX, p. 539.

Gold Mining in Victoria, &c. Ihid. pp. 171, 241.

Sir Roderick Murchison and the Rev. Dr. Gumming.

Fiery Globe and the Australian Gold Fields. Ihid. 1861, xxxi, p. 731.

(W.) Anniversary Presidential Address to the Geological

Society. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1852, viii (Geology of Australia, p. Iv).

HoPKiNSON (J.) and Lapworth (C.) Descriptions of the Graptolites of the Arenig and Llandeilo Rocks of St. David's. Ihid. 1875, xxxi, pp. 631-72, t. 33-37 (Refs. to Australian Graptolites).

HoENE (R. H.) Australian Facts and Prospects (8vo. London, 1859).

HosKEN (Lieut. H.) Remarks about the New Hebrides Group. Geol. Mag. 1876, Dec. 2, iii, p. 82.

Catalogue. 83

HoTSON (J.) Eeport to the Directors of the Victoria Coal Mining Company on the Cape Patterson Coal Fields. Appendix A 1, Progress Report, Select Committee on Gape Patterson Goal Fields, 1864-65, pp. 49-51.

Second Eeport to the Directors of the Victoria Coal

Company, on the Cape Patterson Coal Fields. Appendix A 2, Progress Report, Select Gommittee on Gape Patterson, Goal Fields, 1864-65, pp. 51-54.

HowiTT (A. W.) On the Gold Fields of Victoria, between the Snowy River and the boundary of New South Wales. Smyth's Gold Fields and Min. Districts, Vict. 1869, pp. 113-125.

Notes on the Geology of part of the Mitchell River

Division of the Gippsland Mining District. Smyth's Progress Report, No. 2, Geol. Survey, Vict. 1875, pp. 59-73.

Notes on the Geology of the Ovens District, with

Remarks on the Deep Leads. Ibid. 1 875, pp. 74-82 (with Sketch Section from Wahgunyah to Mt. Stanley, near Beechworth. Scale : Hor. 180 chains to 1 inch, Vert. 2000 ft. to 1 inch). ,

Notes on the Microscopic Examination of Igneous Rock

Specimens from South-western Gippsland. Smyth's Progress Report, No. 3, Geol. Survey, Vict. 1876, pp. 175-177.

Notes on the Devonian Rocks of North Gippsland. Ibid.

1876, pp. 181-249, with the following Map and Sections: —

(o) Geological Sketch Map of Mt. Tambo and part of Bindi. Scale : 80 chains to 1 inch. (6) Sketch Sections across ditto. Scale : Eor. 50 chains to 1 inch, Vert. 2000 ft. to 1 inch, (c) Sketch Section from Baimsdale to Albury, N. S. Wales. Scale : Eor. 8 miles to 1 inch, Vert. 8000 ft. to 1 inch, (d) Sketch Section from Baimsdale to Snowy River. Scale : Hor. 4 miles to I inch, Vert. 4000 ft; to 1 inch, (e) Sketch Section across the Wombargo Mountain from the Limestone Eiver to the Snowy River. Scale : Hor. I inch to 4 miles, Vert. 1 inch to 4000 ft.

Notes on the Geological Structure of North Gippsland.

Gouchma/n's Progress Report, for 1876, No. 4, Geol. Survey, Vict, 1877, pp. 75-117, pi. 1 (sections and views).

6

Catalogue.

HowiTT (A. W-) Notes on the Geology of Part of the Mitchell Eiver Division of the Mining District of Gippsland. Couchman's Progress Report, for 1876 No. 4, Geol. Survey, Vict.

1877, pp. 118-126 (sections).

Examination of Eock Specimens collected by R. A. P.

Murray and A. W. Howitt, at the Bogong and Dargo High Plains. Ibid. No. 5, 1878, pp. 111-117.

Notes on the Devonian Rocks of North Gippsland. Ibid.

1878, pp. 117-144 (sections, views, and plate of rock sections).

Remarks on Rock samples collected by Mr. R. A. P.

Murray, from the Avon River, Mount Wellington, &c. Ibid. 1878, pp. 144-147.

Notes on the Physical Geography and Geology of North

Gippsland, Victoria. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1879, , pt. 1, pp. 1-41 (sections, &c.).

The Diorites and Granites of Swift's Creek and their

Contact Zones, with Notes on the Auriferous Deposits. Travs. R. Soc. Vict. 1880, xvi, pp. 11-18.

Geological Survey Map of part of the Mitchell River

Division of the Gippsland Mining District, Victoria. Scale : 40 chains to 1 inch. With two horizontal sections. Scale : 40 chains to 1 inch, horizontal ; 1000 feet to 1 inch vertical.

(W.) Land, Labour, and Gold, &c. 2 vols. (8vo. London,

1855) (The History of the Discovery of Gold, ii, pp. 253- 260). The History of Discovery in Australia, Tasmania, and

New Zealand, from the earliest date to the present, 2 vols.

(8vo. London, 1865) (Geological notes scattered through). HowoETH (H. H.) Recent changes in the Southern Circumpolar

Region. Jour. R. Geogr. Soc. 1874, xliv, pp. 262-262. HovELL (W. H.) and Hume (H.) Journey of Discovery to

Port Phillip, New South Wales, in 1824 and 1825, pp. 97

(8vo. Sydney, 1837) (Geological items scattered through;

soil, &c.).

Catalogue. 85

Hughes (W.) The Australian Colonies : their Origin and Present condition, pp. 307 (8vo. London, 1852) (Minerals of S. Australia, p. 205. Van Dieman's Land, p. 230 ; Gold Fields, p. 255).

Hull (Prof. E.) The Coal Fields of Great Britain, &c. (8to. London, 1861) (The Yictorian Coal Beds, p. 158)— 2nd edition, 1S61 (Australian Coal Fields, pp. 202-204)— 3rd edition, 1873 (ditto, pp. 366-387)— 4th edition, 1881 (ditto, pp. 418-432).

On the New South Wales Coal Field. Proe. Lit. and

Phil. Soc. ALanchester, 1864, iii, pp. 38-39.

A Treatise on the Building and Ornamental Stones of

Great Britain and Foreign Countries, pp. 333 (8vo. London, 1872) (Australian Malachite, p. 189).

(H. M.) The Experience of Forty Tears in Tasmania

(12mo. London, 1859) (Coal, p. 29 ; Gold, p. 47).

Hume (W". C.) Report on the Queensland Tin Fields, pp. 31 (8to.).

Hunt (J.) Diamond Mining in New South "Wales. Mining Jour. 1870, xl, p. 93.

Mount Bischoff Tin Mines, Tasmania. Ibid. 1874, xliv,

p. 207.

On Mining in Tasmania. Ibid. 1875, xlv, p. 539.

(R.) The History and Statistics of Gold. Lecture 6,

Lectures on Gold, 2nd edition, 1853, pp. 167-207.

HuTTON (Capt. F. W., now Prof.) Did the Cold of the Glacial Epoch extend over the Southern Hemisphere ? Geol. Mag. 1875, Dec. 2, ii, pp. 581-83.

Report on the Cargo Gold Field. Mines and Mineral

Statistics, Ny 8. Wales, for 1874, pp. 41-45.

HuxLBT (Prof. T. H.) On some Amphibian and Reptilian Remains from South Africa and Australia. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1859, xv, pp. 642-649 ; Geologist, ii, p. 207.

86 Catalogue.

HuxLET (Prof. T. H.) On the Premolar Teetli of Diprotodon, and on a New Species of that Gernis. Quart. Jour. Geol. 8oc. 1862, xviiij p. 422 j Geologist, v, p. 310.

On the Formation of Ooal. Oontemp. Review, 1870, xv.

pp. 618-629 (Australian "White Ooal," p. 625); Critiques cmd Addresses, 1873, No. 5 (Svo. London, 1873) (Australian "White Coal," p. 103).

Hydeaulic Mining — see Wright (P.).

Insects, Fossil — see Moore (C).

Inspectors of Mines, Reports of — see Coachman (T.) ; Slee (W. H. J.).

Inundation — Colliery Inundation in New South Wales. Coll. Guardian, 1864, viii, p. 174.

Ieon — Our Iron in Australasia. Mining Jour. 1879, xlix, p.

and Iron Mines — see Bonwick (J.) ; Daintree (R.) ;

English (A. G.) j Foord (G.); Keene (W.) ; Liversidge (Prof. A.) ; Percy (Dr. J.) ; Rothery (F. J.) ; Stevens (T.) ; Thomas (J. H.) ; White (T. J.).

Ore— see Stephens (T.) ; White (T. J.).

Pyrites — see Latta (J.).

Jack (R. L.) Preliminary Report relating to the Geological Features of part of the Coast Range between Dalrymple and Charters Towers Roads, N. Queensland, pp. 3 (fcap. Brisbane, 1879).

Preliminary Report relating to the Bowen River Coal

Fields (fcap. Brisbane, 1879).

Preliminary Reports of the Geological Survey of North

Queensland, No. 3. On the Progress of the Search for Coal in the Cook District, 19th June, 1879 (fcap. Brisbane,

1879).

Catalosttb. 87

Jack (R. L.) Preliminary Reports of the Geological Survey of North Queenslandj No. 4, Second Report on the Progress of the Search for Goal in the Gook Distriot 19th August, 1879 (fcap. Brifebane, 1879).

Report to the Honbl. the Minister for Mines on Normandy

and Marengo Gold Fields, near Bowen, with two Maps (fcap. Brisbane, 1879).

Report on the Geology and Mineral Resources of the

District between Charters Towers Gold Fields and the Coast, N. Queensland, pp. 28 (fcap. Brisbane, 1879), containing — (a) Geological Sketcli Map of part of the Charters Towers Gold Field. Scale : 40 chains to 1 inch, (b.) Geological Sketch Map of the District between Charters Towers Gold Field and the Coast. Scale : 2 miles to I inch.

Report to the Honorable the Minister for Mines on the

Bowen River Coal Field, with a Geological Sketch Map, pp. 44 (fcap. Brisbane, 1879), containing a Sketch Map of the Bowen River Coal Field. Scale : 5 miles to the inch.

Jameson (Prof.) On the Fossil Bones found in the Bone Caves

and Bone Breccias of New Holland. Edinb. N. Phil. Jour.

1831, X, 393-397; Jahr. fur Mineralogie, 1832, pp. 113

and 248. Jannettaz (E.) Sur les rochoB de la Nouvelle CaMdonie. Sull.

Soc. Geol. de France, 2e ser. xxiv, pp. 451-453.

Note sur des Minerals de Cuivre de la Nouvelle Caledonie.

Ibid. 1875, 3 ser. iii, pp. 54-55.,

Jakdine (J.) A Description of the Neighbourhood of Somerset,

Cape York, Queensland. Jour. B. Geogr. Soc. 1866, xxxvi,

p. 76. Report on Gold Fields in the Rockhampton District,

Queensland, pp. 3 (fcap. Brisbane, 1867). Annual Report on the Rockhampton Gold Fields for the

year 1867, pp. 2 (fcap. Brisbane, 1868).

Report on the Gold Fields, Rockhampton District,

Queensland, pp. 3 (fcap. Brisbane, 1869).

Catalogue.

Jeffeeys (Lieut. C.) Van Dieman's Land. Geographical and Descriptive Delineations of the Island of Van. Dieman's Land, pp. vi and 168 (8vo. London, 1820) (Ores, &c. p. 113).

Jenkins (0.) On the Geology of Yass Plains ; First Paper. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1878, iii, pt. 1, pp. 21-32 ; Second Paper, Ibid. 1879,'iii, pt. 3, pp. 216-221, t. 17; Third Paper, Ibid. 1879, iv, pt. 4, pp. 404-408.

(H. M.) On the occurrence of a Tertiary Species of Tri-

gonia in Australia. Quart. Jour. Science, 1865, ii, p. 362.

On the occurrence of a Recent Species of Trigonia [T.

Lamarhvi), in Tertiary Deposits in Australia. Geol. Mag. 1866, iii, p. 201.

On the Tertiary Deposits in Yictoria. Coll. Guardian,

1868, xvi, p. 246 ; Geol. Mag. 1869, v, p. 566 ; Brit. Assoc. Beport for 1868, pt. 2, p. 70 (title only).

Jevohs (W. S.) The Australian Gold Fields. Mem. Manchester Ut. Phil Boo. 1862, i, pp. 115-130.

Johnson ( — ) Eeport on the Bathurst, Tambaroora, and Turon Mining District. Mines and Mineral Statistics, N. S. Wales, for 1&74, pp. 27-28.

Johnston (R. M.) Regarding the Composition and Extent of certain Tertiary Beds in and around Launceston, Tas. Papers and Proc. B. Soc. Tas. for 1873 (August), pp. 34-48 (section aud plates).

The Launceston Tertiary Basin ; Second Paper. Ibid.

for 1874 (August), pp. 29 and 53-62 (plate).

Further Notes on the Tertiary Marine Beds at Table Cape,

Tasmania. Ibid, for 1876, pp. 79-90 f. (1877) ; Geol. Mag. 1877, Dec. 2, iv, p. 417.

On the Echinodermata from ditto. Papers and Proc. B.

Soc. Tas. for 1876, p. 16.

Tasmanite or Mersey " Yellow Coal," pp. 8 (Hobart

Town, 1877, 8vo.).

Cataiogce. 89

Johnston (R. M.) Notes on certain Tertiary and Post Tertiary- Deposits, on Flinders, Barren, Badger, and other Islands in Bass' Straits. Papers and Proc. B. Soc. Tas. for 1878 (1879), pp. 41-50 (with sections).

Note on the Discovery of Spondylostrobua Smythii (von

Mueller), and other Fossil Frnits in the Deep Lead Drift at Brandy Creek Gold Field. Ibid, for 1879 (1880), pp. 2o-26.

Third Contribution to the Natural History of the Teri;iary

Marine Beds of Table Cape, with a Description of 30 Xew Species of Mollusca. Ibid, for 1879 (1880), pp. 29-41.

Notes on the Distribution and Variability of Tasmanian

Land Shells. Ibid, for 1879 (1880), pp. 44-5.3. Notes on the Eelations of the Yellow Limestone {Tra-

vertin), of GeUston Bay, with other FluviatUe and Lacustrine Deposits in Tasmania and Australia, together with Descriptions of two New Fossil Helices. Ibid, for 1879 (1880), pp. 81-90.

JoTTBEET (J.) Map and Information for Emigrants to Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, compiled by order of the Committee of the Agricultural Society of New South Wales, &c. with letterpress, 1873 (Shows the areas of the Gold and Coal Fields).

Jukes (Prof. J. B.) A few Remarks on the Nomenclature and Classification of Rock Formations in New Countries. Tas. Jou/r. Nat. Science, ii, pp. 1-12.

Sketch of the Geological Structure of Australia. Brit.

Assoc. Beportfor 1846, pt. 2, pp. 68-69; Frori&p. Notizen, iii, col. 229-231 ; Tas. Jour. Nat. Sc. 1846, iii. No. 3, pp.

Notes on the Palaeozoic Formations of New South Wales

and Van Dieman's Land. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1847, iii, pp. 241-249.

Narrative of the Surveying Voyage of H.M.S. "Fly" in

Torres Straits, New Guinea, and other Islands of the Eastern Archipelago, during the years 1842-1846, 2 vols. (8vo. London, 1847). '

Catalogue.

Jukes (Prof. J. B.) On tlie Geology of tlie Coasts of Australia. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1848, iv, p. 142 j Minb. N. Phil. Jour. 1848, xlv, pp. 18,7 and 188.

Sketch of the Physical Structure of Australia, so far as

it is at present known (8vo. London, 1850).

The Geology of Australia, with Special Reference to the

Gold Eegions. Lectures on Gold, 2nd ed. 1853, pp. 2-37.

A School Manual of Geology (8vo. Edinburgh, 1862),

pp. 131, 132, 364, 394, 399, 408, 484, 533, 593, 600, 697.

Notes on Parts of South Devon and Cornwall, with

Remarks on the true Relations of the Old Red Sandstone to the Devonian Formation. Jour. Geol. Soc. Ireland, 1868, ii, pt. 1, pp. 67-107 (Reference to Australian Brachiopoda, p. 100).

and Geikie (A.) The Student's Manual of Geology, 3rd

edition, pp. 778 (8vo. Edinburgh, 1872) (Australia, pp. 304, 419-, 603, and 649, &c.).

Kangaroos, Extinct — see Clarke (Rev. W. B.) ; Garrod (H. A.) ; Owen (Prof. R.).

Kat (W. p.) On Grey Granite from Goose Island, Bass's Straits. Proc. B. Soc. V. D. Land, 1852, ii, pt. i, p. 148.

Kayser (B. a.) Geological and Mining Report on the Etheridge Gold Field, N. Queensland. The Queenslander, 1875, n. ser. X, No. 11, p. 24.

Report on the Country traversed between the Gilbert

River and Taldora, Queensland, pp. 7 (fcap. Brisbane, 1876); also The Queenslander, 1876, n. ser. xii (August 19th), p. 26.

KJEENE (W.) On the Newcastle Coal Field. Cat. Nat. and Indust. Products, N. 8. PPafes, 1854, pp. 57 and 58 (4to. Sydney, 1854).

Notes on the Coal, Iron and Copper of New South Wales.

Gat, Nat. and Indust. Products exhibited, in the Australian Museum. Paris Etjchib. Oomm. pp. 57-60 (4to. Sydney, 1854).

Catalogue. 91

Keene (W.) Od Coal in the Yalley of the Fitzroy Iron Mines. . Mining Jour. 1854 xxiv, p. 21.

On the Newcastle Coal Field. British Oat. Exposition

Universelle, Paris, 1855, pp. 109-110 (large 8vo. London, 1855).

Coal and Collieries of New South Wales. The Examiner

of Coal Fields to the Honorable the Commissioners of New South Wales, for the International Exhibition of 1862, pp. 4 (fcap. Newcastle, N. S. W., 1861).

The Coal Fields of New South Wales. London International Exhibition of 1862. Oat. Nat. and Industrial Products of N. 8. Wales, pp. 48-50 (8to. London, 1862)— see Exhibitions, International, 1862 (N. S. Wales).

Description of a Collection of Rocks, Fossils, and

Minerals from New South Wales. Ihid. pp. 58-60 (8to. London, 1862).

Our Coal Fields. Waugh's Austr. Almanac for the year

1863, pp. 52-57.

On the Coal Measures of New South Wales, with Spirifer,

Glossopteris, and Lepidodendron. Geol. Mag. 1864, i, p. 233.

On the Coal Measures of New South Wales, with

Spirifer, Glossopteris, and Lepidodendron. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1865, xxi, p. 137 ; Phil. Mag. 4th ser. xxix, p. 239 ; Brit. Assoc. Report for 1864, pt. 2, p. 58.

On Petroleum Coal Seams. Sydney Morning Herald,

1865, lii, p. 5.

On the Examination of Brown Cannel, or Petroleum Coal

Seams at CoUey Creek, Liverpool Plains, New South Wales. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1866, xxii, p. 435.

— On the New South Wales Coal Fields. Oat. Nat. and Indus. Products N. S. Wales, Paris Universelle Exposition, pp. 81-89 (8vo. Sydney, 1867).

92 Catalogue.

Keene (W.) The Coal Fields of New Soutli "Wales. Geol. Mag. 1870, vii, p. 587.

New Soutli Wales Coal Fields, pp. 9 (8vo. Sydney,

1871).

Kelly (W.) Life in Victoria; or, Victoria in 1853, and Victoria in 1858 showing the march of improvement made by the Colony within those periods in Town and Country, Cities and Diggings (8vo. London, 1859).

Kendall (W.) Mineralogy at the Paris Exhibition. Trans. Barrow Field Club, 1878-9, iii, pp. 94-104 (Australian Colonies, p. 98).

Kent (J.) On the Physical Geography of Australia. Proc. R. Geogr. Soc. 1863, vii, p. 42.

Kenwoetht (Dr. J. E.) Details of Analysis of two samples of Gold I'rom Mount Alexander (Vict.), and Fingal (Tas.). Proc. JR.. Soc. V. n.' Land, 1853, ii, pt. 2, pp. 313-314, and p. 325.

On a second Analysis of Fingal Gold. Ibid. 1853, ii.

pt. 2, p. 325.

King (H. B.) Eeport on the Mary Eiver Gold Fields, Queensland, for 1867, pp. 2 (fcap. Brisbane, 1868).

— (J.) Observations on the Climate and Geology of New South Wales. Edinb. Jour. Sc. 1828, ix. No. 17, pp. 117- 123 ; Froriep. Notizen. xxi, col. 341-345.

— (Capt. P. P., E.N.) On the Maritime Geography of Australia. Field's Geograph. Mem. on N. S. Wales, Sfc. 1825, 8vo. pp. 269-296, Geological Notes, p. 287 (A paper read on the 2nd Oct. 1822, before the Philosophical Society of Australia, and only published as above) .

— Narrative of a Survey of the Intertropical and Western Coasts of Australia performed between the years 1813 and 1822, &c. (London, 2 vols. 8vo. 1826).

Catalogue. 93

KiTTO (R. L. M.) The Gold Fields of Victoria ; with Statistics, gathered from the various Departments of the Victorian Government, and other sources ; showing an immense opening for the safe Investment of Capital in the Australian Gold Minesj pp. iv and 64 (8vo. London, 1867).

The Gold Fields of Victoria. Mining Jour. 1867, xxxvii,

p.'582.

Kjerulp (Th.) and Brogger (W. C.) Zinnsteinvorkommniss aus New South Wales. N. Jahrhuch, 1879, p. 666.

Knight (J. G.) The Building Materials of South Australia.

Harcus' South Australia, c. 1876, pp. 182 (8vo. London,

1876). (W. H.) Appendix to Key to Fortune in New Lands, ii.

The Colony of Western Australia, pp. 55-60 (Mineral

Products, p. 57) — see also Hayter (W. H.). . KoNiNCK (Prof. L. G. de) Notice sur quelques fossils du Spitzberg. Bull. Acad. R. de Belgique, 1846, xiii, pt. 1, p. 592

(Australian Palasozoic Fauna, p. 593). Monographie du Genre Productus. Mem. 8oo. B. des

Sciences de Liege, 1846, iv, pp. 71-278, pis. 15 (Productus

undatus, Defr. p. 156, t. 5, f. 3 j P. semireticulatus, Martin,

p. 183, t. 8, f. 1, t. 9, f. 1, t. 10, f. 1 ; P. Flemingii, Sow.

p. 196, t. 10, fgs. 2 and 3, h; P. brachythcerus, Morris, p.

241, t. 16, f . 1 J P. Murchisonianus, de Koninck, p. 245, t.

IG, f. S). Monographie des Genres Productus et Chonetes,

pp. xvii and 246, pis. 20 (4to. Liege, 1847) (P. undatus,

Defr. p. 59 ; P. semireticulatus, Martin, p. tS; P.

longispinus. Sow. p. 95; P. subquadratus, Morris, p. 100;

P. Murchisonianus, de Koninck, p. 140; P. brachythcerus,

Morris, p. 102; Chonetes variolata, p. 206). Memoires de Paleontologie (8vo. Bruxelles, 1857-71)

(Catalogue of Fossil Corals). Palaeozoische Fossilien aus AustraHen. Verhandl. K. K.

Geohgische Reichsanstalt, Wien. 1874, p. 31.

94 Catalogue.

KoNiNCK (Prof. L. G. de) Eecherches sur les Fossiles palozoiques de la Nouvelle-Galles da Sud (Australie), pts. 1 and 2, pp. 140, 8v-o., atlas, 4 plates, 4to. 1876 ; pt. 3, pp. 141-373, Bvo., atlas, 20 plates, 4to. 1877 (Bruxelles, 1876-77).

Keatjse (F. M.) Eeport on the Eastern District of Victoria, between Western Port Bay and the Tarwin Eiver, occupied by the known coal-bearing rocks of Victoria. Appendix A. Report of the Board, Western Port Goal Fields, pp. 21-25 (fcap. Melbourne, 1872).

Report on the Geological and Physical Features of the

Cape Otway District. Smyth's Progress Puport, No. 1, Geol. Survey, Vict. 1874. App. A, pp. 99-109 (with Plan and Sections, Nos. 2-20 of the Coast around Point Castries and Aireys Inlet).

Report on the Sandstones of the Grampian Range, Victoria. Ibid. No. 1, 1874, pp. 125-130 (with sketch Plan of site of the Gold Workings on the Glenelg, long. 142° 14', lat. 37° 08' 30". Scale : 8 chains to the inch).

Geological Survey Map of the Cape Otway District, with

a sheet of 23 sections. Scale : 100 chains to 1 inch (Melbourne, 1874).

Geological Map of the Country South and West of

Ararat. Scale: 40 chains to 1 inch (Melbourne, 1875).

Geological Map of the Ararat Gold Field. Scale : 40

chains to 1 . inch. With two horizontal sections — scale : 400 ft. to one inch vertical, 40 chains to 1 inch horizontal (Melbourne, 1875).

Notes on the Geological Survey of Ararat, Victoria.

Smyth's Progress Report, No. 2, Oeol. Survey Vict. 1875, pp. 93-99.

Report on the Geological Survey of the Ararat Gold

Field. Ibid. No. 3, 1876, pp. 120-134.

Notes on the Geological Survey of Creswick. Couchman's Progress Report for 1876, No. 4, Geol. Survey Vict. 1877, pp. 57-68.

Catalogue. 95

Keause (F. M.) Report on the site of proposed Prospecting Operations at Ohilwell, Mercer Hill, Geelong. Oouchman's Progress Beport for 1876, No. 4, Oeol. Survey, Viet. 1877, pp. 135-137 (with Geological sketch plan, Mercer Hill, Newton and Ohilwell. Scale : 10 chains to 1 inch).

Eeport on Site proposed for Prospecting Operations at

the Upper Yarra. Ibid. 1877, p. 138 (with Geological sketch Map and Sections of Country near Warburfcon, County of Evelyn. Scale : Hor. 80 chains to 1 inch. Vert. 80 ft. to 1 inch).

Report on the Hope Company's "VTine, Running Creek,

Ovens River. Ibid. 1877, pp. 138-144, with—

(a) Sketch Horizontal and Vertical Sections of Lodes and Workings, Hope Claim, Running Creek. Scale : 80 ft. to the inch, (b) Sketch Plan of part of the Hope Claim, Kunning Creek. Scale : 80 ft. to the inch.

Notes on the Auriferous Leads of Middle Pliocene Age

of the Creswick Gold Field. Ibid. No. 5, 1878, pp. 71-78.

Notes on the Geological Survey of Daylesford. Ibid.

1878, pp. 87-95.

Report on the South Extended Sutton Company's Mine,

Blackwood. Ibid. 1878, pp. 148-152 (with Geological Plan and Section of country in the neighbourhood of the above. Scale : 10 chains to 1 inch).

The Lai Lai Ii-on Ore Deposits. Ann. Beport, Ballaarat

School of Mines, 1881, pp. 45-50 (plan and section).

Keefpt (G.) On the Vertebrated Animals of the Lower Murray and Darling, their habits, economy, and geographical distribution. Trans. B. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1862-1865, pp. 1-33 (Ref. to Ganis dingo, pp. 2 and 3).

On the Dentition of Thylacoleo carnifex (Owen) . Annals

Nat. Hist. 1866, 3rd ser. xviii, p. 148.

The Yertebrata of Tasmania, Recent and Fossil. Trans.

B. Soc. N. S. Wales, for year 1867, i, pp. 30-41.

Catalogue.

Kkefft (G.) On the Discovery of a new gigantic Fossil species of Echidna in Australia. Annals Nat. Hist. 1868j 4th ser. i, p. 113.

Notes on the Fauna of Tasmania. Papers and Proc.

B. Soc. Tas. 1868. Appendix, pp. 91-105.

On a Restoration of the Lower Incisor of Thylacoleo_

camifex (Owen) ; and on the Fossil remains of Herbivorous Marsupials in the Australian Museum, Sydney. Quart. Jour. Oeol. Soc. 1870, xxvi, p. 4-15.

Australian Vertebrata, Fossil and Recent. Gat. Nat. and

Industr. Products of N. 8. Wales, Paris Univ. Exposition, pp. 90-110 (8vo. Sydney, 1867) ; also as a separate Pamphlet, pp. 96 (8vo. Sydney, 1871).

Fossil Remains of Mammals, Birds, and Reptiles from

the Caves of Wellington Valley. Ibid. pp. 111-124 (8vo. Sydney, 1867).

Tiber fossile Beutelthiere in dem Museum von Sydney.

Neues Jahrbuch, 1871, p. 331.

Review of a Cuvierian Principal in Paleontology, tested

by evidence of an extinct Leonine Marsupial {ThylacoleO carwifex, Owen) by Prof. Owen. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1872, 4th ser. ix, p. 169.

Review of Prof. Owen's Papers on the Fossil Mammals

of Australia. Sydney Mail, 1878 (Aug. 23rd) ; Verhandl. K. K. Geol. Reichsanstalt, Wien, xxiii, p. 301.

Catalogue of the Minerals and Rocks in the Collection

of the Australian Museum, pp. 115 (8vo. Sydney, 1873).

— On the Further Discovery of Remains of a Great Extinct Wingless Bird in Australia. Geol. Mag. 1874 (Dec. 2), i, p. 46.

— Remarks on the Working of the Molar Teeth of the Diprotodpn's. Quart, Jour. Geol. Soc. 1875, xxxi, pp.

Catalogue.

Keeppt (G.) Remarks on Prof. Owen's Arrangement of tlie Fossil Kangaroos. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1875, 4tli ser. XT, pp. 204-209; Sydney Mail, 1874 (Dec. 26tli).

Further discoveries of Ossiferous Cayerns in New South

Wales. Geol. Mag. 1876, Dec. 2, iii, p. 520.

KusTEL (Gr.) A Treatise on Concentration of all kinds of Ores ; including the Chlormation Process for Gold-bearing Sulphurets, Aseniurets, and Gold and Silver Ores generally, pp. 259, plans (8to. San Francisco, 1868).

Lambert (C. H.) Report on the Peak Downs Gold Field, Queensland, for the year 1867, pp. 2 (fcap. Brisbane, 1868).

Lancelot! (F.) Australia as it is : its Settlements, Farms, and Gold Fields, 2 vols. (8vo. London, 1852) (Information concerning the discovery and working of Gold in New South Wales, i, pp. 274-317 ; ii, pp. 1-45. The Gold Fields of Victoria, ii, pp. 119-143).

Lajidslips — see Wintle (S. H.).

Lang (Rev. Dr. J. D.) Additional Information illustrative of the Natural History of the Australian Bone Caves and Osseous Breccia. Edinb. N. Phil. Jour.- 1831, xxiv, p. 368 ; Jahrb. fur Mineralogie, 1832, p. 112.

Ankiindigung der Entdeckung von Knochenhohlen in

Wellington Valley, 210 englischen Meilen westlich von Sydney in Neu HoUand. Ibid. 1832, p. 111.

An Historical and Statistical Account of New South

Wales, &c. 2 vols. (8vo. London, 1834) (Geological Notes, ii, 1834, pp. 171-183); 4th edit. 2 vols. (8 vo. London, 1875) (vol. ii, Geol. Notes, pp. 68, 326, 503. Map showing position of Coal and Gold Fields) .

Latta (J.) On Iron Pyrites. Trans. R. Soc. N. 8. Wales, for year 1874, pp. 35-40).

Lattokff (H.) On a Well Section, at about ten to eleven miles west from Lake Torrens, near Whittata. Trans. R. Soc. S. Australia, 1880, iii, p. 181.

Catalogue.

Laube (Dr. G. C.) Uber einige Fossile Echiniden von den Murray Cliffs in Siid-Australien. Sitz. d. Math. Natur. d. K. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien, 1869, lix, abth. i, p. 183 (with (plate) ; N. Jahrhuch, 1870, p. 656.

Lead in Victoria. Coll. Guardian, 1866, xii, p. 333.

see Stagg (R.) j Tremenheere (S.) ; Wintle (S. H.).

Lee (Dr. R.) Notes on a sample of Oil, obtained by distillation from the Mersey Shale. Proc. B. Soc. V. B. Land, 1855, iii, pt. 1, pp. 187-188.

Lefeoy (H. M.) Memoir and Journal of an Expedition organized by the Colonial Government of Western Australia, at the request and with the aid of the Agricultural Society of the York District of that Colony, for the purpose of exploring the Interior of the Colony eastward of that District, &c. pp. 38 (fcap. Perth, wit small map.

Narrative of an Exploring Expedition into the Interior

of Western Australia. Proc. B. Geogr. Soc. 1864, viii, pp. 45-46.

LiEBius (Dr. A.) On Osmiridium and Iridium obtained from New South Wales Gold. Trans. Phil. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1862-65, p. 210.

-. Separating Gold from Argentic Chloride. Trans. B. 8oc.

N. S. Wales, for year 1872, pp. 67-70.

Assaying Antimony Ore. Ibid. pp. 71-72.

Remarks on Tin Ore. Ibid. pp. 73-74.

Leichhaedt (L.) Scientific Excursions in New Holland. Land. Jour. Bot. 1845, iv, pp. 278-291.

Journal of an Overland Expedition in Australia from

Moreton Bay to Port Bssington during the years 1844-1845 (8vo. London, 1847).

Report of an Expedition from Moreton Bay to Port

Essington, Sydney, Australia, March 26th. Tas. Jour. Nat. So. 1846, iii, pp. 18-51 ; Jour. B. Geogr. Soc. 1846, xvi, pp. 211-238.

Leichhaedt (L.) Lectures on the Geology, Botany, Natural History, and Capabilities of the Country between Moreton Bay and Port Essington. Tas. Jour. Nat. Science, iii. No. 2, pp. 81-113.

— Tiber die Kohlenlager von Newcastle in Neu Holland. Zeitschrift der Deuts. Geol. Gesellsch. 1849> i, pp. 44-52, pl.l.

— Letters and Eemarks on the Bones brought to Sydney by Mr. Turner, addressed to Prof. Owen and Rev. W. B. Clarke. Papers relative to Geol. Surveys, N. S. Wales, Dec. 21st, pp. 15-17 (fcap. Sydney, 1853) ; Pari. Blue Booh, Dec. 1854, pp. 42-45 (folio, London, 1855).

— Journal of Dr. Leichhardt's Third Expedition, edited by the Eev. W. B. Clarke, m.a. &c. Waugh's Avstr. Almanac for the year 1860, pp. 54-66.

— Notes on the Geology of Parts of New South Wales and Queensland, made in 1842-43. Published in Germany in 1847. Translated by G. H. f . Ubich, Esq. (of the Geological Survey of Victoria), and edited by the Rev. W. B. Clarke, m.a., f.g.s., pt. 1, pp. 55, pt. 2, pp. 25 (8vo. Sydney, 71. d. [? 1866]) ; Ibid, for 1867, pp. 29-55.

— Geologie von Australien — see Girard (Prof. H.).

Lewis (J. W.) South Australia. Journal of Mr. Lewis's Lake Eyre Expedition, 1874-5, No. 19, pp. 42 (fcap. [? Adelaide], 1875) (Minerals, Fossils, p. 42).

South Australia. Report on the Lake Eyre Expedition,

No. 114, pp. 3 (fcap. [? Adelaide], 1875), with map.

(T.) The Half-yearly Report of the Inspector of Collieries

for the half-year ending 31st December, 1877, on the State of the various Collieries in New South Wales, and accidents therein. Ann. Report, Bept. of Mines, N. 8. Wales, for 1877, pp. 198-196.

7

Catalogue.

Lewis (T.) The Half -yearly Eeport of the Inspector of Collieries on the State of the Collieries in the various Districts in New- South Wales, and accidents therein, for the half-year ending 31st Dec. 1878. Annual Report, Dept. of Mines, N. 8. Wales, for 1878, pp. 146-148.

The Half-yearly Eeport of the Inspector of Collieries on

the State of the various Collieries in New South Wales, &c. Ibid, for 1879, pp. 210-212.

Lhotskt (Dr. J.) Sketches of Tasman's Peninsula. Information for the People, No. 1 (8vo. [?Hohart Town], n. d.) (A Eeference to Geological Map of Tasman's Peninsula) .

A Journey from Sydney to the Australian Alps, undertaken in the months of January, February, and March, 1834, &c. pp. 118 (8vo. Sydney, 1835) (Contains a large amount of Geological and other scientific information) .

Titanium in Australia. Mining Jour. 1861, xxx, p. 434.

The Metal Sands of Australia. Ihid. 1861, xxx, p. 454.

Lindsay (Dr. W. L.) Australian Gold Quartz in Scotland. Trans. Qeol. 8oc. Glasgow, 1879, vi, pt. 1, pp. 68-72.

LiNDSTEOM (Dr. G.) On the Affinities of the Anthozoa Tabulata. Armals Nat. Sist. 1876, xviii, pp. 1-17 (Eeference to Genus Stenopora) .

LiQAE (C. W.) On the Parallelism of the Gold-bearing Quartz- Eeefs of Victoria. Trans. Mining Inst. Vict. 1859, i, pt. 4, pp. 24-25.

LiGNiTE-see Etheridge (E., jun.) ; Milligan (Dr. 3.) ; Oliphant

LniDLBT (J.) and Hutton (W.) The Fossil Flora of Great Britain, 3 vols. (8vo. London) {Phyllotheca Australia, ii, p. 89).

Lindsay (Col.) Bone Caves discovered in New Holland. Edinh. N. Phil. Jour. 1831, xxvi, p. 179.

Catalogue. 101

LiVETtsiDGB (Prof. A.) The Diniliquin, or Barratta Meteorite. Trans. B. Soc. N. 8. Wales, for year 1872, pp. 97-103.

Note on a New Mineral from New Caledonia. Jou/r.

Ghem. Soc. 1874, 2nd ser. xii, pp. 613-15,

Nickel Minerals from New Caledonia. Trans. B. Soc.

N. S. Wales, for year 1874, pp. 75-80.

On tlie Bingera Diamond Field, pp. 11 (8vo. Sydney,

1873) — also see Mines and Min. Statistics, N. S. Wales, 1875, pp. 104-116.

Eeport on the discovery of Diamonds at Bald Hill, near

Hill End, N. S. Wales. Ibid, for 1874, pp. 115-116 (? as a Pamphlet, 8vo. Sydney, 187.3).

— — Notes on the Bingera Diamond Field, with Notes on the Mudgee Diamond Field (abridged). Quart. Jour, Geol. Soc. 1875, xxxi, pp. 489-492.

Iron Ore and Coal Deposits at Wallerawang. Trans. B.

Soc. N. 8. Wales, for 1874, pp. 81-91 (1875) ; Mines and Min. Statistics, N. S. Wales, 1875, pp. 94-103; Mirdng Jour. 1875, xlv, p. 540.

On the Stanniferous Deposits of Mount Bischoff and

Mount Eamsay, Tasmania. Mining Jour. 1876, xlv, p. 1095.

The Minerals of New South Wales. Trans. B. Soc. N. S.

Wales, for 187 5, ix, pp. 153-215 (1876). — On the Formation of Moss Gold and Silver. Ibid.

for 1876, X, pp. 125-134; N. Jahrbuch, 1879, p. 622.

On a Fossiliferous Silicious Deposit from the Eichmond

Eiver, N. S. Wales. Jour. B. Soc. N. S. Wales, for 1876, X, pp. 237-39 (1877).

On the so-called Meerschaum from the Eichmond Eiver,

N. S. Wales. Ibid, for 1876, x, p. 240.

On a Eemarkable Example of Contorted Slate. Ibid, for

1876, X, pp. 241-242 (with 2 plates).

102 Catalogue.

LiVEBSiDGE (Prof. A.) Note on a Mineral from New South Wales, presumed to be Laumonite. Min. Mag. and Jour. Min. 8oc. Gt. Brit, and Ireland, 1876, No. 2, p. 54.

Eeport upon Mineral and other Substances examined for

the Mining Dept. N. S. Wales, during the year 1876. Ann. Report, Dept. of Mines, N. 8. Wales, for 1876, pp. 181-84 (1877).

On Examples of Pseudo-Crystallization (8vo. Sydney,

1877).

On the occurrence of Chalk in the New Britain Group.

Geol. Mag. 1877, Dec. 2, iv, pp. 529-534 ; Jour. B. 8oc. N. 8. Wales, for 1877, xi, pp. 85-91 (1878).

Analyses of Auriferous Tailings from New South Wales.

Ann. Report, Dept. of Mines, N. 8. Wales, for 1877, pp.

Analyses of Samples of Coal from New South Wales.

Ihid. 1877, pp. 24-29.

Report on the character and value of the Copper Ores of

New South Wales. Ibid. 1877, pp. 34-37.

Report on the Theoretical Calorific Power of certain

Samples of New South Wales Coal. Ibid. 1877, p. 209.

Report upon Mineral Specimens examined for the

Mining Dept. of New South Wales for the year 1877. Ibid. 1877, pp. 210-212.

— Table showing the results of Analysis of samples of Quartz Tailings, and other waste Gold-bearing products. Ibid, for 1878, pp. 12-13.

— The International Congress of Geologists, Paris, 1878. Trans. R. 8oc. N. 8. Wales, for 1879, xiii, pp. 35-42.

— Tables showing the Percentage Composition of Coals in the Northern, Western, and Southern Districts of N. S. Wales. Ann. Report, Dept, of Mines, N. 8. Wales, fur 1879, pp. 39-30.

Catalogue.

LiVEESiDGE (Prof. A.) Legislative Assembly New South Wales. Report upon certain Museums for Technology, Science, and Art, also upon Scientific, Professional, and Technical Instruction, &c. pp. 237 (fcap. Sydney, 1880).

On the Composition of some New South Wales Coals,

pp. 32 (8to. Sydney, 1881).

On the Composition of some Wood enclosed in Basalt,

pp. 3 (8vo. Sydney, 1881).

On some New South Wales Minerals, pp. 13 (8vo. Sydney,

1881).

Analysis of Queensland soils. Jour. Chem. Soc. 1881,

No. , pp. 61-63.

Lloyd (G. T.) Thirty-three Years in Tasmania and Victoria, being the actual experience of the Author, &c. pp. 515 (8vo. London, 1862) (Salt Lakes, p. 396 ; Volcanic phenomena, p. 400).

Locke (J.) Remarkable Discoveries in Central Australia, with Map, showing the Principal Routes, including Stuart's Third and Successful Attempt to reach the Northern Coast ; Third Paper, read before the Royal Dublin Society, March 16, 1863, pp. 13 (8vo. Dublin, 1863).

Lodes — The Geological Indications requisite to determine the Position and Nature of Lodes. Ann. Report, School of Mines, Ballaarat, 1879, p. 17.

Lonsdale (W.) Description of Six Species of Corals from the Palaeozoic Formation of Van Dieman's Land. Darwin's Geological Obs, on Vole. Islands, 1844, App. pp. 161-169.

Description and Remarks upon the Specimens of the

Australian Fossil Polyparia collected in New South Wales and Van Dieman's Land. StrzelecM's Phys. Description of N. 8. Wales and V. D. Land, 1845, pp. 262-269, pis. 8 and 9.

.Catalogue.

Lonsdale (W.) Catalogue of 586 Specimens of Australian Rocks, now in the Collection of the Geological Society of London, with their Descriptions. Appendix to Eeport, by Sir T. L. Mitchell, on the Bathurst and Wellington Gold Fields. Papers relative to Geol. Surveys, 2nd Dec, 1851, No. 24, pp. 48-63 (fcap. Sydney, 1852) ; Pari. Blue Booh, Feb. 28th, 1853, p. 420 (fcap. London, 1853)— see Mitchell (SirT. L.).

LrcAs (The Honbl. J.) — see N. S. Wales, Mines and Mineral

Statistics, 1875-77. LuTKEN (Dr. C.) Die Begrenzung der Ganoiden. Palaeonto-

graphica, 1873, xxii, pt. 1, pp. 1-54. Lynch (J.) Plan and Sections of the Haddon Gold Field,

showing the Localities where the new Vegetable Fossils

were found. Reports, Mining Surv. and Registrars, Vict.

No. 26, March 31st, 1871. Report on a Rush to Kangaroo Flat, near Staffordshire

Reef. Ibid. 1875, No. 60. Lyell (Sir C.) On Progressive Geological Development. Proe.

R. 8oc. V. D. Land, isbS, ii, pt. 2, p. 359 (From the

Literary Gazette, No. 1824, p. 17). The Principles of Geology, 2 vols. (8vo. London, 1867)

(i, pp. 159-163 ; ii, pp. 332, 352, and 592). The Student's Elements of Geology, pp. 135-161, &c.

(8vo. London, 1871, 2nd edition, 1874). Macaetney (J. N.) The Bendigo Gold Field Registry, comprising a Description of the Gold Field, History of the Opening, Progress, and present position of the Chief Reefs, &c. pp. 180, with Maps, by G. W. Hart, c.e. (8vo. Melbourne, 1871).

Macdonald (Dr. J. D.) Notes on Zygomaturus trilohus, Macleay. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1859, xv, p. 169.

(J. G.) Journal of J. G. Macdonald, on an Expedition

from Port Denison to the Gulf of Carpentaria and back, pp. 60 (12mo. Brisbane, 1865), with Map.

Catalogue. 105

Macdonnell (Sir E. G.) Australia : What it is, and what it may be. A Lecture, illustrated by a Map (Dublin, n.d.) (Mineral Springs in the Kewson Hills, p. 15).

Macgilliteat (J.) An Account of Eaine's Islet on the Northeast Coast of New Holland. Zoologist, 1846, iv, pp. 1473-1481.

Narrative of the Voyage of H.M.S. "Rattlesnake," &c.

during the years 1846-1850, to which is added an Account of Mr. B. B. Kennedy's Expedition for the Exploration of Cape York Peninsula, 2 vols. (8vo. London, 1852).

Mackat (A.) A Yisit to Sydney and the Cudgygong Diamond Mines (8vo. Melbourne, 1870).

Mackenzie (D.) Australian Gold Fields (12mo. London, 1852).

(Rev. D.) The Gold Digger: a Visit to the Gold Fields of

Australia in February, 1852 ; together with much useful information for intending Emigrants, pp. xvi and 96 (8vo. London, n.d.) (with Map of the Gold Regions of Victoria andN. S.Wales).

(J.) On a Coal Seam in New South Wales. Geol. Mag.

1864, i, p. 234.

The Coal Basin of New South Wales. Ibid. 1865, ii,

p. 235 ; Quart. Jour. Science, ii, p. 359 ; Brit. Assoc. Report for 1864, pt. 2, p. 59.

Report (No. 1) on the Coal Fields of Victoria. Presented

to both Houses of Parliament by His Excellency's command. No. 63, pp. 11, with vertical sections (fcap. Melbourne, 1873). Goll. Guardian, 1873, xxvi, pp. 773-75 (with a Map of the Coal Fields of Victoria) .

Report (No. 2) on the Coal Fields of Victoria. Presented

to both Houses of Parliament by His Excellency's command. No. 70, pp. 8 (fcap. Melbourne, 1873).

. Sketch Map of the New South Wales Coal Field, as far

as at present examined, April, 1873. Scale : about 10 miles to 1 inch, with 15 sheets of sections of Coal Seams and Bores, &c. (Sydney, 1873).

CATALoauir.

Mackenzie (J.) Supplementary Report of the Examiner of Coal Fields. Mines and Mineral Statistics, N. 8. Wales, 1875, pp. 207-247, with—

(a) Plan showing the position and extent of the various collieries at and near Newcastle. Scale : 4 miles to 1 inch. (6) Plan showing position and extent of the BuUi Colliery Co.'s Mine', county of Camden, (c) Plan showing position of the Osborne Wallsend and Mount Pleasant Collieries, near Wollongong. Scale : 40 chains to 1 inch, (d) Plan showing position and extent of the different collieries now at work at Lithgow Valley, county of Cork. Scale : 40 chains to 1 inch, (e) Plan of the New South Wales Coal Field. (/) Sketch section, about 30 miles in length, from Newcastle to past Booral, in the county of Gloucester, to illustrate the relative position of the Upper, Middle, and Lower Coal Measures, and some of the Fossil Flora and Fauna found in connection therewith, (g) Eleven sheets of vertical sections (one horizontal) of Strata and Coal Seams in the N., S. and Western Districts of N. S. Wales, (h) Section (horizontal), 10,000 ft. in length, taken along proving made by the Australian Agricultural Company across a, portion of the L. Coal Measures, at Smith's Creek, near Stroud, county of Gloucester.

Report from the Examiner of Coal Fields on the Condition and Prospects of the Coal Fields ; together with the Reports of the Inspector of Collieries on the state of the various Coal, Petroleum Oil, Cannel Coal, and Kerosene Shale Mines in New South Wales, &c. for the year 1874, pp. 5 (fcap. Sydney, 1875).

— Report of the Examiner of Coal Fields for the Colony of N. S. Wales for the year 1876. Ann. Report, Bept. of Mines, N. 8. Wales, for 1876, pp. 129-142 (1877).

Report of the Examiner of Coal Fields for the Colony of

New South Wales, for the year 1877. Ibid. 1877, pp. 166-192 (with tables of Coal Statistics, vertical sections of Coal Seams, &c.).

Report of the Examiner of Coal Fields for the Colony

of New South Wales, for the year 1878. Ibid. 1878, pp. 138-145 (with 53 vertical sections of Coal Seams, and Bore-holes through Coal Measure Strata — various scales).

Catalogite. 107

Mackenzie (J.) Report of the Examiner of Coal Fields for the Colony of New South Wales, for the year 1879. Ann. Report Dept. of Mines, N. 8. Wales, for 1879, pp. 194-209 ; with —

(o) Section of Strata at MuUett Creek, Hawkesbury River, (b) Section of Strata at Botany and Coal Clifi.

Macleat (W. S.) Letter to the Editors of the Sydney Morning Herald on " The Bones bronght to Sydney by Mr. Turner,'' Dec. 2nd, 1847. Papers relative to Oeol. Surveys, N. S. Wales, 21st Dec, No. 2, pp. 13-15 (fcap. Sydney, 1853)] Pari. Blue Booh, Dec. 1854, pp. 40-42 (folio, London, 1855).

Maconochie (Capt., e.n.) On the Physical Character and Geology of Norfolk Island. Brit. Assoc. Report for 1844, pt. 2, p. 57.

Mammalia, Fossil — see Falconer (H.) ; Flower (W. H.) ; Foetterle (F.); Krefft (G.); Macdonald (Dr. J. D.); Owen (Prof. R.) ; Scott (R. W.) ; Waterhduse (G. R.).

Manganese Ore — see Newbery (J. C).

Manto (D. D.) The Present Picture of New South Wales; illustrated with four large coloured views, &c. pp. vi and 99 (4to., atlas folio, London, 1811) (Coal and precious stones, p. 51).

Manning (J.) Sydney Water Supply by Gravitation. Trans. R. Soc. N. S. Wales, for year 1874, pp. 41-56.

Mantell (Dr. G. A.) The Medals of Creation ; or. First Lessons in Geology, and in the study of Organic Remains (2 vols. 8vo. London, 1844) (Fossil trees, i, p. 169 ; Extinct Marsupials, ii, p. 849; Bone caves, p. 855).

The Wonders of Geology ; or, a Familiar Exposition of

Geological Phenomena, 2 vols. 6th ed. (8vo. London, 1848) (Fossil Flora, ii, p. 714 ; Fauna, p. 893 ; Epochs, p. 894).

Maps — Mineral Map and General Statistics of New South Wales. Sketch Map of N. S. Wales, showing the localities of the principal Minerals, 1876. Scale : 50 miles to 1 inch (Sydney, 1876).

Maps — General Map of the Soutli-easteni Portion of Australia, showing the Colony of New South Wales, as surveyed and divided by the Surveyor-General between the years 1827 and 1850, <fec. Scale: about 35 miles to 1 inch (shows the position and limits of the various Gold Fields throughout N. S. Wales, and "Australia Fehx") (Sydney, n.d.).

' see Aplin (0. D'O. H.) ; Daintree (E.) ; Mackenzie (J.) ;

Marcou (J.) ; Murray (R. A. F.) ; Petermann (A.) ; Selwyn (A. R. 0.) ; Smyth (R. B.) ; Taylor (N.) ; Ulrich (G. H. P.) ; Wilkinson (C. S.) and Young (L.).

Maecou (J.) Notice sur les Cartes Geologiques de Victoria, et des Isles Britanniques. Bull. 8oc. Geol. de France, 1867, 2nd ser. xxv, pp. 121-122.

Les Hommes dans I'Australasie. Bull. 8oc. de Geographie,

Paris, 1871, 6me ser. ii, pp. 369-378.

Explication d'urie seconde Edition de la Carte Geologique

de la Terre, pp. 222 (folio, Zurich, &c.) (? 1875) ; with Carte geologique de la Terre, 2eme. edition. Reduction et assemblage des huit feuilles, 1857 (Geologie de I'Australie, &c. pp. 181-205).

Maegtjles (H.) Reports on the Lachlan District. M'Guigan's subdivision (Gold Field) . Ann. Report, Vept. Mines, N. S. TFoZes,/or 1876, pp. 81-92.

Report on Mining Operations in the Lachlan District,

Baker Division, N. S. Wales. Ibid, for 1879, pp. 101-107.

Marshall (H.) Gold in South Australia. Mining Jour. 1863, xxxiii, p. 554.

Marsupials — The Gigantic Marsupials of Australia. American Jour. 8ci. 1866, xli, p. 258.

Martin (R. M.) History of the British Colonies, 5 vols. (8vo. London, 1835) — Vol. iv. Possessions in Africa and Austral- Asia, pp. 624 (Geology of N. S. Wales, Tasmania and King George's Sound, pp. 266, 419 and 472).

Catalogue.' 109

Martin (R. M.) History of Austral- Asia : comprising New South Wales, Van Diemans Land, Swan River, South. Australia, &c. The Brit. Col. Library, ii, pp. 371 (8vo. London, .1836) (Geology, &c. pp. 78, 265 and 329).

The British Colonies ; their History, Extent, Condition,

and Resources, 6 vols. (4to. Lond. and N. York, n.d.) (Vol. ii, Australia, Geology of Australia, N. S. Wales, Victoria, S. Australia and Swan River, pp. 397, 432, 497, 605, 677, and 733).

Maetboeotjgh — Map of the Mining District of Maryborough. Scale: half-an-inch to 1 mile (Melbourne, 1861) (Quartz Reefs, and Auriferous Leads shown) .

Mastees (J.) Assays of Ores from the Forest Diggings, Bathurst District, N. S. Wales. Ann. Report, Dept. of Mines, N. 8. Wales for 1876, pp. 10-12.

Assays of Metalliferous Ores from New South Wales.

Ibid, for 1877, 12-13.

Mastodon, in Australia — see Falconer (Dr. H.); Owen (Prof. R.) .

Maund (Dr.) On the Mineral Waters of Victoria. Trans. Victorian Inst. 1854, pp. 70-74.

On the Waters of the Plenty River, Victoria. Ibid. 1854,.

pp. 136-143.

Matbuet (C. B. B.) Gold, Copper, and Iron Mining, Bathurst District, Bathurst Division, N. S. Wales. Ann. Report, Bept. of Mines, N. S. Wales for 1879, pp. 71-73.

McAlpine (G. B.) On the Deep Leads at Aararat, Victoria.

Smyth's Gold Fields and Min. Districts, Vict. 1869, pp.

MoAethtjr (J.) Bitumen in Van Dieman's Land. Mining Jour,

1854, xxiv, p. 699. McBain (Dr. J.) On a Skull of a Wombat from the Bone Oaves

of Australia, with remarks on the Marsupiala. Proc. R.

Phys. 8oc. minb. 1858, i, pp. 373-378 ; Edinh. N. Phil.

Jour. 1858, n. s. vii, p. 308.

Catalogue.

McCoy (Prof. F.) On the Fossil Botany and Zoology of the Eocks associated with the Coal of Australia. Annals Mag. Nat. Eist. 1847, XX, pp. 145, 226, 298, plates 9-17 ; American Jour. 8c. 1848, 2nd ser. v, pp. 273-76 (abstract) ; Proc. B. 8oc. V. n. Land, 1851, i, pp. 303-334, 9 plates.

On the Plants of the New South Wales and Van Dieman's

Land Coal Fields. Brit. Assoc. Report for 1847, pt. 2, pp.

Note on the Eev. W. B. Clarke's Remarks on Prof.

McCoy's New Tceniopteris. Trans. B. Soc. Vict. 1860, v, pp. 215-217.

A Commentary on a Communication by the Rev. W. B.

Clarke on Prof. McCoy's New Tceniopteris. Ibid. 1861, v, pp. 96-107.

On the Ancient and Recent Natural History of Victoria.

Intercolonial Exhibition Essays, 1861, pp. 158-174 (8vo. Melbourne) ; 8itz. Naturwissen. Gesellsch. Isis zu Dresden, Jahrg. 1862, p. 53 (1863) ; Annals Nat. Eist. 1862, ix, pp.

On the Deep Gold Diggings of Australia. Geologist, 1863

vi, p. 36.

Anniversary Presidential Address, delivered to the Members of the Royal Society of Victoria, at the Anniversary Meeting held on the 25th April, 1864. Trans. B. Soc. Vict. 1865, vi, pp. Ixiii-xcix.

On the Bones of a New Gigantic Marsupial, Diprotodon

longiceps (McCoy). Ibid. 1865, vi, p. 25.

Remarks on some Fossils from WoUumbilla. Ibid. 1865,

vi, pp. 42-46.

On the occurrence of Limopsis Belcheri, Oorbula sulcata

(Lamk.), and some other Recent Shells in Miocene Tertiary Beds, near Melboui-ne. Annals Nat. Mist. 1865, 3rd ser. xvi, p. 113.

A Note on the Cretaceous Deposits of Australia. Ibid.

1865, 3rd ser. xvi, p. 333.

CATALOGUE. Ill

McOoT (Prof. F.) On the Oamne Tooth of Thylacoleo carnifex (Owen). Annals Nat. Eist. 1865, 3rd ser. xvi, p. 448 (with woodcut) .

On the Discovery of Cretaceous Fossils in Australia.

Trans. B. Soc. Vict. 1866, vii, pp. 49-51.

On some New Species of Fossil Volutes from the Tertiary- Beds, near Melbourne. Annals Nat. Hist. 1866, 3rd ser. xviii, p. 375.

On the Australian Tertiary Species of Trigonia. Oeol.

Mag. 1866, iii, p. 481.

Notes sur la Zoologie et la Paleontologle de Victoria, Exposition Intercolonial (Traduit de 1' Anglais par B. Lissignol) (8vo. Melbourne, 1866).

On the occurrence of the genus Squalodon {8. Wilkinsoni,

McCoy) in the Tertiary Strata of Victoria. Geol. Mag. 1867, iv, p. 145, t. 8, f. 1.

On the occurrence of Ichthyosaurus and Plesiosaurus in

Australia. Annals Nat. Hist. 1867, 3rd ser. xix, p. 355.

On the recent Zoology and Palaeontology of Victoria.

Ibid. 1867, 3rd ser. xx, p. 175.

Description of two New Fossil Cowries, characteristic of

Tertiary Beds, near Melbourne. Ibid. 1867, 3rd ser. xx, p. 436.

On the Discovery of Unaliosauria and other Cretaceous

Fossils in Australia. Trans. B. Soc. Vict. 1868, viii, p. 41.

Memoirs of the Melbourne Museum. Descriptive Cata-

logue of the Mining, Metallurgical, Geological, and. Agricultural Models in the National Museum (8vo. Melbourne, 1869).

On the Teeth and Fossil Eye of Ichthyosaurus Australis.

Trans. B. Soc. Vic. 1869, ix, pt. 2, pp. 77-78.

Uber die Palaontologie von Victoria. Neues Jahrbuch, 1869j

p. 115.

] 12 Catalogue.

McOoT (Prof. F.) Greological Survey of Victoria ; Prodromus of the Palaeontology of Victoria, or Figures and Descriptions of Victorian Organic Remains. Decade i, 1874, pp. 43, pis. 1-10; Decade ii, 1876, pp. 37, pis. 11-20; Decade iii, 1876, pp. 40, pis. 21-30; Decade iv, 1876, pp. 32, pis. 31-40; Decade v, 1877, pp. 41, pis. 41-50; Decade vi, 1879, pp. 42, pis. 51-60.

On a third New Tertiary Species of Trigonia. Annals

Nat. Eist. 1875, ser. 4, xv, pp. 316-17, t. 18 b.

On a Tertiary Pleurotomaria. Ibid. 1875, ser. 4, xvi,

pp. 101-102 (woodcut).

On a New Victorian Graptolite. Ibid. 1876, ser. 4, xviii,

p. 126 (woodcut).

On the Discovery of the Trigonia auticostata (McCoy)

in the Living State. Ibid. 1876, ser. 4, xviii, p. 273.

Schedule of Reports on Fossil Specimens in the Collection

of the Mining Dept., Melbourne. Gouchman's Progress Report; Geol. Survey, Vict. 1877, No. 6, pp. 155-168; Ibid. 1878, No. 5, pp. 174-176; Ibid. 1880, No. 6, p. 71.

Palseontological Notes, attached to the Quarter sheets

and Horizontal Sections of tbe Geological Survey of Victoria, viz. : quarter sheet 2, S.W. by N. Taylor; quarter sheet 3, N.B. by N. Taylor; quarter sheet 4, S.W. by N. Taylor; hor. section 14, N.W. by H. Y, L. Brown.

McKiNLAT (J.) Journal of Exploring Expedition, in charge of John McKinlay, to examine the Country of the Northern Territory recently annexed to South Australia, for the purpose of ascertaining the General Nature of the Country, &c. No. 82 pp. 22 (fcap. Adelaide, 1866) (with map by R. H. Edmunds).

Journal of Exploration in the Interior of Australia (Burke

Relief Expedition), pp. 136 .(8vo. Melbourne, .d.) (with map) .

Catalogue. 113

Meek (F. B.) and Haydea (F. V.) Palseontology of the Upper Missouri. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, 1865, xiv, 5 plates (Reference to Genus Eurydesma, i). 28; also published separately, pp. 135, pis. 5) (Washington, 4to.).

Meinickb (0. B.) Das Festland Australien, eine geographische Monographic (2 vols.- 8vo. Breslau, 1837) — see vol. i, chap. 4.

Mello (J. M.) Note on a peculiar form of Quartz Crystals from Australia. Min. Mag. and Jour. Min. Soc. Gt. Brit, and Ireland, 1877, No. 4, p. 123.

Melville (H. S.) Sketches in Australia and the adjacent Islands, selected from a number taken during the Surveying Voyage of H.M.S. "Fly" and "Bramble," under the command of Capt. F. P. Blackwood, e.n., during the years 1842-46, 25 plates (oblong, London, n. d.) (Plate 3, Wombyan Cave, near Bonaby, Argyleshire, N. S. Wales).

Menge (J.) The Geology of South Australia. S. Austr. Register, 1841, iv, Nos. 179, 181, 182, 183, 186, 188, 196.

The Geology of South Australia. The Southern Australian, 1841, iv. No. 218, p. 203; Ihid. No. 220, p. 211; Ihid. No. 224, p. 228; lUd. No. 228, p. 244; Ihid. No. 239, p. 262.

Rambles in South Australia. The German Austr. Poit,

Adelaide, 1848 (16th March), No. 11, p. 3 (Mineral Notes).

Meecer (N.) The Chemistry of Gold, with a Sketch of its Natural History and Geological Distribution, more especially with reference to Information valuable to Australian Emigrants, &c. pp. 58 (12mo. Liverpool, 1853).

Meecuet — see Clarke (Rev. AV. B.) ; Milligan (Dr. J.).

Meridith (Hon. C.) On Tin-ore from Mount BischofF, Tas. Froc. B. Soc. Tas. for 1874 (June), pp. 21-22 (1874).

Metals — Metals in Victoria other than Gold. Iron, 1875, vi, p. 198.

1 14 Catalogue.

Metalluegt — The Australian. Process of Smelting and Assaying Gold. Mining Jour. 1865, , p. 633.

The Holloway Process of saving Gold from " Mill refuse"

in Queensland. Ohem. News, 1880, xlii, p. 187.

Meteoeites — The Deniliquin Meteorite, the Australasian, April 22nd, 1871 ; Nature, 1871, ix, p. 212 j Quart. Jour. Science, 1873, iv, p. 123.

see Buchner (Dr. 0.) ; Barthelot ( — ) ; Gibbons (S.) ;

Haidinger (W.) ; Haushofer (Dr. K.) ; Liversidge (Prof. A.).

Meter (H. von) Possilen Pachydermens aus Australien. Neues Jahrh. 1843, p. 703.

MiALL (Prof. 0.) Eeport of the Committee, consisting of Prof. Huxley, ll.d. f.e.S., Prof. Harkness, f.e.s., Henry Woodward, f.e.s., James Thomson, John Brigg, and L. C. Miall, on the Structure and Classification of the Labyrinthodonts. Brit. Assoc. Report for 1874 (pub. 1875), pp. 149- 192 {Bothriceps Australis, Huxley, pp. 150 and 161).

On the Genus Ceratodus, witli special reference to the

Fossil Teeth found at Maledi, Central India. PalcBontoloyia Indica. ser. iv. No. 2, pp. 9-17 (4to. Calcutta, 1878).

Michel (H. B.) On tlie Treatment of Abandoned Workings of the Australian Gold Fields. Brit. Assoc. Report for 1854, p. 214 (title only).

MiCHiE (Sir A.) Eeadings in Melbourne ; with an Essay on th.e Resources and Prospects of Victoria, for the Emigrant and Uneasy Classes, pp. 328 (8vo. London, 1879) (The Mining Interest, p. 165).

MiLLBE (F. B.) On the Detection of Spurious Gold. Clarke's Southern Gold Fields, 2nd ed. App. D. p. 274, 1860.

MiELiGAN (Dr. J.) On some Fossil Plants found near Hobart Town and Launceston. Tas. Jour. Nat. Science, iii, pp.

Catalogue. 115

MiLLiGAN (Dr. J.) Reports (Pour) on the Coal Basins of Yan Dieman's Land. Proe. B. Soc. V. D. Land, 1851, i, pp. 1-81 (plates of sections).

Eeport on the Coal, said to have been found in the Don

Hiver, and on the West Bank of the Tamar River, Tasmania, 1831. Ibid. 1852, ii, pt. 1, pp. 90-106.

On Lignite from near Point Rapid, Tamar River, Tasmania. Ibid, ii, pt. 1, p. 146.

Possil Perns from below the Coal Seams, worked in the

vicinity of Newlands, Tasmania. Ibid. 1852, ii, pt. 1, p. 151.

Reported Discovery of Quicksilver at Broad Marsh,

Tasmania. Ibid. 1852, ii, pt. 1, p. 156.

On Coarse Jasper, Red Hematite, White and Compact

Sandstone, Magnetic Iron Sand, &c. from Tasmanian Localities. Ibid. 1852, ii, pt. 1, p. 165.

Notes on a Geological Excursion around Ben Lomond,

and in the Fingal District, Tasmania. Ibid. 1852, ii, pt. 1, pp. 166-167.

On an Assay of Tasmanian Gold Dust, &c. Ibid. 1854,

ii, pt. 3, p. 484.

On Silicified Wood from the Tertiary and Post-Tertiary

Strata of Macquarrie Harbour. Ibid. 1854, ii, pt. 3, p. 489.

On a Pelspathio Rock with Schorl, forming the Point of

Land, South from Oyster Cove, Tasmania. Proc. B. Soc. Tas. 1855, iii, pt. 1, p. 173.

— On a Bed of Chalk on Plinder's Island, Bass's Straits. Ibid. 1855, iii, pt. 1, p. 190.

— Tasmania. Its Character, Products and Resources. Jour, Soc. Arts, 1861, ix, pp. 377-393 (Phys. Geogr. p. 378) ; Geologist, p. 380.

— Tasmania ; its Character, Products, and Resources. Ohem. News, 1861, iii, pp. 307-311.

116 Catalogue.

MiLLiGAif (W.) Some account of the New Colony of W. Australia, more especially of the Swan Eiver District, the Natives, Settlers, Chmate, Soil, Productions, &c. Madras Jour. 1837, vi, pp. 305-336.

Mineral Statistics, Victoria : Mineral Statistics of Victoria for the years 1864-80. Presented to both Houses of Parliament by His Excellency's command (f cap. Melbourne, 1865-81) (published yearly).

Eesoarces — see Birkmyre (W.) ; Clarke (Rev. W. B.) ;

Jack (R. L.) ; Ulrich (G. H. F.).

Veins— see Belt (T.) ; Hopkins (B.) ; Resales (H.) ;

Scoular (G.) ; Thompson (H. A.) ; Thomson (Dr. A. M.) ; Ulrich (G. H. P.).

Waters — see Maund (Dr.) ; Newbery (J. C).

MiNEEALS. — The Mineral Treasures of Australia. Mining Jour.

1861, xxxi, p. 454.

The Mineral Resources of Victoria. Ibid. 1871, xli,

p. 123.

The Mineral Wealth of Queensland. Iron, 1880, xv,

p. 349.

see Algar (P.) ; Austin (J. B.) ; Church (Prof. A. H.) ;

Garrett (Rev. J.) ; Leibias (Dr. A.) ; Liversidge (Prof. A.) ; Lhotsky (Dr. J.); Milligan (Dr. J.); Newbery (J. C.) ; Nicholas (W.) ; Odernheimer (Dr. P.) ; Rath (G. vom) ; Ulrich (G. H. P.) ; Wintle (S. A.).

MiNBEALOGY. — The Mineralogy of Australia. The K 8. Wales Mag. 1833, i. No. 1, pp. 43-45.

Mining, &c. — Current Review of Mining, Quarrying and Metallurgy in New South Wales. Mining and Smelting Mag.

1862, i, p. 277; ii, p. 177, 1863; iii, p. 306; iv, pp. 50, 115, 241, 295, 306, 363, 1864; v, pp. 47, 113, 176, 239, 301,360; vi, p. 47.

Surveyors, Victoria. Mining Surveyors' Reports: furnished

by the Mining Surveyors of Victoria to the Board of Science, No. 1, May, 1859— No. 20, Dec. 1860, pp. 386 (8vo. Melbourne).

Catalogue. 117

Mining Surveyors, Victoria. Mining Surveyors' Eeports: furnished by the Mining Surveyors of Victoria to the Mining Department, No. 21, Jan. 1861 — No. 32, December, 1862, pp. 576 (tivo. Melbourne).

Mining Surveyors' Reports : Abstract of the Reports

furnished by the Mining Surveyors of Victoria to the Mining Department (8vo. Melbourne, 1862-63).

Surveyors and Registrars, Victoria. Eeports of the

Mining Surveyors and Registrars. Presented to both Houses of Parliament by His Excellency's command, 31st March, 1864, to December 31st, 1880 (fcap. Melbourne, 1864-1880) (published quarterly).

. Mining Adventure in South Australia. Review of its

state and prospects. Mining Jour. 1849, xix, p. 579.

. Mining in South Australia — Geological Formation.

Ibid. 1852, xxii, p. 4.

. Mining in Australia. Iron, 1878, xii, p. 296.

Departments — see Catalogues : Baker (Honbl. B. A.) ;

Lucas (Honbl. J.) ; Murray (R. A. F.) ; Suttor (Honbl. W. H.) ; Mining Surveyors and Registrars of Victoria ; Wood (H.).

Models — Memoirs of the Melbourne Museum, &c. edited

by Prof. McCoy, Director. Descriptive Catalogue of the

Mining, Metallurgical, Geological, and Agricultural Models

in the Natural Museum, Melbourne, pp. xvii and 80,

plates 15 (large 8vo. Melbourne, n. d.). Mitchell (Major, Sir T. L.) An Account of the Limestone

Caves of Wellington Valley, New South Wales, &c. Proc.

Geol. Soc. 1831, i, No. 21, pp. 321-322. Further Notices in regard to the Fossil Bones found in

Wellington Country, New South Wales. Edinh. N. Phil.

Jour. 1831, XXV, p. 179.

- — — tjber die Kalkstein-Hohlen in Wellington-Thale,, und die Lagerung, in die daselbst fossile Knochengefunden worden Bind. Jahrb. fur Min. 1832, p. 247.

118 Catalogue.

Mitchell (Major Sir T. L.) An Account of the recent Exploring Expedition to the Interior of Australia. Jour. B. Geogr. 8oe. 1837, viii, pp. 271-284.

Three Expeditions into the Interior of E. Australia, &c.

2 vols. (8vo. London, 1888; 2nd ed. 1839).

Account of the Exploring Expedition into the Interior of

New South Wales. Tas. Jour. Nat. Science, iii. No. 8, pp. 165-182.

Journal of an Expedition into the Interior of Tropical

Australia, in search of a route from Sydney to the Gulf of Carpentaria (8vo. London, 1848).

Eeport of the Surveyor-General on the Gold Fields of

Bathnrst, Wellington, &c. Papers relating to Geol. Surveys, 2nd Dec. 1851, No. 24, pp. 40-47 (fcap. Sydney, 1852); Pari. Blue Boole, 28th Feb. 1853, p. 7 (fcap. London, 1853) . — also as a separate Pamphlet, pp. 16 (8vo. Sydney, 1852) — see Lonsdale (W.).

MoLLUscA, Fossil — see Dana (Prof. J. D.) ; Etheridge (E.) ; Etheridge (E., jun.) ; Gray (Dr. J. E.) ; Jenkins (H. M.) ; Johnston (E. M.) ; De Koninck (Prof. L. G.) ; McCoy (Prof. F.) ; Moore (C.) ; Morris (Prof. J.) ; Sowerby (G. B.) ; Tate (Prof. E.) ; Woods (Eev. J. E. T.).

Moody (E. W.) Description of Coal Seams at Mount Kembla, near Wollongong. Mines and Mineral Statistics, N. 8. Wales, 1875, pp. 249-252.

MoOEE (C.) Contributions to Australian Geology and Palaeontology. Brit. Assoc. Report for 1862, pt. 2, p. 88 (1863).

Australian Mesozoic Geology and Palasontology. Quart.

Jour. Geol. Soc. 1870, xxvi, p. 226, pis. 10-18 ; N. Jahrbuch, 1871, p. 97.

Note on a Plant and Insect Bed on the Eocky Eiver,

New South Wales. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1870, xxvi, p. 261.

(T.) Eemarks on a Collection of Geological Specimens

made in Tasmania. Proc. B. Soc. V. D. Land, 1854, ii, pt. 3, pp. 424-433.

Catalogue. 119

MooEE (T.) On the occurrence of Tin, Zinc, Silver and traces of Gold in the Killas of St. Paul's Plains, &c. Ibid. 1854, ii, pt. 3, p. 490.

On experiments testing the comparative value of the

Mersey Schist, and of the Coals from Schouten Island, and the Douglas River. Ibid. 1855, iii, pt. 1, pp. 177-178.

Moresby (Capt. J.) Discoveries and Surveys in New Guinea and the d'Entrecasteaux Islands, a Cruise in Polynesia, and Visits to the Pearl-shelling Stations in Torres Straits of H.M.S. "Basilisk,'' pp. xviii and 327, map (Svo. London, 1876).

Morgan (J.) The Life and Adventures of William Buckley, thirty-two years a Wanderer amongst the Aborigines of the then Unexplored Country round Port Phillip, now the Province of Victoria, pp. x and 208 (8vo. Hobart, 1852) (Stone Implements, p. 73 ; with an Appendix, The " Golden Harvest/' p. 181).

(W. J.) Notes on the Gold Drifts at Ballarat. " Notes

and Queries." Geologist, 1860, iii, p. 153.

MoEEis (H. B.) and Kirsopp (B. J. H. P.) Report on their.

Survey of the Coal indications at Cape Patterson (Victoria).

The Southern Australian, 1841, iv. No. 241, p. 269. (Prof. J.) On the Fossil Flora of New South Wales and

Van Dieman's Land. StrzelecTci's Phys. Description of N.

8. Wales and V. D. Land, 1845, pp. 245-254, pis. 6 and 7.

An Account of the Fossil MoUusca (Palaeozoic Series) of

New South Wales and Van Dieman's Land. Ibid. 1845, pp. 270-296, pis. 10-18.

The Coal Fields of New South Wales. Mining Jour.

1863, xxxiii, p. 898.

Coal ; its Geological and Geographical Position. Being

the substance of Two Lectures delivered at the Coal Exchange Museum; and also read "before the Geologists' Association, pp. 24 (Svo. London, n.d.) (Australian Coal Fields, pp. 14, 18, &c.) ; Colliery Guardian, 1863, v, pp. 265, 285, and 309,

120 CATALOGri!.

Mobsman (S.) Articles "Australasia," and " Australia." Uncydop. Brit. 8tli edition, 1854, iv, pp. 270-301 (Mining, &c. p. 271; Discovery of Gold, Soils, &c. pp. 275, 279, 281, 289, 296).

and Bannister (T.) Australia Visited and Revisited. A

narrative of Eecent Travels and Old Experiences in Victoria and New South Wales, pp. 323 (London, 1853), with Maps.

Mount Bischoff Tin Mines, Tasmania — see Ulricli (G. H. P.) ; Wellington (W.) ; Wickham (P. D.).

B/assay Bismuth Mines, Tasmania — see Ulrich (G. H. P.) .

MoTT (P. T.) Water in Australia. Nature, 1881, xxiv, p. 30.

MuDGBB Diamond Pield — see Taylor (N.).

Mueller (Dr. P. von) Notice of donation of " Conchylien und Fossilreste des Thier und Planzen reiches aus der Gegend der Ballaarat." Verhandl. K. K. Geol. Beichsanstalt, Wieri. 1860, xii, p. 80.

Succinct Observations on a New Genus of Fossil Coniferae,

Sjpondylostrdbus. Reports, Mining Surveyors and Reg. Vict. 31st March, 1871, pp. 48-49, t. 1 (with plan and vertical sections of the Haddon Gold Pield) .

New Vegetable Fossils of Victoria described; Phymatocaryon Mackayi, Trematocaryon McLellani. Reports, Mining Surveyors and Reg. Vict. 30th June, 1871, App. B. pp. 47-49, pis. 2 and 3 ; Ibid. Rbytidotheca Lynchii, Plesiocapparis prisca, and Oelephyra McCoyi. Loc. cit. 30th Sept. 1871, App. pp. 39-41, pis. 4 and 5; Ibid. Odontocaryon Macgregorii, Conchotheca rotundata, and Rhytidotheca pleioclinis. Loc. cit. 30th Sept. 1873, App. pp. 41-42, pi. 6.

New Vegetable Fossils of Victoria described ; Penteune

Clarkei, P. brachyclinis, and P. trachyclinis. Reports, Mining Surveyors and Reg. Vict. 31st Dec. 1873, App. pp. 41-42, pis. 7 and 8 (1874) ; Ibid. Dieune pluriovulata, Platycoila Sullivani, Phymatocaryon angular, and Conchotheca turgida. Loc. cit. 30th Sept. 1874, App. pp. 41-42, pis. 9 and 10; Ibid. Xylocaryon Lockii. Loc. cit. 30th June, 1875, App. pp. 41-42, pi. 11 ; Rhytidocaryon Wilkinsonii. Loc. cit. 30th Sept. 1876, pp. 39-40, pi. 12.

Catalogue. 121

MuELLEE (Dr, F. von) Observations' on New Vegetable Fossils of tbe Auriferous Drifts Yictoria, pp. 31, pis. 10, plan 1 (large 8vo. Melbourne and London, 1874).

Description of Fossil Fruits in a Siliceous Deposit,

Richmond River, N. S. Wales. Jour. B. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1876, X, p. 239, plate ; iV. Jahrbuch, 1878, p. 775.

Descriptive Notes on tbe Tertiary Flora of New South

Wales. Ann. Report, Dept. of Mines, N. 8. Wales, for 1876, pp. 178-180 (1877) ; N. Jahrbuch, 1878, p. 775.

Observations on New Vegetable Fossils of the Auri-.

ferous Drifts : Wilkin sonia bilaminata. Reports, Mining Surveyors and Reg. Vict. 30th Sept. 1877, App. pp. 37-38, pi. 13 ; Ihid. Tricoilocaryon Barnardi. Loc. cit. 31st March, 1878, App. p. 35, pi. 14.

Descriptive Notes on the Tertiary Flora of New South

Wales. Vegetable Fossils of the Upper Pliocene Age, discovered at Gulgong, by C. S. Wilkinson, Esq., &c. Annual Report, Bept. of Mines, N. 8. Wales, for 1878, pp. 169-172, pis. 3 and 4.

Ottelia prceterita, F. von M. Jour. R. 8oc. N. 8. Wales,

1880, xiii, pp. 95-96, t. 3.

and Smyth (R. B.) Observations on some Vegetable

Fossils from Victoria. Quart. Jour. Geol. 8oc. 1870, xxvi, p. 610 (abstract) ; Geol. Mag. 1870, vii, p. 390.

MuiE (M. M. P.) Note on a Manganese Ore from New South Wales, and on a Specimen of Native Silver from New Zealand. Ohem. News, 1877, , p. 6.

Mulligan (J. V.) Preliminary Report of the MuUigan Exploring Expedition in N. Queensland. The Qusenslander, 1875, n. ser. x. No. 8, p. 23.

Report on an Expedition in search of Gold and other

Minerals in the Palmer Districts, pp. 23 (fcap. Brisbane,

1876).

Catalogue.

MuNDT (Lt.-Col. G. C.) Our Antipodes, or Residence and Rambles in the Australasian Colonies, with a Glimpse of the Coal Fields, 3 vols. (8vo. London, 1852) (Vol. iii. Appendix C, Letters by Sir R. I. Murchison and Rev. W. B. Clarke).

Murchison (Sir R. I.) Address to the Royal Geographical Society of London ; delivered at the Anniversary Meeting on the, 27th May, 1844. Jour. R. Oeogr. 8oc. 1844, xiv, pp. xlvcxxviii (Geological knowledge of Australia, pp. xcvii-cui).

A Brief Review of the classification of the Sedimentary

Rocks of Cornwall. Trans. B. Geol. 8oc. Cornwall, 1846, vi, pp. 317-326 (Gold in Australia, p. 325).

On the Distribution of Gold Ore in the Crust, and on

the Surface of the Earth. Brit. Assoc. Report for 1849, pt. 2, pp. 60-63 ; Mining Jour. 1849, xix, p. 450 ; Ibid. 1850, XX, p. 110; Athenceum Jour. 1850, No. 1167 (March 9th), pp. 265-266.

On the Anticipation of the Discovery of Gold in Australia, with a general view of the Conditions under which the Metal is distributed. Quart. Jour. Geol. 8oc. 1852, viii, pp. 134-136 ; Mining Jour. 1852, xxii, p. 81.

Anniversary Presidential Address to the Royal Geogra-

phical Society. Jour. B. Oeogr. 8oc. 1853, p. Ixii (Australia and its Gold, p. ) ; Proc. B. 8oc. V. D. Land, 1853, ii, pt. 2, p. 338 {lUd. p. 347).

— Letter to His Grace the Duke of Newcastle, on the Discovery of Gold in Australia. Pari. Blue Book, Aug. 16th, 1853, p. 44.

— Address at the Anniversary Meeting of the Royal Geographical Society, May 24th, 1852. Proc. B. 8oc. V. n. Land, 1853, ii, pp. 338-351 (Austr. Geogr. and Geol. pp. 347-351).

Cataiogtje. 123

MiTECHisoN (Sir E. I.) Siluria. The History of the oldest known Rocks containing Organic Remains, with a brief sketch of the Distribution of Gold over the Earth, pp.viii and 523, pis. 37 (8vo. London, 1854) (Australian Geology, &c. pp. 14, 449, 451, and App. K, p. 497).

Siluria. The History of the oldest Fossiliferous Rocks

and their Foundations : with a brief sketch of the Distribution of Gold over the Earth. Third edition (including the " Silurian System with maps and many additional Illustrations, pp. xix and 592, pis. 41 (8vo. London, 1859) (Australian Geology, &c. pp. 10, 820, 489, and 567).

Siluria. A History of the oldest Rocks in tbe British

Isles and other Countries, &c. 4th edition, pp. xvii and 566, plates (8vo. London, 1867) (Palaeozoic Rocks of Australia, p. 18 j Australian Geology and Gold, pp. 460-68).

MuEEAT (A.) The Geographical Distribution of Mammals (8vo. London, 1866).

Origin of Gold Nuggets and Gold Dust. Scientific

Opinion, 1870, iii, p. 320.

(Hon. G. P.) Evidences of an Inland Sea, collected from

the Natives of the Swan River Settlement, pp. 64 (8vo. Dublin, 1837).

— (R. A. F.) Quarter-sheet64,N.E. (Mount Mercer). Geol. Survey of Victoria, under the direction of A. R. G. Selwyn. Scale : 2 inches to 1 mile (Melbourne, 1868).

— Plans showiag Dyke and Quartz Lodes, Albert Co.s Mine, Alexandria. Reports, Mining Surveyors and Registrars, Vict. No. 9, 30th June, p. 27 (fcap. Melbourne, 1870).

— Paper on the Durham Lead from Sebastopol to Mount Mercer, Victoria. Ibid. No. 9, 30th June, pp. 43-46 (fcap. Melbourne, 1870), with Geological Map of Portion of the Durbam Lead. Scale : 40 chains to 1 inch — see Etheridge rR., jun.).

Catalogue.

MuEKAT (R. A. F.) Geological Map of the Sandhurst Gold Field. Scale : 40 chains to 1 inch (Melbourne, 1873).

Geological Map of the Ballaarat Gold Field. Scale : 40

chains to 1 inch, with five horizontal sections. Scale : 40 chains to 1 inch horizontal, 400 feet to 1 inch vertical (Melbourne, 1874).

Vertical Section of Davis Shaft, Cape Paterson. Scale :

i inch to 1 foot. Smyth's Progress Report, No. 1, 1874 (to face p. 22).

Section showing Lignite Deposit, McKirley's Creek,

near Cross-over Creek, South Gippsland. Scale : 20 feet to 1 inch. Ibid. No. 1, 1874 (to face p. 28).

A Eeport on the Geology and Mineral Resources of

BaUarat. Ibid. No. 1, 1874, pp. 63-88.

Special Report on the Freestone Creek Deep Lead, near

Briagolong. Reports, Mining Surveyors and Reg. Vict. quarter ending June 30th, 1874, p. 41 (with plan) ; Symth's Progress Report, No. 2, Geol. Survey, Vict. 1875, pp. 100- 101 (with plan showing position of Freestone Creek Deep Lead Co.'s Shaft. Scale : 60 chains to 1 inch).

Report on the Geology and Mineral Resources of Southwestern Gippsland. Smyth's Progress Report, No. 3, Geol. Survey Vict. 1876, pp. 134-174, with—

Geological Map of Tangil. Scale : 20 chains to 1 ; Geological Map of the Foster Gold Field. Scale : 20 chains to 1 inch ; and Plan showing Gold Workings and Dyke, Turton's Creek, S.W. Gippsland. Scale : 20 chains to 1 inch.

Progress Report on the Geology of portions of the

Country between the Thomson and Wonnangatta Rivers, N. Gippsland. Gouchman's Progress Report, for 1876, No. 4, Geol. Survey, Vict. (1877) pp. 52-57 (with Geological Map of portion of the Parish of Glenmaggie, Gippsland. Scale : 40 chains to 1 inch) .

Report on the Geology of portion of the Cape Otway

District. Ibid, for 1877, No. 5 (1878), pp. 127-135 (with Geological Sketch Map of portion of Cape Otway District. Scale : 2 miles to 1 inch).

Catalogue. 125

MuEKAY (R. A. F.) Geological Sketch Map, Sheet No. 2, Southeast Gippsland, Report of Progress. Gouchman's Progress Report, for 1877, No. 5, Geol. Survey, Vict. (1878), pp. 44- 70, with—

(a) Section of Beds at the Sn->wy , Gippsland. (b) Actual and Ideal Sections from Connor's Plain to Snowy Bluff. Scale : JBbr. 18 miles to 1 inch, Vert 12,000 feet to 1 inch, (c) Plan and Section Donelly's Creek Gold Woikings. Scale : 40 chains to 1 inch. (<J) Sketch Section of Crinoline Reef, Florence Company, Donelly's Creek, (e) Sketch Sections, Edward's and Harp Reefs, Gippsland Consols Gold Mining Company. (/) Sketch Sections, Sterling Tunnel, (g) Longitudinal Section showing Auriferous Shoot in the Walhalla and Long Tunnel Company's Mines, Cohen's Reef, Walhalla. Scale : 160 feet to 1 inch. (7i) Sections of Short Long Tunnel, and Walhalla Company's Mines. Scale : 160 feet to 1 inch, (i) Sections of Lodes and Dykes, Long Tnnnel Mine, (fc) Plan and Sections of Tunnel Great Extended Walhalla Gold Mining Company. Scale: 20 chains to 1 inch. (Z) Sections of Dykes, Longfellow's Reef. Scale : 100 feet to 1 inch, (m) Sections of " Fear not " Mine, and " Happy Gro Lucky " Reef, (n) Plan and Sections of Walhalla Copper Mine, Thomson River.

Report on the Geological Survey of portions of Dargo and

Bogong. Ihid. 1877, No. 5 (1878), pp. 96-111 (with Geological Sketch Map of Portions of the Counties of Dargo and Bogong. Scale: 2 miles to 1 inch).

Report on the Geological Survey of the Woods Point

District, Victoria. Ihid. for 1878-79, No. 6 (1880), pp. 36-38.

Report on the Geological Survey of the Russell's Creek

Gold Field, Gippsland. Ibid, for 1878-79, No. 6 (1880), pp. 39-47 (with Geological Sketch Map of the Russell's Creek Gold Field. Scale : 1 mile to 1 inch).

Remarks on Sites near Smeaton and Clunes, suitable

for bores for testing the relative depths of the Basaltic Rocks, and ascertaining the direction of deep Auriferous Leads. Ihid. 1880, No. 6, pp. 48-51, with—

(o) Plan of portion of Connty of Talbot showing sites recommended for boring for extension of the Deep Leads of Creswick and Clnnes,

126 Catalogue.

MuERAT (R. A. F.) Report on tlie Proposed Scheme for the Underground Drainage of the Sebastopol Plateau, and Durham Lead. Gouchman's Progress Report, for 1880, No. 6, Geol. Survey of Victoria, pp. 51-55, with —

(o) Plan of the Ballarat, Sebastopol, and Buningong Gold Field, in Two sheets. Scale : 2 inches to 1 mile, (h) Plan of Underground workings of the Band of Hope and Albion Consols Company, Ballarat. Scale : 300 feet to 1 inch.

Report on a Coal Seam in the Parish of Barongarook,

near Colac. Ibid. 1880, No. 6, p. 56 (with Plan showing position of Coal Seam discovered near Colac. Scale : 2 miles to 1 inch).

Report on a Coal Seam at the head of Mosquito Creek,

Parish of Moe. Ibid. 1880, No. 6, p. 57 (with Diagrams illustrating occurrence of Coal Seam on Peter Mills' Selection, Parish of Moe. Scale : 40 feet to 1 inch).

and Griscom (C) . Report relative to the Selection of

suitable sites for boring for Coal in the Western Port and

Gippsland Districts. Ibid. 1880, No. 6, pp. 58-59, with —

(o) Map of Western Port and Cape Patterson Cool Fields. Scale : 100

chains to an inch. (6) Sketch map of a portion of the Coal-bearing

Strata of Gippsland, showing sites recommended for boring. Scale :

2 miles to 1 inch.

(S.) Plan of the Hepburn Line of Reefs, Daylesford.

Reports, Mining Surv. and Registrars, Vict. No. 26, March 31st, 1871.

(W.) On a Peculiar Substance in the Limestone Caves

of South Australia. Geologist, 1862, v, p. 63. Nankivell (R.) Plan and Sections of the Beehive Company's

Mine, Maldon, with Remarks. Reports, Mining Surv. and

Registrars, Vict. No. 1, 1870. Plans and Sections of the Great Western Quartz Mining

Company, Beehive Reef, Maldon. Reports, Mining Surv.

and Registrars, No. 3 (? 1872). Napiee (F.) Notes on the Physical Geography of the North

Coast of Australia. Proc. Phil. Soc. Glasgow, 1876, x.

No. 1, pp. 40-50 (map) ; also as a Pamphlet, pp. 11 (8vo.

Glasgow, 1876).

Catalogue. 127

Neuhauss (Otto) Goldvorkommen in Australien. Zeit. der Deuts. OeologiscJi. Gesellsch. 1853, v, p. 267.

Neumatee (Dr. G.) Oa a Project for the Scientific Exploration of Central Australia. Proc. B. Geogr. Soc. 1868, xii, p.

Newbert (J. C.) Geol. Survey of Victoria. Laboratory Eeport for tlie Year 1865. Reports relative to the Geol. Survey of Vict. 1865, No. 14, App. 0. pp. 13-14 (fcap. Melbourne, 1866).

On the Mineral Waters of Victoria. Trans. B. Soc. Vict.

1868, viii, p. 278.

Geological Survey of Victoria. Laboratory Eoport for

the years 1866-67. Beport of the Director, Geol. Survey, Vict.- 1868, No. 15, pp. 20-21 (fcap. Melbourne, 1868).

On the formation of Gold Nuggets in Auriferous Drift.

Ihid. 1869, ix, pt. 2, pp. 52-60. On the Ornamental Stones of the Colony of Victoria.

Ihid. 1869, ix, pt. 2, pp. 79-85. Laboratory Reports of the Mining Department of Victoria.

Examinations, Analyses, and Assays of Specimens from the

Mining Districts. Mineral Statistics of Vict, for the year

1869, App. D, pp. 50-52; Ihid. for the year 1870, No. 4, App. D; Ihid. for the year, 1871, No. 8, App. D, pp. 48-49 ; Ihid. for the year 1872, No. 7, App. D, pp. 55-56 (fcap. Melbourne, 1870-1873).

Laboratory Report of Analyses, Examinations and Assays

of Specimens from Mining Districts of Victoria. Smyth's Progress Beport, Geol. Survey, Vict. 1875, No. 2, pp. 127- 134; Ihid. Beport 3, 1876, pp. 290-307; Gouchman's Progress Beport, Geol. Survey, Vict. 1877, No. 4, pp. 159-175; Ihid. Beport 5, 1878, pp. 177-190; Ihid. Beport 6, pp. 72- — Analyses of a Parcel of Cobaltiferous Manganese Ore, from a dyke at the Little Dorrit Claim, Grant, &o. Ibid, for 1876, No. 4, Geol. Survey,' Vict. 1877, p. 117.

Catalogub.

Newbeby (J. C.) Eeport on the examination of specimens of Black Basalt and Anamesite from Learmontli. Gouchnian's Progress Report, for 1877, No. 5, Geol. Survey, Vict. 1878, pp. 81-82.

Eeports of the Government Analyst on Rocks and Coals

collected at Cape Patterson. Appendix C. Report of the Board, Western Port Coal Fields, pp. 28-29 (fcap. Melbourne, 1872).

On the formation of Hyalite by the action of Ammonia.

Trans. R. Soc. Vict. 1879, xv, pp. 49-51.

Some New Localities for Minerals in Victoria. Ibid.

1880, xvi, pp. 144-45.

New Caledonia — Geology of New Caledonia. Jour. 1876, 3rd ser. xi, pp. 151-152.

Newcastle Coal Field — see Clarke (Rev. W. B.) ; Keene (W.) ; Leichhardt (L.) ; Mackenzie (J.); Plews (H. T.).

New Guinea — see Wilkinson (0. S.) ; Woods (Rev. J. B. T.).

Gold in — see Wilkinson (0. S.).

Newman ( — ) Report on the Tin Mines of Tasmania. Iron, 1875, vi, p. 711.

New South Wales — The Colony of New South Wales. Its Agricultural, Pastoral, and Mining Capabilities, compiled by the Commissioners of the Colonial Government, International Exhibition of 1862, pp. 16 (8vo. London, 1862) (Mining Information, p. 14).

Its Progress and Resources, pp. 31 (8vo. Sydney, 1876).

Geological Surveys. — Papers relating to Geological Surveys, laid upon the Council Table, by the Colonial Secretary, and ordered by the Council to be printed, 2nd December, 1851, pp. 109 (fcap. Sydney, 1852)— see also Beche (Sir H. T. de la) ; Bristow (H. W.) ; Roy (Sir C. A. Fitz-) ; Stutchbury (S.).

Correspondence between the Colonial Secretary (E. Deas

Thomson, Esq.), and the Geological Surveyor (S. Stutchbury, Esq.), relative to. Papers relative to Geol. Surveys, 2nd Dec. 1851, pp. 9-18 (fcap. Sydney, 1852).

Catalogue. 129

New South Wales Gold Districts. Papers relative to the Gold Districts of NewSouth Wales, laid upon the Council Table by the Colonial Secretary, and ordered by the Council to be printed, 24th June, 1852, pp. 17 (fcap. Sydney, 1852) — see Hardy (J. E.).

Mines, Inspectors of — see Slee (W. H. J.) ; Wood (H.).

Mines and Mineral Statistics, 1875. New South Wales,

Intercolonial and Philadelphia International Exhibition.

Mines and Mineral Statistics of New South Wales, and

Notes on the Geological Collection of the Department of

Mines, &o. pp. 252 (8vo. Sydney, 1875), with—

(o) Sketch Map of N. S. Wales, showing the localities of the Principal Minerals, 1S75 : Scale, 50 miles to 1 inch ; and other maps and sections.

— see also Gower (G. H.) j Liveraidge (Prof. A.) ; Moody

Reports of the Gold Fields Wardens, 1874. Mines and

Mineral Statistics, N. 8. Wales, for 1875, pp. 14-48 — see Browne (T. A.) ; Buchanan ( — ) j Clarke ( — ) ; Dalton ( — ) ; De Boos (C.) ; Hutton ( — ) ; Johnston ( — ).

Mines and Mineral Statistics, 1876. Annual Report of

the Department of Mines, N. S. Wales, for the year 1876, pp. V and 184, plans, maps, sections (4to. Sydney, 1877) — see also Liversidge (Prof. A.) ; Mackenzie (J.) ; Masters (J.) ; Slee (W. H. J.)'

Reports of the Gold Fields Wardens, 1876. Ann. Report,

JDept. of Mines, N. 8. Wales, for 1876, pp. 36-73— see Dalton (— ).

Reports of the Mining Registrars, 1876. Ibid, for 1876,

pp. 74-116— see Gower (G. H.) j Margules (H.).

Mines and Mineral Statistics, 1877. Annual Report of

the Department of Mines, New South Wales, for the year 1877, pp. 212, maps, plans, &c. (4to. Sydney, 1878) — see also Wood (H.) ; Pittman (E. F.) ; Masters (J.) ; Lewis (T.) ; Liversidge (Prof. A.) ; Mackenzie (J.) ; Slee (W. H. J.).

130 Catalogue.

New South Wales— Eeports of the Gold Fields Wardens, 1877. Ann. Report, Dept. of Mines, N. S. Wales, for 1877, pp. 58-113 — see also Buchanan ( — ); Dalton ( — ).

Eeports of the Mining Eegistrars, 1877. Ibid, for 1877,

pp. 114-155 — see also Gower (G. H.).

Mines and Mineral Statistics, 1878. Annual Eeport of

the Department of Mines, New South Wales, for the year 1878, pp. 179, maps, &c. (4to. Sydney, 1879) — see also Dixon (W. A.) ; Etheridge (E., jun.) ; Lewis (T.) ; Liversidge (Prof. A.) ; Mackenzie (J.) ; Mueller (Baron P. von) ; Slee (W. H. J.).

— Eeports of the Gold Fields Wardens, 1878. Ann. Report, Dept. of Mines, N. 8. Wales, for 1878, pp. 61-96— see also Dalton (— ).

— Eeports of the Mining Eegistrars, 1878. Ibid, for 1878, pp. 97-133 — see also Dalton ( — ) ; Gower (G. H.) ; Graham

— Mines and Mineral Statistics, 1879. Annual Eeport of the Department of Mines, New South Wales, for the year 1879, pp. 231, maps, &c. (4to. Sydney, 1880) — see also Dixon (W. A.) j Lewis (T.)j Liversidge (Prof. A.); Mackenzie (J.) ; Pittman (B. P.) ; Wilkinson (0. S.) ; and Young

— Eeports of the Gold Fields Wardens, and Mining Eegistrars, 1879. Ann. Report, Dept. of Mines, N. 8. Wales, for 1879, pp. 69-189— see also Browne (T. A.) ; Dalton (— ) j Gower (G. H.) ; Graham ( — ) ; Margules (H.) ; Maybury (C. B. B.); Sharp (B.A.).

Eeports of Geological Survey — see Pittman (B. F.) ;

Wilkinson (C. S.) ; Young (L.) — see also Maps.

Newton (B. T.) On "Tasmanite" and Australian "White Coal." Geol. Mag. 1875, Dec. 2, ii, pp. 337-342, t. 10.

Catalogue. 131

Nicholas (W.) Special Eeporfc on the Geology of tlie Country between Tallarook and Longwood, on the North-eastern Railway, Vict. Reports, Mining Surveyors and Begs. Vict, for the quarter ending March 31st, 1874, pp. 39-40 ; Smyth's Progress Report, No. 2, Geol. Survey, Vict. 1875, pp. 118- 121 (with plan and sections showing the Upper Palaeozoic Eocks between Tallai-ook and Longwood. Scale : 8 miles to 1 inch).

Notes on the Quartz Reefs, or Lodes, of Sandhurst,

Victoria, Australia. Trans. R. Geol. Soc. Cornwall, 1875, ix, pt. i, pp. 78-97.

Report on the Geological Features of the Country near

Mount Piper. Smyth's Progress Report, No. 2, Geol. Survey, Vict. 1875, pp. 121-125 (with plan of the Upper Silurian and Newer Volcanic Rocks between Tallarook and Kilmore. Scale : 8 miles to 1 inch) .

Localities of Minerals which occur in Victoria. Ibid.

No. 3, 1876, pp. 280-288.

Report on the Discovery of Coal at Sunbury. Ibid.

1876, pp. 288-290.

Notes on some Characteristics of Auriferous Quartz Reefs

or Veins. Gouchman's Progress Report for 1876, No. 4, Geol. Survey, Vict. 1877, pp. 145-154 (tables).

Remarks on the Geology and Mining Resources of the

North Waranga Mining Subdivision. Ibid, for 1877, No. 5 (1878), pp. 153-159 (with Geological Sketch Map of portion of the North Waranga Mining Division. Scale : 8 miles to 1 inch).

Quartz Mining at Rushworth. Ibid, for 1877, No. 5

(1878), pp. 160-164 (with Sketch Plan of Gold Workings at Rushworth. Scale: 2 miles to 1 inch).

Quartz Mining at Whroo. Ibid, for 1877, No. 5 (1878),

pp. 165-169 (with Sketch Plan of Gold Workings at Whroo. Scale : 2 mile to 1 inch) .

9

Catalogue.

Nicholas (W.) Quartz Mining at Coy's Diggings. Gouchman's Progress Report, for 1877, No. 5 (1878); Geol. Survey, Vict. pp. 170-171.

Quartz Mining at Clierry Tree Flat and Fontainbleau.

Ibid, for 187.7, No. 5 (1878), pp. 171-174.

NicHOLLS (0. P.) Probability of a Deep Lead of Gold round Melbourne, pp. 14 (Svo. Melbourne, 1865).

Nicholson (0.) On Fossil Bones imbedded in tbe banks of tie Brisbane Eiver, New South Wales. Proc. Geol. 8oc. 1842, iv, p. 23.

(Dr. — ) On Bituminized Wood from an Excavation at

lUawarra. The Sydney Colonist, 1835, i. No. 8, pp. 61-62.

(Prof. H. A.) On the Structure and Affinities of the

Tabulate Corals of the Paleozoic Period with critical descriptions of Illustrative Species, pp. xii and 342, pis. 15 (Svo. Edinburgh, 1879) (Observations on Genera Arceopora, N. and E. pp. 165-168; Stenopora, Lond. pp. 168-177, — On the Structure and Affinities of the Genus MonticuUpora and its Sub-Genera, with critical Descriptions of Illustrative Species, pp. xvi and 240, pis. 6 (8vo. Edinburgh and London, 1881) — (see Stenopora, &c. p. 79). and Btheridge (R., jun.) Description of Palaeozoic Corals,

from Northern Queensland, with Observations on the Genus

Stenopora. Annals Nat. Hist. 1879, iv, pp. 216 and 269;

N. Jahrhueh, 1880, ii, p. 402. Nickel and Cobalt — see Dixon (W. A.) ; Liversidge (Prof. A.) ;

Typke (P. G. W.). Nickels (B.) The Metal Sands of Australia. Mining Jour.

1860, XXX, p. 486. NicoLL (W.) Observations on the Fossil Trees of Van Dieman's

Land. Edinb. N. PMl. Jour. 1831, x, pp. 361-364. On Fossil Wood from Newcastle, New South Wales.

Ibid. 1833, xiv, pp. 155-158, plate 3; Froriep. Notizen,

xxxvil, 1833, col. 5-7 ; Jahrb.fur Mineralogie, 1833, p. 618.

Catalogue. 133

NicoLL (W.) On the Anatomical Structure of Eecent and Fossil Woods. Brit. Assoc. Report for 1834; pt. 2, p. 660.

NissBE (P.) On the Geological Distribution of Gold, &c. Trans. Phil. Inst. Vict. 1860, iv, pp. 15-40.

On the Origin of the Metals in the Pleistocene Detritus.

Melbourne Mining Journal, 1861, iii, p. 99.

NoEFOLK Island — see Maconochie (Capt.).

NoEMAN (W. H.) Victoria Exploration Expedition. Report of Commander Norman, of H.M.C.S. "Victoria," together with Copy of his Journal on the late Expedition to the Gulf of Carpentaria, No. 109, pp. 31 (fcap. Melbourne, 1861-62).

NoEEiB (J. S.) Details of Assays of a picked specimen of Bathurst Gold. Proc. B. 8oc. V. D. Land, 1852, ii, pt. 1, pp.. 154-155.

Analysis of Australian and New Zealand Coals. Sydney

Mag. Science and Art, 1858, i, p. 94.

NoETH Australia — see Earl (G. W.) ; Thompson (H. A.) ; Plnnkett (J. A.).

Western Australia — see Fitton (W. H.) ; Gregory (F. T.) ;

Napier (P.)j Wilson (J. G.).

NowELli (E. C.) Report on the Statistics of Tasmania. Paper relating to Her Majesty's Colonial Possessions, part 1, pp. 218-242 (8vo.).

Nuggets — The " King of Nuggets," the largest specimen of pure Gold found in Australia. American Jour. Sc. 1852, 2nd ser. xiv, p. 440.

. List of Gold Nuggets found in Victoria from 1st October,

1874, to 30th September, 1875. Smyth's Progress Report, No. 3 J Geol. Survey Viet. 1876, pp. 118-119.

List of Gold Nuggets found in Victoria from 1st October,

1875, to 30th Sept. 1876. Gouchman's Progress Report, No. 4, Oeol. Survey, Vict. 1877, p. 49.

134 Catalogue.

Nuggets — List of Gold Nuggets found in Victoria from 1st October, 1876, to 30tli September, 1877. Oouchman's Progress Report, No. 5, Geol. Survey, Vict. 1878, p. 43.

the same, from 1st October, 1877, to SOtli June, 1879,

Rid. No. 6, 1880, p. 35.

(Gold) — see Birkmyre ( — ) ; Murray (A.) ; Newbery

(J. C); Skey (W.) ; Tennant (Prof. J.); Wilkinson

NuLLiPOKES, Fossil — see Waters (A. W.) .

Obituaet Notice — Two Australian Geologists. The Rev. W. B. Clarke, m.a., and Richard Daintree, c.m.g. Nature, 1878, xviii, p. 389— see Clarke (Rev. W. B.) ; Etheridge (R., jun.).

Odeenheimee (Dr. P.) Catalogue of a Collection of Rocks and Minerals from the Gold Pields of the Peel River Land and Mineral Company's Estate, and adjoining District, Liverpool Plains, County of Parry. Gat. Nat. and Indust. Products, N. S. Wales, 1854, pp. 52-65 (4to. Sydney, 1854).

On the Geology of part of the Peel River District in

Australia. Quart. Jour. Oeol. Sac. 1855, xi, pp. 399-402.

Catalogue of a Collection of Rocks and Minerals of the

Peel River Land and Mineral Company's Estate and adjoining Districts, Liverpool Plain, &c. British Cat. .Exposition Zfniverselle, Paris, 1855, pp. 110-112 (large 8vo. London, 1855).

Das Festland Australien Geographische, Naturwissen-

schaftliche und Kulturgeschichtliche Skizzen, pp. 151 (8vo. Wiesbaden, 1861).

" OmcEE, A Retired." — The Friend of Australia ; or, a Plan for Exploring the Interior, and f or carrying on a Survey of the whole Continent of Australia, pp. 428 (8vo. London, 1830), with map and plates.

Olfus ( — von) Goldkrystalle aus Australien. Zeit. Beuts. Geol. Gesellsch. 1855, vii, p- 3. ,

Oliphant (W.) On Lignite from the Ballarat Oold Field. Proc. B. Phys. Soc. Edinb. 1858, i, p. 405.

Organic Eemains (Fossils) — see Dana (Prof. J. D.) ; Duncan (Prof. P. M.) ; Etheridge (E.) ; Btheridge (R., jun.) ; De Koninck (Prof. L. G.) ; Lonsdale (W.) ; McCoy (Prof. F.) ; Moore (C.) ; Owen (Prof. E.) ; Tate (Prof. R.) ; Woods (Rev. J. B. T.).

OsEESKT (A. V.) Ueber das russische Riesen-goldgeschiebe. VerTiandl. K. K. Mineral. Gesellsch. St. Petersb. 1843, pp. 70-80 (References to the Islands Celebes, Borneo, &c.).

Owen (Prof. R.) Odontography, or a Treatise on the Comparative Anatomy of the Teeth, &c. 2 vols. (8vo. London, 1840-45) (Teeth of Dijprotodon, Nototherium, &c. pp. 394- 396, &c.).

Descriptive Catalogue of the Osteological Series contained

in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England (4to. London) (vol. i, 1853, Pisces, Reptilia, Aves and Marsupialia) .

On the Discovery of the Remains of a Mastodontoid

Pachyderm in Australia. Annals Mag. Nat. Hist. 1843, xi, pp. 7-12 ; Neues Jahrb. fixr Min. 1843, p. 372.

Additional Evidence proving the Australian Pachyderm

to be a Dinotherium. With Remarks on the Nature and Affinity of that Genus. Annals Nat. Hist. 1843, xii, pp.

Report on the Extinct Mammals of Australia, with

Descriptions of certain Fossils indicative of the former Existence in that Continent of large Marsupial Representatives of the Order Pachydermata. Brit. Assoc. Report for 1844, pp. 223-240 ; Athenceum, July, 1845 ; Tas. Jour. Nat. 8c. ii. No. 2, pp. 455-56 ; American Jour. Sc. 1846, 2 ser. i, pp. 129-130.

Description of a Fossil Molar Tooth of a Mastodon

discovered by Count Strzelecki in Australia. Annals Mag. Nat. Hist. 1844, xiv, pp. 268-271.

136 Catalogue.

Owen (Prof. E.) On Gigantic Extinct Maramalia in Australia. Edinh. N. Phil. Jour. 1845, xxxviii, pp. 177-178 ; Froriep. Notizen. 18i5, xxxiv, col. 183-184,

On the Geographical Distribution of Extinct Mammalia.

Tas. Jour. Nat. Science, iii, pt. 3, p. 214.

Description of a Fossil Molar Tooth of a Mastodon, &c.

Calcutta Jour. Nat. Hist. 1845, v, pp. 572-576.

On some Outline Drawings and Photographs of the Skull

of Zygomaturus trilobus (Macleay),from Australia. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1858, xiv, pp. 541-543 (abstract) ; Geologist, 1838, i, p. 166 ; Quart Jour. Geol. Soc. 1859, xv, pp. 133 and 166-176, pis. 7 and 8.

Article "Palaeontology." Encyclop. Brit. 1859, xvii,

pp. 91-176 {Thylacinus, p. 158, Diprotodon, and Thylacoleo, p. 175).

On a Collection of Australian Fossils in the Museum of

the Worcestershire Natural History Society, with a description of the lower jaw and teeth of Nototherium inerme (Owen), and N. Mitchelli (Owen), demonstrating their identity with Zygomaturus trilobus of Macleay, from Australia. Geologist, 1858, i, p. 359; Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1859, XV, pp. 176-186, pi. 9.

On the Fossil Mammals of Australia. Pt. i. Description

of a Mutilated Skull of a large Marsupial Carnivore, Thylacoleo carnifex (Owen), from a Conglomerate Stratum, 80 miles south-west of Melbourne. Proc. R. Soc. 1858, ix, p. 685; Phil. Trans. 1859, pp. 161-169; Annals Nat. Eist, 1859, iv, pp. 63-64.

Description of some Remains of a gigantic Land Lizard

{Megalania prisca, Owen). Annals Nat. Hist. 1858, ii, pp. 289-290; Phil. Trans. 1859, cxlix, pp. 43-48, pis. 7 and 8.

— Presidential Address to the British Association at Leeds, 28th Meeting. Brit. Assoc. Report for 1858, pp. xlix-cx (Fossil Marsupials, pp. Ixxxvii and Ixxxix).

Catalogue.

Owen (Prof. E.) Palseontologyj or a Systematic Summary of Extinct Animals and their Geological Relations (8vo. London 1860) (Extinct Australian Marsupials, pp. 393-397) .

On a Mesozoic Form of Life in Australia. Annals Nat.

Hist. 1862, 3rd ser. ix, p. 486.

On the Fossil Mammals of Australia. Pt. ii. Description

of an almost entire Skull of Thylacoleo carnifex (Owen), from a fresh-water deposit. Darling Downs, Queensland, Proc. R. Soc. 1865, xiv, p. 343 ; Phil. Trans. 1866, clvi, p. 73, pis. 3-4.

On the Upper Incisor of Nototherium MitchelU (Owen) .

Annals Nat. Hist. 1866, xviii, p. 475, pi. 14.

On the Anatomy of Vertebrates, 3 vols. (8vo. London,

1866-68) (Monotremata and Marsupialia, vol. ii, pp. 312-63).

On a Collection of Fossil Bones from Risdon, Tasmania.

Papers and Proc. B. Soc. Tas. 1867 (Julie), p. 18.

On the Fossil Mammals of Australia. Part iii. On

Biprotodon Australis (Owen). Proc. B. Soc. 1870, xviii, p. 196; Phil. Trans, clx, p. 519, pis. 35-50.

On the Fossil Mammals of Australia. Part iv. On

the Dentition and Mandible of Thylacoleo carnifex (Owen), with Remarks on the Arguments for its Herbivority. Proc. B. Soo. 1870, xix, p. 95 ; Phil. Trans. 1871, clxi, pp. 213, pis. 11-14.

On the Fossil Mammals of Australia. Pt. v. On the

Genus Nototherium (Owen). Proc. R. Soc. 1871, xix, p. 494 ; Geol. Mag. viii, p. 464 ; Phil. Trans. 1872, clxii, p. 41, pis. 2-11.

— On the Fossil Mammals of Australia. Pt. vi. On the Genus Phascolomys (Geoffrey). Proc. B. Soc. 1871, xx, p. 66 ; Phil. Trans. 1872, clxii, p. 173, pis. 17-23.

— On the Fossil Mammals of Australia. Pt. vii. On the Genus Phascolomys, Species exceeding the existing ones in size. Proc. B. Soc. 1872, xx, p. 306 ; Phil. Trans. 1872, clxii, p. 241, pis. 32-40.

138 Catalogue.

Owen (Prof. R.) On Binornis. Part xix, containing a description of a Femur indicative of a new Genus of large Wingless Bird (Dromornis Australis) from a Post-Tertiary Deposit in Queensland, Australia. Trans. Zool. Soc. 1873, viii, pt. 3, pp. 381-384, pis. 62-63.

On the Fossil Mammals of Australia. Part viii. Family

Macropodidee : Genera Macropus, Osphranter, Phaseolagus, Sthenurus, and Protemnodon. Proc. R. Soc. 1873, xxi, p. 126 ; PUl. Trans. 1874, clxiv, pt. 1, pp. 245-287, pis.

On the Fossil Mammals of Australia. Part ix. Family

Macropbdidffi : Genera Macropus, Pachysiagon, Leptosiagon, Procoptodon, and Palorchestes, Proc. R. Soc. 1873, xxi, p. 886 ; Phil. Trans. 1874, clxiv, pt. 2, pp. 783-98, pis.

On the Physical Configuration of Australia, and its

Geological Causes. Warburton's Journey across the W. Interior of Austr. 8fc. 1875, pp. 294-296.

On the Fossil Mammals of A ustralia. Part x. Family

Macropodidse : The Mandibular dentition and parts of the Skeleton of Palorchestes, with additional Evidences of Sthenurus, Macropus Titan, and Procoptodon. Proc. R. Soc. 1875, xxiii, No. 162, p. 451 (abstract) ; Phil. Trans. 1876, clxvi, pt. i, pp. 197-226.

Researches on the Fossil Remains of the Extinct Mammals of Australia, &c. 2 vols. (4to. London, 1877).

Notice of a Memoir on Additional Evidence recently

obtained as to the occurrence of Extinct Gigantic Birds allied to Dromornis in Australia. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, pt. 1, p. 95.

' Additional Evidence of the Genus Dromornis in Australia. Trans. Zool. Soc. 1877, x, pt. 3, pp. 186-188, pi. 32.

On the Extinct Animals of the Colonies of Great Britain.

Pop. Sci. Review, 1879, No. 11, pp. 253-273 (Australia, p. 265).

Catalogue. 139

Owen (Prof. E.) Description of a Portion of a Mandible and Teeth of a large extinct Kangaroo {Palorchestes erassus, Ow.) from ancient Fluviatile Drift, Queensland. Tran-<. Zool. 8oc. 1880, xi, pt. i, pp. 7-10, pi. 2.

Description of some Remains of the Gigantic Land- Lizard {Megalania prisca, Owen) from Australia. Part 2. Proc. R. 8oc. 1879, xxix, p. 304; Phil. Trans. 1880, clxxi, pt. 3, pp. 1037-1050, pis. 34-38.

OxLEY (J.) Journals of Two Expeditions into the Interior of New South Wales, undertaken by order of the British Government in the years 1817-18, with maps and views of the Interior, or newly discovered Country, pp. 408 (4to. London, 1820).

Report of an Expedition to survey Port Curtis, Moreton

Bay and Port Bowen, &c. Field's Geograph. Mem. on N. S. Wales, c. 1825 (8vo. pp. 1-26) (Notes on the Soils, &c.).

Papees, Parliamentary — see Goalen (Lieut. W. N.) ; Thomson (B. Deas); Roy (Sir—).

Pakkee (W. K.) and Jones (T. E.) Notes on Fossil Foraminifera from the Polyzoal Limestone of Mount Gambier, South Australia. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1860, xvi, p. 261.

Paekinson (J.) Organic Remains of a Former World, &c. 3 vols. (4to. London, 1820) (Fossil Wood from Preservation Island, i, p. 381).

Paeeott (J. S.) Sixteen Sheets of Mining Plans, Hawkins Hill, near Hill End and Tambaroora, N. S. Wales. To accompany Ann. Report, Dept. of Mines, N. 8. Wales, for 1879 (Sydney, 1880).

Pechae (J.) Paris International Exhibition, 1878. Coal and Iron in all the Countries of the World. Compiled from Official Sources and with the assistance of Eminent living Authorities, pp. xvi and 223 (8vo. London, n. d.) (Australia, p. 219).

Peees (J. G.) Special Report on the Bendoc Gold Field. Reports of the Mining 8urv. and Regist. No. 55, 1869.

Catalogob.

Penny (Prof.) Report on the Chemical Qualities and Analysis of a Combustible Mineral Substance from the Mersey- River, Tasmania, &c. Proc. B. Soc. V. D. Land, 1855, iii, pt. 1, p. 108-115.

Report on the Chemical Qualities and Analysis of a

Chemical Substance from Van Dieman's Laud; forwarded by Mr. A. McNaughtan, Hobart Town, through Mr. R. McNaughtan, Glasgow, sent to Sir W. Denison by Mr. McNaughtan. Sydney Mag. Science and Art, 1859, ii, pp.

Pentland (W.) Communication verbal sur les Ossements trouves dans une BrSche calcaire sur la Riviere de Hunter (N. S. Wales). Bull. Soc. Geol. de France, 1830, i, p. 144.

On the Fossil Bones of Wellington Valley, New Holland.

Edinb. N. Phil. Jour. 1832, xii, pp. 301-308 j Jahrb.Jur Mineralogie, 1833, p. 603.

Observations on a Collection of Fossil Bones, sent to

Baron Cuvier from New Holland. Edinb. JSf. Phil. Jour. 1833, xxviii, p. 120, plate 5 ; Froriep. Notizen. 1833, col. 231-233 ; Jahrb. fur Mineralogie, 1833, p. 605.

Peppeecoene (P. S.) Australian Topography. Historical Sketch of the Progress of Inland Discovery in Australia. Waugh's Austr. Almanac for the year 1861, pp. 31-42 ; Ibid, 1862, pp. 29-48 ; Ibid. 1863, pp. 45-51.

Sketches of Australian Geology. Ibid. 1864, pp. 31-50.

Peecy (Dr. J.) The Metallurgical Treatment and Assaying of Gold Ores. Lecture 5, Lectures on Oold, 2nd ed. 1853, pp.

Iron in Queensland. Mining Jour. 1874, xliv, p. 947.

Peeon (M. F.) Voyage de Decouverte aux Terres Australes. Historique, i, pp. 496 (4to. Paris, 1807) (Geological notes scattered through).

and Freycinet (L.) Voyage de Decouvertes aux Terres

Australes, Ac. Historique, ii (4to. Paris, 1816).

Catalogue. 141

Peeon (M. p.) and Freycinet (L.) — An account of Peron's Peninsula in Shark's Bay, W. Australia, &c. Cheek's Edinb. Jour. Nat. and Geogr. Science, 1830, ii, p. 249, t. 6.

Petbemann (A.) On tlie Interior of Australia. Brit. Assoc. Report for 1853, pt. 2, pp. 89-90 (1854).

Zur Physicalisclien Geographie der Australischen Provinz

Victoria. Mittheilungen, 1855, pp. 845-360.

Zur Geographie von Australien und Tasmanien. Ibid. 1856,

pp. 439-443.

Australien nach dem Stande der geographischen Kenntniss

in 1871, nach originalen und offiziellen quellen Kartographisch. Nebst einem geographisch-statistischen Compendium von C. E. Meinicke. Geogr. Mittheilungen. Ergdnzungshand, vi, 1869-71, No. 29, pp. 28. 1 Abtli. : die nordhalfte Anstraliens, in 4 Kartenblattern ; No. 30. pp. 15. 2 Abth. : die siidhalfte Australians, in 4 Kartenblattern (4to. G-otha, 1871), Maassstab, i, 3,500,000 (scattered Geological Notes on Map, &c.).

Petbeswold (W. J.) Eeport on the South Australian Gold Fields. Mining Jour. 1871, xli, p. 322.

Pbteoleum — Correspondence, &c. respecting the existence of Petroleum in New South Wales, pp. 22 (fcap. Sydney, 1867), Map, Sections, &c. (contains a paper by W. Keene, pp. 5-21, with numerous woodcuts).

see Doyle (P.) j Keene (W.).

Peteology — see Howitt (A. W.).

Phaoolitb — see Rath (G. vom).

Phillips (J.) Geology of Gold. Mining Jour. 1857, xxvii,

p. 613.

Geology of Australasia. Ibid. 1855, xxv, p. 274.

On the Gold Field of Ballarat. Quart- Jour. Geol. Soc.

1858, xiv, pp. 538-540 (abstract); Geologist, i, p. 164;

Mining Jour. 1858, xxviii, p. 213.

Phillips (J.) The Discovery of G-old in New South Wales. Mining Jour. 1877, xlvii, p. 1132.

(J. A.) Gold Mining and Assaying ; a Scientific G aide for

Australian Emigrants, pp. xiv and 159 (8vo. London, 1852) (Gold Fields of Australia, p. 14 ; Government Regulations of Gold Fields, p. 133).

Gold Mining and the Gold Discoveries made since 1851.

Jour. 8oc. Arts, 1862, x. No. 495, pp. 419-429.

The Mining and Metallurgy of Gold and Silver, pp. xviii

and 523 (8vo. London, 1867) (Australia, pp. 101, 128, 165).

(T. T.) Analyses of Coals. De la Beche and Playfair's

Third Report on Steam Ooals, pp. 47-55 (Coals from South Cape, Mt. Nicholas, Fingal, Jerusalem, Douglas River, and other Coal Fields, Tasmania, pp. 52-53) — see also De la Beche (Sir-H.).

( — ) Report on the Nun die and Denison localities, the

Upper Peel, and Hunter Rivers, N. S. Wales. Mines and Min. Statistics N. S. Wales, for 1875, pp. 49-53.

Phipson (Dr. T. L.) On Native Zinc and Native Tin from Victoria. Ghem. News, 1862, vi, pp. 47-48.

On the Composition of a Peculiar Substance, which

exudes from a Tertiary Rock in Australia. Ibid. 1862, vi, p 218.

On the Composition of a Peculiar Substance from the

Wallabies Holes, River Murray, South Australia. Geologist, 1862, V, p. 141.

Physical Geography — see Ansted (Prof. T. D.) ; Burr (T.) ; Earl (G. W.) ; Evans (G. W.) ; Jefireys (Lieut. C.) ; Kent (J.) ; King (Capt. P. P.) ; Petermann (A.) ; Selwyn (A. R. C), and Ulrich (G. H. P.) ; Strzelecki (Count).

PiCTET (Prof. F. J.) Trait6 de Paleontologie, ou Histoire Naturelle des Animaux Fossiles, 4 vols. 8vo. (atlas 4to. Paris, 1853-57) (various Genera noticed).

Catalogue. 143

PiTTMAN (E. F.) On the Back Creek, or' 'Barrington Gold Field. Arm. Report, Bept. of Mines, N. 8. Wales, for 1877, pp. 10-11 (1878).

Notes on the Geology of part of the New England

District, N. S. Wales (Appendix D to Geol. Surveyor's Annual Report, 1879). Ibid. 1879, pp. 225-227. Department of Mines. Geological Map of Hill End and

Tambaroora, New South Wales, with two horizontal

sections and sheet of letter-press notes. Scale, vertical and

horizontal, 20 chains to 1 inch (to accompany Ibid. 1879,

Sydney, 1880). PliANTS, Fossil — see Brongniart ( — ) ; Carrathers (W.) ; Clarke

(Rev. W. B.) ; Orepin (P.) ; Dawson (Dr. J. W.) ; Bttings-

hausen (Prof. C. F. von) ; Feistmantel (Dr. 0.) ; Lindley

(J.), and Hutton (W.) ; McCoy (Prof. F.) ; Milligan

(Dr. J.) ; Moore (C.) ; Morris (Prof. J.) ; Miiller (Baron

F. von) ; Schimper (Prof. W. P.) ; Stoliczka (Dr. F.) j

Zigno (Count A. de.) . Playfaie (Dr. L.) On the Chemical Properties of Gold, and on the

mode of distinguishing it from other substances resembling it.

Lecture 3, Lectures on Oold, 2nd ed. 1853, pp. 69-82. Plews (H. T.) On the Coal Field of New South Wales.

N. England Mining Inst. Jour. 1858, vi, pt. 3, pp. 21-48

(plans and plates). Plunkett (J. A.) On the Gold Fields of the Northern Territory

of S. Australia. Harcus' South Australia, &o. 1876,

pp. 168-174 (8vo. London, 1876). PoLYZOA, Fossil — see Busk (Prof. G.) ; Etheridge (R., jun.) ;

Stoliczka (Dr. P.) ; Watts (H.) ; Wilson (J. B.) ; Woods

(Rev. J. E. T.). JPoRT Jackson — Report of the Commission appointed to

inquire into the condition of the Harbour of Port Jackson ;

together with Minutes of Proceedings, Verbal Evidence,

Answers to Queries and Appendix, pp. 105 (fcap. Sydney,

1866) (with Plans, &c.). Phillip — see Westgarth (W.).

144 Catalogue.

Powell (G. S. Baden-) New Homes for the Old Country. A Personal Experience of the Political and Domestic Life, the Industries and the Natural History of Australia and New Zealand, pp. xx and 512 (8vo. London, 1872) (Division 4, Mineral Wealth, p. 235). Peincep (J.) Analysis of several Indian, Chinese and New Holland Coals. Edinh. N. Phil. Jour. 1832, xxvii, pp. Peospecting Operations — Eesame of Prospecting Parties' Operations. Oouchm'cm's Progress Report, No. 4, Geol. Survey, Vict. 1877, pp. 176, with—

(a.) Plan showing area prospected by the Mt. Bailer Party. (6) Plan showing area prospected by the Up. Yarra Party, (c) Plan showing area prospected by the Moyston Party. (d) Plan showing area prospected by the Colac Party, (e) Plan showing area prospected by the S. Gippsland Party, No. 1. (/) Plan showing area prospected by the S. Gippsland Party, No. 2. Scale: 8 miles to 1 inch, {g) Plan showing area prospected by the Nonh Gippsland Party, No. 1. (fi) Plan showing area prospected by the North Gippsland Party No. 2. Scale : 8 chains to 1 inch.

Resume of Prospecting Parties. Ibid. No. 5, 1878,

pp. 190-215 (with map of Victoria, showing areas prospected. Scale : 35 miles to 1 inch) .

see Krause (P. M.) ; Stevens (T.).

Petoe (J.) The Tasmanian Tin Fields. Milling Jour. 1879, xlix, p. 167.

(T. p.) a Brief Outline of the Geographical Position, Population, Climate, Resources, Capabilities, Form of Government, Land Laws, Trade, Revenue, &c. &c. &c. of the Colony of Queensland, pp. 88 (8vo. Brisbane, 1861).

Pyrites, Iron — see Latta (J.) ; Shirers ( — ) .

Qtjaetz Calciner — Wilkinson's — see Wilkinson (D.) ; Selwyn (A. R. C).

Crushing Machine — Appleton's — see Selwyn (A. R. C).

Grinder and Amalgamator. Illustration of Patent

Grinder and Amalgamator, by Denny and Roberts, now at work at the School of Mines, Ballaarat. Ann. Report School of Mines, Ballaarat, 1879 (to face p. 27).

Catalogue. 145

QuAETZ Eeefs and Veins (Tables of, Strike and Dip of), N. S. Wales— see Wood (H.).

Tailings — see Liversidge (Prof. A.).

Queensland — The Mineral Wealth of Queensland. Mining Jour. 1873, xliii, p. 815; Goll. Guardian, 1874, xxvii, p. 767.

Harbours and Rivers — Report from tbe Select Committee

on the Rivers and Harbours of the Colony, together with the Proceedings of the Committee, and Minutes of Evidence, pp. 53 (fcap. Brisbane, 1864).

Gold Mining in. Jour. Soc. Arts, 1881, xxix. No.

1481, p. 452.

Reports of Geological Survey — see Aplin (0. D'O. H.) ;

Daintree (R.) ; Gregory (A. C.) ; Jack (R. L.).

Hand Book for Emigrants to Queensland, Australia, pp.

16 (8vo. n. d.) (Minerals, p. 7).

Queensland as a Field for Emigration, pp. 68 (8vo. n, d.)

(The Gold Fields, p. 33).

Radlbt (W.) A Golden Vision from Australasia. Mining Jour. 1859, xxix, p. 371.

Ralph (T. H.) Observations on the Microscopical Characters presented by a mineral (Dysodil) from Tasmania. Trans. B. 8oc. Vict. 1865, vi, p. 7.

Eanken (W. H. L.) The Dominion of Australia, an Account of its Foundations, pp. viii and 356 (8vo. London, 1874) (Soils, p. 37 ; Geological Surveys, Mining, &c. p. 180 ; Coal Fields of N. S. Wales, Tin, Copper, &c. p. 197).

Rath (M. G. vom) Uber den Phakolith vom Richmond, Victoria, Australien. Monatsberichte K. Ahad. Wissensch. Berlin, aus dem Jahre, 1875, pp. 523-532 ; N. Jahrbuch, 1876, pp. 63- 64 ; Jour. Ghem. 8oc. 1876, i, p. 885.

Kartensectionen der Geological Survey of Victoria.

Verhandl. Naturhist. Vereines des Preussischen Bheinl. und Westfalens. (Sitzungsherichte) , 1878, , p. 4.

146 Catalogue.

Rath (M. G-. vom) Bine topographiscli-montaiiistisclie Karte des Mount Biscliof auf Tasmanien. Verhandl. Naturhist. Vereines des Preussischen Rheinl. und Westfalens. {Sitzv/ngsherichte), 1878, , p. 7.

Herrn Ulricli dem Universitats Museum verehrte Mine-

ralien vor. Ibid. 1878, , p. 8.

Note sur deux nouveaux phosptates du Guano, Hannayite

et Newberyite. Bull. 8oc. Min. de France, 1880, ii, pp.

Ratteat (Dr. A.) Notes on the Geology of Cape York Peninsula. Quart. Jour. Geoi. 8oc. 1869, xxv, p. 297.

Notes on the Physical Geography, CHmate, &c. of

Somerset, Cape York Pensinula. Jour. B. Geogr. Soc. 1868, xxxviii, p. 370; Proc. B. Geogr. Soc. 1868, xii, p.

Eawlinson (T. B.) Report on the Entrance to the Gippsland Lakes, Victoria. Trans. B. Soc. Vict. 1865, vi, pp. 84-90 ;

On the Probable Brosion of the Mountain Ranges of

Gippsland. Ibid. 1866, vii, pp. 29-34.

Notes on the Discovery of some Keys in the Shore

formation of Gorio Bay, near Geelong. Ibid, 1876, xii, pp. 33-43, 5 plates.

On the Past and Present of the Port of Melbourne, and

proposed work for its Improvement. Ibid. 1876, xii, pp. liO-122.

Note on the Coast Line. Formation of the Western

District and Proofs of the uniform condition of Meteorological Phenomena over long periods of time. Ibid. 1878, xiv, pp. 25-34 (plate).

Subterranean Drainage in the Interior (Australia).

Trans. Phil. Soc. Adelaide, for 1877-78, pp. 124-126. Redwat (W.) On the Gold-diggings at Creswick Ci-eek and Ballarat. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1858, xiv, p. 540 (abstract) ; Geologist, i, p. 165; Mining Jour. 1858, xxviii, p. 213.

Catalogue. 147

Reed (0. R.) The Australian Gold Fields (8to. London, 1853).

Reei'S, Auriferous Quartz — see Bland (R. H.) ; Olunes ; Calvert (J.) ; Clarke (Rev. W. B.) ; Couehman (T.) ; Davison (S.) ; Hopkins (E.) ; Ligar (C. W.) ; Murray (R. A. F.) ; Mcliolas (W.) ; Resales (H.) ; Selwyn (A. R. C.) ; Ulricli (G. H. F.).

Reid (G. H.) An Essay on New South Wales, the Mother Colony of the Australians, pp. 173 (Bvo. Sydney, 1876) (Soil, p. 5 j Mineral Progress and Resources, p. 64).

Repoets, Annual and Progress (Geological Surveys, &c.) — see Aplin (C. D'O. H.) ; Baker (Honbl. E. A.) ; Blandowski (W.) ; Brown (H. Y. L.) ; Charters (W. S. C. M.) ; Clarke (Rev. W. B.) ; Conybere (Rev. W. D.) ; Couehman (T.) ; Daintree (R.) ; Dalton (— ) ; Gregory (A. C.) ; Griffin (T. J.) ; Jack (R. L.) ; Krause (F. M.) ; Lucas (Honbl. J.) ; Murray (R. A. F.) ; Selwyn (A. R. C.) ; Smyth (R. B.) ; Stutchbury (S.) ; Ulrich (G. H. F.) ; Wilkinson (C. S.) ; Woods (Rev. J. E. T.).

Mining. — Mining Surveyors' Reports furnished by the

Mining Surveyors of Victoria to the Board of Science, vol. i, 1859 ; vol. ii, 1860 (8vo. Melbourne).

" Resbaech" — Auriferous Drifts in Australasia ; or, the Cause and its Continuity of the Great Geological Convulsions, and the Theory of the Origin and Position of Auriferous Drifts, pp. 61 (8vo. Melbourne, 1868).

Rete (B.) Allgemeine Geschichte des Zinnea. Oesterreichischen Zeits. fur Berg und Hattenwesen, 1880, xxviii.

(Dr.) Tin, and its History. Mining Jour. 1879, xlix,

p. 1299.

Ripple Marks — see Wintle (S. H.).

RoBEET (E.) Aperu des Observations Geologiques faites dans le Nord de FBurope, principalement sur les traces anciennes de la mer, pendant lea annees ' 1837-1838. Voyage au Spitzberg. Bull. Soc. Oeol. de France, 1842, xiii, p. 21 (Remarks on Australian Fauna, p. 25, Note 1).

10

Catalogue.

EoBEETSON (0. G.) On a Locality yielding Upper Silurian FossilS; near Duntroon, N. S, Wales. Sydney Mag. Science and Art, 1858, p. 135.

EoBiNSON (0.) The Progress and Eesources of New South Wales, pp. 25 (8vo. Sydney, 1877); pp. 20 (8vo. Sydney,

1878).

EocKS, Metamorphic — see Howitt (A. W.) ; Woods (Eev. J. B. T.).

Specimens of— see Howitt (A. W.) ; Ulrich (G. H. F.) ;

Winch (K J.).

EosALES (H.) On the Gold Fields of Ballaarat, Eureka, and Creswick Creek, Victoria. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1855, xi, pp. 395-399.

On the Gold Diggings at Ballaarat. Ihid. 1858, xiv,

p. 543 ; Geologist, i, p. 166.

On the Gold Fields of Oreswick Creek and Ballaarat,

Victoria. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1859, xv, pp. 497-503 ; Geologist, ii, p. 95.

(" Pick and Pen ") Essay on the Origin and Distribution

of Gold in Quartz Veins, and its Association with other Minerals, &c. The Vict. Government Prize Essays, pp. 209-239 (8vo. Melbourne, 1861).

Notes on the Copper Mine at Thomson Eiver, Gippsland.

Oouchman's Progress Beport, No. 6 ; Geol. Survey, Vict. 1880, pp. 60-64 (with plan and longitudinal Section of Walhalla Copper Mine, Thomson Eiver. Scale : 160 ft. to 1 inch).

Eoss (J.) South Australia. Mr. J. Eoss's Explorations, 1874, No. 67, pp. 5 (with plan [? Adelaide], 1874).

EoTHEET (F. J.) On the Fitzroy Iron and Coal Mine, at Mittagong. County of Camden. Oat. Nat. and Indust. Products, N. S. Wales, 1854, p. 58 (4to. Sydney, 1854).

Catalogue.

EoY (Governor Sir 0. A. Fitz-) ' Copy of a Despatch from, to the Right Hon. Earl Grey, on the expediency of causing a Mineralogical and Geological Survey of New South Wales. Papers relating to Geol. Surveys, 2nd ser. 1851, No. 1, pp. 1-2 (fcap. Sydney, 1852)— see Bristow (H. W.) ; Beche (Sir H. T. de la).

RtJDDEE (W. B.) Geological Sketch of East Kempsey, Macleay Eiver, New South Wales. Scale : 3 miles to 1 inch. Cat. Nat. Industrial Prods., N. S. Wales ; Paris Univ. Exhib. of 1867 (8vo. Sydney, 1867).

EussELL (H. C.) Climate of New South Wales ; Descriptive, Historical, and Tabular, pp. 65 (8vo. Sydney, 1877).

EuTiLE, Anatase, &c. — see Gould (C).

St. Aenaud Gold and Silver Mines, Yictoria — see Ulrich (G. H. P.).

Salt-producing Lakes — see Selwyn (A. E. C).

Salter (J. W.) Geological Survey of Canada. Figures and Descriptions of Canadian Organic Eemains, Decade I (8vo. Montreal, 1859) (Describes Beceptaculites Australia, Salter) .

Note on the Fossils from Spitzbergen. Appendix to

J. Lamont's "Seasons with Sea-Horses," p. 307 (8vo. London, 1861) (A reference to the occurrence of Productus semireticulatus in Australia, p. 312).

Sampson (L.) The Wheal Fortune Copper Mine, W. Australia. Descrip. Gat. Products and Manufactures, W. Australia, Internat. Exhih. 1862, pp. 13-14 — see Exhibitions, International, 1862 (W. Australia).

Sand— Australian Sand. The N. S. Wales Mag. 1833, No. 3, pp. 165-170.

Dunes — see Etheridge (E., jun.) ; Eawlinson (T. E.).

Sandhurst Gold Field— see Murray (E. A. F.).

Sands, Metalliferous — see Lhotzky (Dr. J.) ; Milligan (Dr. J.) ; Nickels (B.).

Sanger (E. B.) — see Australian Desert,

150 Catalogue.

Saundees (T.) The Asiatic Mediterranean, and its Australian Port ; the Settlement of Port Flinders, and the Province of Albert, in the Gulf of Carpentaria, practically proposed, pp. 120 (8to. London, 1853).

ScHiMPBR (Prof. W. p.) Traite de Palontologie Vegetale, ou la Flore du Monde primitif, &c. 3 vols. 8vo. and 1 vol. plates, imp. 4to. (Paris, 1869-74) (Genus Glossojoteris, &c. described) .

Schist, Combustible — see Archer (W.) ; Tasmanite, or Australian "White Coal."

ScHEAUP (A.) Das Kupfer von Wallaroo. Neues Jahrbueh, 1872, p. 536.

Science, Board of, Victoria, 1859-60 — see Smyth (R. B.).

ScoPEEEN (J.) The Gold 'Seekers' Chemical Guide. The Chemistry of Gold ; its Natural History, Chemical Properties, Modes of Mining, Washing, and Assaying Gold Ores, and hints for distinguishing them from similar substances found in connection with them, pp. 125 (8vo. London, n. d.).

Scott (A. W.) Mammalia, Recent and Extinct; an Elementary Treatise for the use of the Public Schools of N. S. Wales ; Section B, Primata (Seals, Dugongs, Whales, &c. &c.), pp. xii, 141 and vii (8vo. Sydney, 1873).

(Rev. Archdeacon) Geological Remarks on the Vicinity

of Swan River and Garden Island, on the Coast of West Australia. Proc. Geol. 8oc. 1831, i. No. 21, pp. 320-321.

( — ) Sur la Geologic de la Nouvelle Galles Meridionale

et de Van Diemen. Bull, des Sciences Nat. et de Geologie, 1826, No. 11, p. 285.

ScouLAE (G.) On the Origin of Mineral Veins, with special reference to the Barosaa District (abstract) . Trans. Phil. Soc. Adelaide for 1877-78, pp. 75-76.

'- The Geology of the Hundred of Munno Para. Pt. i,

The newer Tertiary Rocks. Ibid. 187879, pp. 60-70.

Catalogue. 151

ScouLAR (6.) The Geology of the Hundred of Munno Para. Part ii. The Upland Miocene and Fundamental Eocks, and Economics. Trans. B. 8oc. S. Australia, 1880, iii, pp. 106-128, pis. 5 and 6.

Sections, Geological — see Btheridge (R., jun.) and Murray (R. A. P.) ; Brown (H. Y. L.) ; Murray (R. A. P.) ; Ulrich (G. H. P.) and Brown (H. Y. L.).

Seemann (Dr. B.) Australia and Europe formerly one Continent. Fo). 8ci. Review, 1866, v, pp. 18-28.

Selheim (P. H.) Report on the Edwardstown Gold Pield. The Queenslamder, 1875, n. ser. x. No. 7, p. 24.

SelwYn (A. R. 0.) Geological Surveyor's Report on the Geology, &o. of the country between Melbourne and Western Port. Geological Survey of Victoria (fcap. Melbourne, 1854).

Report on the Geology and Mineralogy of Mount

Alexander and the adjacent Country lying between the Rivers Loddon and Campaspe, pp. 3, with map (fcap. Melbourne, 1853); also Pari. Blue Boole, Dec. 1854, pp. 102- 103, with map (fcap. London, 1855).

Geological Survey of Victoria — Report of Geological

Surveyor on the Coal Fields near Cape Patterson, 1853-54. A. No. 39 (fcap. Melbourne, 1854).

The Geology and Mineralogy of the Mount Alexander

District, Victoria. Quart. Jour. Geol. 8oc. 1854, x, pp.

On Australian Geology. Edinh. N. Phil. Jour. 1855,

n, ser. i, pp. 171-172 (Extract from a Letter to Prof. A. C. Ramsay, e.e.s., dated May 19th, 1854).

Report on the Geological Relations of some of the Coal

Seams of Van Dieman's Land, their probable extent and relative economic value. No. 9, pp. 13 (fcap. Hobart Town, 1855) (Sections) ; and Proc. B. 8oc. Tas. 1855, iii, pt. 1, pp. 116-141 {plates).

Selwyn (A. E. C.) Report of Progress of tlie Geological Survey of Yictona, from date of commencement (fcap. Melbourne, 1856).

Report on the Geological Structure of the Colony, the

Basin of the Tarra, &c. 1855-1856. Geological Survey of Victoria (fcap. Melbourne, 1856).

The Geology of the Gold Fields of Victoria. Quart. Jour.

Geol. 8oc. 1858, xiv, pp. 533-538 ; Phil. Mag. 1858, xv, p. 400; Geologist, i, p. 163; Mining Jour. 1858, xxvuijp. 213.

Notes on the Geology of South Australia. Geologist,

1859, ii, p. 292; Phil. Mag. 4th ser. xviii, p. 77.

Notes on the Geology of Victoria. Quart. Jour. Geol.

8oc. I860, xvi, pp. 145-150.

— The Geology of the Colony of Victoria. Intercolonial Exhib. Essays, pp. 175-209 (8vo. Melbourne, 1861).

— Geological Notes of a Journey in South Australia, from Cape Jervis to Mount Serle. Proc. B. Geogr. Soc. 1861, V, pp. 242-244.

— General Report on the Progress and Requirements of the Geological Survey of Victoria to 31st Dec. 1860, No. 43, pp. 34 (fcap. Melbourne, 1862) (maps, plates, &c.).

— Index Map to the Geological Survey of Victoria, showing the progress up to the 30th June, 1862. Scale : 32 miles to 1 inch (Melbourne, 1862).

— Report on the Examination of Coal Fields and other Districts, Jan. to Dec. 1860, with particidars of Expenditure on Coal Fields. Report 2. Geological Survey of Victoria, Report for 1861-62, pp. 9-15, No. 43 (fcap. Melbourne, 1862) (with an Appendix, "List of Minerals known in Victoria," pp. 14-15).

Catalogue. 153

Selwyn (A. R. 0.) Mining and Geological Survey of Victoria.

Reports and Papers relative to tlie Mining and Geological

Survey of Victoria, 1863 ; and Geological Sketcli Map to

accompany same, No. 36, pp. 46, witli appendices (fcap.

Melbourne, 1863), contains —

(a) Index Map to the Geol. Survey of Victoria, allowing the Progress up to the 30th April, 1863. Scale : 32 miles to 1 inch, (b) Section of Dr. Hedlej's Boring for Coal. Vert, scale : 12 ft. to 1 inch.

see also Aplin (0. D'O. H.) and Ulrich (G. H. F.); Taylor (N.)j Brache (J.); Wilkinson (D.).

Reports relative to the Examination of Coal Fields.

Beports and Papers, Mining and Geol. Survey, Victoria, 1862-63, No. 36, pp. 11-18 (fcap. Melbourne, 1863), comprising —

(a) Geelong District, (b) Cape Patterson and Western Port, (c) Wannon and Portland Bay Districts.

Report on tlie Expenditure of the Vote Division No. 53,

Subdivision No. 2. Item — Expense of Testing and Reporting on New Inventions and Discoveries relating to Mining, £250. (a) Wilkinson's Process for Calcining Quartz. Ihid. No. 36, pp. 19-24, comprising letters from Bland (R. H.)j Wilkinson (D.); Thompson (H. A.); Davies

Report on the Expenditure of the Votp Division No. 53,

Subdivision No. 2. (6) Appleton's Quartz Crushing Machine. Ihid. No. 36, p. 25 — see Appleton (H.).

Victoria, geologically coloured (in 8 sheets) . Scale :

8 miles to an inch (Melbourne, 1863).

Report of the Director of the Geological Survey of

Victoria for the period from June, 1863, to Sept. 1864, with Appendices, No. 44, pp. 28 (fcap. Melbourne, 1865) —see ApUn (C. D'O. H.) ; Wilkinson (0. S.).

Reports relative to the Geological Survey of Victoria,

1865, No. 14, pp. 27 (fcap. Melbourne, 1866) (with Appendices) .

Catalogue.

Selwyn (A. E. 0.) Report on Bores, Western Port and Oape Patterson Coal Fields. Reports relative to the Geol. Survey of Victoria, 1865, No. 14, Appendix E, pp. 21-22 (fcap. Melbourne, 1866).

Geological Department, Report of ; on Auriferous Drifts

and Quartz Reefs, pp. 2 (fcap. Melbourne, 1866) (witli sheet of Horizontal sections, Ballaarat and Moorabool Valleys, and Ballanee Estate) .

Geological Survey of Victoria. Report on Salt-producing

Lakes. Report 0, No. 2, pp. 4 (fcap. Melbourne, 1866).

Cape Patterson Coal Fields. Report on Coal Seams,

Cape Patterson, witli plan and section, pp. 4 (fcap. Melbourne, 1867) accompanied by —

(o) Plan of Coal Seams at Cape Patterson. Scale: 10 chains to 1 inch. (6) Section showing probable course of '' Queen " Vein from its Outcrop, &c. Scale: 20 ft. to 1 inch.

Report on the Economical adaptability of the System of

Artesian Wells to Victoria, 1866-67. Geological Survey of Victoria (fcap. Melbourne).

Geological Survey of Victoria. Report of the Director

of the Geological Survey of Victoria for the year 1867, pp. 23 (fcap. Melbourne, 1868).

Coal Fields. Report on Expenditure of the Vote in aid

of Search for workable Coal Seams. Report of the Director, Geol. Survey, Vict. 1868, No. 15, pp. 12-19 (fcap. Melbourne, 1868).

The Geological Map of Australia (by R. B. Smyth).

Mining Jour. 1873, xliii, p. 251.

and Ulrich (G. H. P.) Notes on the Physical Geography,

Geology, and Mineralogy of Victoria. Intercolonial Exhihition Essays, 1866, pp. 91 (map, section, &c.) (8vo. Melbourne, 1866). — with Ulrich (G. H. F.), Aplin (C. D'O. H.), Etheridge (R., jun.), and Taylor (N.) A descriptive Catalogue of the Rock Specimens and Minerals in the National Museum, collected by the Geological Survey of Victoria, &c. pp. 96 (8vo. Melbourne, 1868).

Catalogue. 155

(A. R. 0.) and Aplin (C. D'O. H.) Geological Survey of Victoria. Quarter Sheet 1, N. W. (North Melbourne). Scale : 2 inches to 1 mile (Melbourne, n. d.) .

Sharp (E. A.) Eeport for 1879 on the Barrington Gold Fields. Ann. Report, De;pt. of Mines, N. 8. Wales, for 1879, pp.

Shaepe ( — ) Eeport on the Tambaroora and Turon District (Gold Field). Ibid. pp. 38-44 j Ibid, for 1877, pp. 59-69.

Shieess ( — ) On the Decomposition of Pyrites. Trans. B. 8oc. Vict. 1868, viii, p. 41.

Sholl (R. J.) Journal of an Expedition from Camden Harbour to the South of the Glenelg River, North-western Australia. Jour. B. Geogr. 8oo. 1866, xxxvi, p. 203 (Mineral Notes, p. 227).

Sidney (S.) The Three Colonies of Australia — New South Wales, Victoria, and South Australia ; their Pastures, Copper Mines, and Gold Fields (8vo. London, 1852) (South Australian Copper Mines, pp. 217, 367, 371. History of Gold Discovery, pp. 379-414) (second edition, London, 1853).

SiLLiMAN (B.) Note on Wollongongite, a remarkable Hydrocarbon, found in the WoUongong District of the Illawarra Coal Field, New South Wales. American Jour. 8ci. 1869, 2nd ser. xlviii, p. 85 ; N. Jahrbuch, 1870, p. 228.

Silver— see Dixon (W. A.) ; Moore (T.) ; Ulrich (G. H. F.) ; Young (L.).

Simpson (P.) Report on the Raggedy Gully near Percydale, with a Plan of the Locality. Beports Mining 8urv. and Registrars, Vict. 30th September, 1871, No. 103, p. 31.

SiNCLAiE (D. M.) Report on the Talgai and Canal Creek Gold Fields, Queensland, for the year 1867, pp. 1 (fcap. Brisbane, 1868).

Catalogue,

Skene (A. J.) Map of the District of Geelong. Scale : 8-25 miles to 1 inch (shows Volcanic Hills).

and Smyth (R. B.) Report on the Physical Character and

Resources of Gippsland, pp. 65 (8vo. Melbourne, 1874) ; 2nd edit. pp. 67 (8vo. Melbourne, 1875), contains —

(a) Map of Gippsland. Scale : 16 miles to 1 inch, (b) Sketch of a Geological section from Bairiisdale to Bright. Scales : Bor. J inch to 1 mile ; Vert, i inch to 1000 ft.

Skey (W.) Critical Notes upon the alleged nucular action of Gold upon Gold reduced from solution by Organic Matter. Chemical News, 1874, xxx, pp. 162-163.

On the Formation of Gold Nuggets in Drift. Ihid. 1874,

XXX, pp. 172-174.

SiMMONDS (P. L.) The Coal Resources of our Colonies. No. 2, New South Wales and Victoria. Mining Jour. 1875, xlv, p. 192.

SiNNET (F.) An Account of the Colony of South Australia, prepared for distribution at the Intercolonial Exhibition, pp. 96 (8vo. London, 1862) (Mines, pp. 57-70).

Slee (W. H. J.) Annual Report of the Inspector of Mines for N. S. Wales. Ann. Report, Deft, of Mines, N. S. Wales, for 1876, pp. 116-126 (1877) (with plan showing position of Mines at Adelong. Scale : 16 chains to an inch).

Annual Report of the Inspector of Mines for New South

Wales. Ibid, for 1877, pp. 155-163 (with Notes on the Cargo, Ironbarks, Stoney Creek, and Muckerawa Gold Fields).

Annual Report of the Inspector of Mines. Ibid, for

1878, pp. 133-136.

Sluicing and Hydraulic Machinery — see Wright (P.).

Smallet (G. R.) On certain possible Relations between Geological and Astronomical Observations. Trans. Phil. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1862-65, p. 338 (1866).

Smelting — The Smelting Trade in New South Wales. Mining Jour. 1846, xvi, p. 486.

Smelting in New South Wales. Ibid. 1852, xxii, p. 66.

Works — see Austin (J. B.).

Catalogue. 157

Smith (Adam) Notes on the Gold Fields of Ballarat. Proc. B. PJiys. 8oc. Minb. iii, p. 409.

(J.) On the Separation of Gold from Mundic Quartz.

Olarhe's Southern Gold Fields, App. F. p. 278 (1860).

Plan and Sections of the Underground Workings of the

Sadowa Gold Mining Go.j Talbot. Reports of the Mining Surveyors and Registrars, Vict., No. 74, 1869.

(Honbl. Prof.) Anniversary Address, delivered to the

Royal Society of N. S. Wales, 28 May, 1879. Jour. R. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1880, xiii, pp. 1-26 (Contains an Obituary Notice of the Rev. W. B. Clarke, f.k.s., &c.).

Smyth (R. B.) On the Comparative Value and Durability of the Building Materials in use in Melbourne. Trans. Phil. Soc. Vict. 1855, i, pp. 24-33.

On the Influence of the Physical Character of a Country

on the Climate. Ibid. 1855, i, pp. 203-221 (with sections).

On the Extinct Volcanoes of Victoria. Quart. Jour. Geol.

Soc. 1858, xiv, pp. 227-235 ; Phil. Mag. 1858, xv, p. 74.

On a New Mineral from Mclvor (Heathcote). Trans.

" Phil. Inst. Vict. 1858, ii, pp. 17-19. : Victoria, Board of Science, Second Annual Report for

1859-60, No. 48, pp. 40 (fcap. Melbourne, 1860). Mining and Statistics of Gold. Intercolonial Mxhib.

Essays, Victoria, pp. 99-130 (8vo. Melbourne, 1861). The Prospector's Handbook; a Catalogue of Useful

Minerals which may be sought for and found in Victoria,

pp. 30 (12mo. Melbourne, 1863). On the Unexplored Districts of Victoria. Trans. R.

Soc. Vict. 1865, vi, p. 62. The Mining and Mineral Statistics of Victoria, pp. 42 . Inter-

colonial Exhibition Essays, Victoria (8vo. Melbourne, 1866). — Catalogue of Minerals, Rocks and Fossils, which have been collected in the Colony by the Mining Department, Melbourne, Victoria, pp. 103 (8vo. Melbourne, 1866).

158 CATALOGTJl.

Smyth (R, B.) Victoria, Report on tlie Present Condition of the Geological Survey of the Colony, No. 11, pp. 8 (fcap. Melbourne, 1870) (with map).

On the Age of the Auriferous Deposits of Australia.

Geol. Mag. 1872, ix,.S36.

Victorian Exhibition, 1872. International Exhibition,

1873. Mining and Mineral Statistics ; with Notes on the Rock Formations of Victoria : to which is added a Sketch of a New Geological Map of Victoria. Internat. {Victorian) Exhibition Essays, 1873, No. 1, pp. 119 (8vo. Melbourne, 1872).

Victoria, Geological Survey of the Colony. Report of

Progress. Presented to both Houses of Parliament by His Excellency's command, No. 7, pp. 54 (with horizontal and vertical sections) (fcap. Melbourne, 1874).

Geological Survey of Victoria. Report of Progress for the

year 1873, No. 1, with Sub-Reports. Report on the Mineral Resources of Ballarat, by Reginald A. P. Murray ; and Reports on the Coal Fields of Loutit Bay, Apollo Bay, and the Wannon, by the Board appointed to Report on the Coal Fields of the Colony, pp. viii and 135, plates, maps, sections (8vo. Melbourne, 1874) — see Murray (R. A. F.) ; Krause (F. M.) ; Smyth (R.B.) ; Hodgkinson (C.) and Couchman

Report on the Coal Field in the Wannon District. Ibid.

1874, pp. 119-124 (with Geological Sketch Map of Country in the Counties of Dundas, Borung, and Ripon. Scale : 8 miles to 1 inch).

Geological Survey of Victoria. Report of Progress for

the year 1874, No. 2, with Reports on the Geology, Mineralogy and Physical Structure of various parts of the Colony, pp. vi and 141, with plates, maps and sections (8vo. Melbourne, 1875)— see Howitt (A. W.) ; Murray (R. A. F.) ; Etheridge (R., jun.) ; Taylor (N.) ; Krause (F. M.) ; Nicholas (W.) ; Ulrich (G. H. F.) ; Newbery (J. C).

Catalogue. 159

Smyth (E. B.) On the Geological Specimens collected on the Expeditions of Mr. J. Forrest across Australia. Forrest's Explorations in Australia (8vo. London, 1875) (Appendix pp. 327-28). '

Report on the Geological Specimens collected on the

W. Australian Exploring Expedition, commanded by John Forrest, e.e.g.s., 1875. Journal of Proceedings, 1875, p. 39— see Forrest (J.).

First Slietch of a Geological Map of Australia. Scale :

1 : 7,000,000, or 110 miles to 1 inch (Melbourne, 1875).

Victoria. Report of the Chief Inspector of Mines to the

Honorable the Minister of Mines, for the years 1874- 1875, presented to both Houses of Parliament by Hi3 Excellency's command (fcap. Melbourne, 1875-76).

Geological Survey of Victoria. Report of Progress for

the year 1875, No. 3, with Reports on the Geology, Mineralogy, and Physical Structure of various parts of the Colony, pp. viii and 307, maps, plates and sections (8vo. Melbourne, 1876)— see Krause (P.M.); Murray (R. A P.); Howitt (A. W.) ; Taylor (N.) ; Cowan (T.) ; Nicholas (W.) ; Newbery (J. C).

The Aborigines of Victoria : with Notes relating to the

Habits of the Natives of other parts of Australia and Tasmania. Compiled from various sources for the Government of Victoria, 2 vols. (impl. 8vo. Melbourne and London, 1878) (Stone Implements, and Geological Notes, 1, p. 357).

Report on the Gold Mines of the South-eastern Portion

of the Wynaad and the Carcoor Ghat, with Appendices, pp. 99 (fcap. London, 1880) (Australian references scattered through) .

and Couchman (T.) Report on the Coal Field at Apollo

Bay. Smyth's Progress Report, No. 1, Geol. Survey Vict. 1874, pp. 113-117.

see Stoney (Capt. H. B.) .

Catalogue.

Smyth (W. W.) On the Dressing, or Mechanical Preparation of Gold Ores. Lecture 4!, Lectures on Gold, 2nd edition, 1853, pp. 91-120.

Australia and California. The Diggings and the Mines.

Mining Jour. 1865, , p. 576.

A Rudimentary Treatise on Coal and Coal Mining, 5 th

edition, pp. xii and 261 (12mo. London, 1880) Coal Fields of Asia and the Southern Hemisphere, p. 98).

Soils — seeParrer (W.) ; Hodgkinson (C.) ; Strzolecki (Count) ; Voelcker (Dr. A.).

SoLLAS (W. J.) On the changes produced in the Siliceous Skeletons of certain Sponges by the Action of Caustic Potash. Annals Nat. Elst. 1877, xx, pp. 285-300 (The Genus Purisiphonia referred to) .

SoMMEB (Dr. F. von) Catalogus der Geologische Bestanddeelen van Nieaw-HoUand. Verhandl. Batavia. Genootschap, 1849, xxii; also as a Pamphlet, pp. 9 (4to. Batavia, 1849).

A Sketch of the Geological Formation and Physical

Structure of Western Australia. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1849, V, pp. 51-53.

SoTJUDiNGS, Deep Sea — see Clarke (Rev. W. B.).

S. Atjstealia. — South Australia, its Geology and Mineralogy. Mining Jour. 1859, xxix, p. 491 (Abstract of a Report by Mr. Trewartha, on the Mineral Districts of the Colony, North of Adelaide) .

On the Geology of South Australia. Geologist, 1862, v,

p. 345.

see Burr (T.) ; Capper (H.) ; Dutton (P.) ; Harcus (W.)j

Hargraves (B. H.) ; Menge (J.) ; Sinnet (F.) ; Woods (Rev. J. E. T.).

SowEEBT (G. B.) Descriptions of Palaeozoic Shells from Van Dieman's Land. Darwin's Geological Ohs. on Vole. Islands, 1844, App. pp. 158-160.

SowEEBT (B. G .) An Account of the Fossil Mollusca (Pliocene Series), from New Holland and Van Diemans Land. Strzelecki's Phys. Description of N. 8. Wales and V. D. Land, 1845, pp. 296-298, pi. 19.

Speeches — Speeches delivered at the Australian Anniversary- Dinner in commemoration of the Foundation of the First of the Australian Colonies, held at " The Albion," Aldersgate Street, London, on Tuesday, the 26th of January, 1858, pp. 35. (8vo. London, n.d.) (Speech by Sir E. I. Murchison, on the Existence of Grold in Australia, p. 28) .

" Spitfiee,' Government Schooner — Report of the Proceedings of the Queensland Government Schooner " Spitfire,' in search of the mouth of the River Burdekin, on the Northeastern Coast of Australia : and of the Exploration of a portion of that Coast, extending from Gloucester Island to Halifax Bay, pp. 42 (8vo. Brisbane, 1860) — see Dalrymple

Sponges, Fossil — see Bowerbank (Dr. J. S.) ; Carter (H. J.) ; SoUas (W. J.).

Sporangia, in Coal — see Dawson (Dr. J. W.) ; Huxley (Prof. T. H.); Newton (B. T.).

Speent (C. P.) Tasmania. Mr. Sprents Report on Mount Bischoff and Country round. No. 43 (fcap. Hobart Town, 1876), with Sketch map of the River Pieman and vicinity. Scale : 2 miles to 1 inch.

Stagg (R.) Report on the result of the Assaying of Lead Ore from South Australia. The S. Austr. Register, 1842, v. No. 242.

Stanley (Capt. Owen) — see Stokes (Capt. J. Lort).

Statistical Accounts — see Wentworth (W. C).

Statistics — see Stirling (Sir J.).

Mineral — see Baker (H-onbl. E. A.) ; Barat (C.) ; Robinson

(C.) ; Russell (H. 0.) ; Smyth (R. B.) ; Suttor (Honbl. W. H.) ; Tayler (J.).

162 Catalogue.

Statistics, Mining — Summary of Mining Statistics furnished by the Mining Surveyors of Victoria to the Mining Department (8vo. Melbourne, 1862) (One part for each month of the year).

Stephen (Gr. M.) On the Gems and Grold Crystals of the Australian Colonies. Quart. Jour. Geol Soc. 1854, x, pp. 303-308.

On the Gems of Australia, &c. Trans. JR. Soc. N. 8.

Wales for year 1872, pp. 75-82.

Letter on the Discovery of Gold in New Caledonia, and

Tin in New South Wales. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1872, xxviii, p. 42.

Stephens (T.) On the Coal Seam at Mangana, Tas. Papers and Proe. B. Soc. Tas. 1863 (April), pp. 1-3.

General Eemarks on the Origin of Drift Gold, with

special reference to the probability of the Existence of Deep Leads at Fingal. Ibid. 1865 (October), pp. 106-108.

Eemarks on the Geological Structure of Part of the

North Coast of Tasmania, with special reference to the Tertiary Marine Beds near Table Cape. Ibid. 1869 (May), pp. 17-21.

Notes on the occurrence of Gold at Port Cygnet. Ibid.

1869, p. 55.

Note on a hollow spherical mass of Iron Ore from Hope

Island, Port Esperance. Ibid, for 1873 (March), p. 2 {foot note) .

The Mersey Coal Measures, Tasmania. Ibid, for 1873

(August), pp. 36-38 (1874).

On Tasmanian Silurian Fossils. Ibid, for 1874 (July),

p. 27.

On Specimens of the Strata traversed by the Prospecting

Shaft at Spring Bay, Tasmania. Ibid, for 1875 (July), pp.

Catalogue. 163

Stephens (T.) On three Specimens from the Prospecting Shaft, Spring Bay. Papers and Proc. B. Soc. Tas. for 1875 (September), pp. 83-84.

On Tasmanian Specimens of Fossil Wood. Ibid, for

1876 (March), pp. 2-3.

Eemarks on Tasmanite or Dysodil. Ibid, for 1876

(March), pp. 4-5.

Notes on the Coal Shaft at Spring Bay, Tas. Ibid.

for 1876, p. 74 (1877).

— Notes on the Hobart Town Storage Eeservoir. Ibid, for 1877, pp. 77-80 (1878).

— On a specimen of so-called Devonian " Marble" from Maria Island. Ibid, for 1878, p. 6 (1879).

— Notes on a Visit to the " Hot Spring,' near Southport, in 1877. Ibid, for 1878, pp. 63-64 (1879).

— (W. J.) Presidential Address at the Annnal General Meeting, Jan. 1879, Linnean Soc. of New South Wales. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1879, iii, pt. 4, pp. 414-443.

(D.) Australian and Tasmanian Tin Ore. Mining Jour.

1879, xlix, p. 191.

Stirling (P. Gr.) Australian and Californian Gold Discoveries (8vo. London, 1852).

(— ) The Gold Mines of Australia (8vo. Paris, 1853).

Stokes (Capt. J. Lort) Discoveries in Australia; with an Account of the Coasts and Eivers Explored and Surveyed during the Voyage of H.M.S. Beagle, in the years 1837-43, by command of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty; also a Narrative of Capt. Owen Stanley's Visits to the Islands in the Arafiira Sea, 2 vols. (8vo. London, 1846).

Stoliczka (Dr. P.) Possile Bryozoen aus dem Tertiaren Griindsandsteine der Orakei Bay bei Aukland. Palaontologie von Neu-Seeland. Novara Expedition, Geologischer Thei], Band i, Ath. 2, pp. 87-158, pis. 17-20 (4to.).

11

164< Catalogue.

Stoliczka (Dr. F.) Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India ; Palseontologia Indica ; Cretaceous Pelecypoda of Southern India, vol. iii, pp. xxii and 537, plates 50 (4to. Calcutta, 1871) (Critical Kemarks on the Austi-alian Fossil Genera of Pelecypoda) .

Stone Implements — see Cox (Dr. J. C.) ; Smyth (R. B.).

Stones, Building and Ornamental — see Hull (Prof. E.); Knight (.J. G.) ; Newbery (J. C.) ; Smyth (R. B.) ; Thompson

Stonet (Capt. H. B.) Victoria: with a Description of its Principal Cities, Melbourne and Geelong, &c. pp. 219 (8vo. London, 1856) (Contains letter by R. B. Smyth on "Rocks from the Maryborough Gold Fields," p. 160).

Stirling (Sir J.) Statistical Report upon the Colony of Western Australia, drawn up to the end of June, 1837. Appendix, Report on the Present State and Condition of the Colony of W. Australia, pp. xii (fcap. Perth, 1838) (Geological Characters, p. ii).

(P. J.) Californian and Australian Gold. Gentleman's

Mag. 1858, xxxix, pp. 608-613.

Steeetee (B. W.) Precious Stones and Gems, their History and distinguishing Characteristics, pp. ix and 264 (8vo. London, 1877) (Australian Diamonds, p. 75).

Stezeleoki (Count) Notes on an Excursion in North-west Tasmania. Tas. Jour. Nat. Science, i, pp. 76-78.

On certain Varieties of Australian Coal. Ibid, i, p. 190.

Analysis of Soils at Mona Vale, Tasmania. Ibid, ii.

No. 9, table opp. p. 308.

— : — Report on the Geographical Mineralogy of New South Wales. App. C, Sir George Gipps's Despatch, dated Sydney, 28th Sept. 1840, pp. 11-17 (with Map showing Route from Yass Plains by the Australian Alps and Gippsland to Port Phillip, 1840).

Catalogue. 165

Stezelecki (Count) Physical Description of New South Wales and Van Dieman's Land, accompanied by a Geological Map, Sections, Diagrams, and Figures of the Organic Remains (8vo. London, 1845) — sea Morris (Prof. J.); Lonsdale (W.).

Gold and Silver. A Supplement to the Physical Description of New South Wales and Yan Dieman's Land (8vo. London, 1856).

Stuaet (J. McD.) On an Expedition into the Interior of South Australia. Proc. B. Geogr. Soc. 1860, iv, p. 77.

Journal of his Expedition across the centre of Australia,

from Spencer's Gulf on the South to Lat. 18° 47' on the North. Ibid. 1861, v, p. 55; Petermann's MittJieilung, 1861, pp. 174-194.

Journal of Australian Exploration. Jour. R. Oeogr. Soc.

1861, xxxi, pp. 65-83, 84-100, 100-145.

Explorations of Central Australia. Proc. R. Geogr. 8oc.

1862, vi, pp. 8-11.

Diary of Explorations to the North of the Murchison

Range in Lat. 20° S., 1860-61. Jour. R. Geogr. Soc. 1862, xxxii, pp. 340-371.

Exploration from Adelaide across the> Continent of Australia. Proc. R. Geogr. Soc. 1863, vii, pp. 82-83; Ibid.

1863, xxxiii, pp. 276-321.

Explorations across the Continent of Australia. With

Charts, 1861-62, pp. 97 (8to. Melbourne, 1863).

Stuet (Capt. Charles) Two Expeditions into the Interior of Southern Australia during the years 1828-31, 2 vols. (8vo. London, 1833) (with maps and plates of Fossils, &c.).

Overland Communication with NeW South Wales. Official

Report of Captain Sturt. S. Australian Gazette, Jan. 12th, 1839; Royal S. Austr. Almanack for 1889, pp. 48-54.

Account of the Exploring Expedition from South Australia into the Interior of New Holland. Tas. Jour. Nat. Science, iii. No. 3, pp. 182-208.

166 Catalogue.

Stuet (Capt. Charles) Narrative of an Expedition into Central Australia, performed under the authority of H.M. Government, during the years 1844-1846; together with a Notice of the Province of South Australia in 1847, 2 vols. (8vo. London, 1849).

and Others. Communications on an Australian Expedition. Brit. Assoc. Beportfor 1854, pt. 2, p. 125 (1855).

Stutchbuet (8.) Correspondence relating to the Appointment of, as Geological Surveyor for New South Wales. Papers relative to Oeol. Surveys, 2nd Dec. 1851, No. 3, pp. 7 and 8 (fcap. Sydney, 1852).

Correspondence with the Colonial Secretary, with Eefer-

ence to the Gold Fields. Ibid. 2nd Dec. 1851, No. 3, pp. 12-18 (fcap. Sydney, 1852)— see Thomson (E. Deas).

First Eeport from the Government Geologist, dated Bela-

bula Rivulet, Carcoar, April 12th, 1851. Ibid. 2nd Dec. 1851, No. 21, pp. 19-27 (fcap. Sydney, 1852).

Geological and Mineralogical Survey of New South

Wales. Report, dated Camp, near Currugurac, July 18th, 1851. Ibid. 2nd Dec. 1851, No. 22, pp. 28-34 (fcap. Sydney, 1852); Pari. Blue Boole, June 14th, 1852, p. 1, map and sections (fcap. London, 1852) (This is the Second Report, and bears on Geology of Courajee and Callallia Creeks, &c.).

Geological and Mineralogical Survey of New South

Wales; Report dated Burrondong, Oct. 18th, 1851. Papers relative to Geol. Surveys, 2nd Dec. 1851, No. 23, pp. 34-35 (fcap. Sydney, 1852) (Third Report, relating to the Geology of the neighbourhood of Burrondong, with List of Gems, including a Diamond from the Turon River) .

Report on the Geological and Mineralogical Survey of

New South Wales. Pari. Blue Booh, Feb. 3, 1852 (fcap. London, 1852) (Correspondence relative to the discovery of Gold in Australia, p. 49).

Catalogue. 167"

Stutchbuet (S.) Geological and Mineralogical Survey of N. S. "Wales. Eeport on the Geology of the Neighbourhood of Wellington, and its Caves, dated WeUington, Jan. 26th,

1852. Papers relative to Geol. Surveys, N. 8. Wales, 1852, No. 9, pp. 27-31 (foap. Sydney, 1852).

Geological and Mineralogical Survey of New South

Wales. On the Geology of the Neighbourhood of the Bell Eiver, &c., Fifth Report, dated Gobolian, near WelKngton, April 12th, 1852. Ibid. 1852, No. 12, pp. 33-37 (fcap. Sydney, 1852).

New South Wales Geological Survey, Seventh Tri-

monthly Report of the Geological Surveyor, dated Wialdra Creek, Oct. 1st, 1852, pp. 6 (fcap. Sydney, 1852).

New South Wales Geological Survey, Tenth Tri-monthly

Report of the Geological Surveyor,' dated Berrigal, July 1st,

1853, pp. 9 (fcap. Sydney, 1853) (Contains a Geol. Map of Liverpool Plains) .

New South Wales Geological Survey, Eleventh Trimonthly Report of the Geological Surveyor, dated Emu Creek, Darling Downs, 18th Oct. 1853, pp. 11 (fcap. Sydney, 1853) (with Map of the Horton and Macintyre Rivers, and Ottley's Creek).

On the Geology of Liverpool Plains, &c. Eleventh Report

on the Geological and Mineralogical Survey of New South Wales, dated Berrigal, July 1st, 1853. Pari. Blue Book, Dec. 1854, pp. 14-20, map and sections (fcap. London, 1855).

Report on the Coal Fields at Brisbane, &c. Geological

and Mineralogical Survey of New South Wales, dated Emu Creek, Darling Downs, Oct. 1st, 1853. Ibid. Dec. 1854, pp. 45-54, map, section, and plates (fcap. London, 1855).

. New South Wales Geological Survey, Twelfth Tri-monthly

Report of the Geological Surveyor, dated South Brisbane, 1st January, 1854, pp. 8 (fcap. Sydney, 1854) (Map of the Condamiue River District) .

Stutchbuet (S.) New South Wales Geological Survey, Thirteenth Tri-monthly Eeport of the Geological Surveyor, dated Pine Kiver, 20th May, 1854, pp. 7 (foap. Sydney, 1854) (Map of Coal Crops of the Eiver Brisbane and Bremer Eiver, plans and section) .

New South "Wales Geological Survey, Fourteenth Trimonthly Eeport of the Geological Surveyor, dated Durandin, 1st August, 1854, pp. 6 (fcap. Sydney, 1854).

On the Coal Fields of Ipswich, Brisbane and Moreton

Bay. Geological and Mineralogical Survey of New South Wales. Pari. Blue Book, July, 1855, p. 7.

Eeport on the Country near the Pine Eiver, d'Aguilar's

Eange, &c. Geological and Mineralogical Survey of New South Wales. Ibid. July, 1855, p. 12.

New South Wales Geological Survey, Fifteenth Eeport of

the Geological Surveyor, dated Auckland Creek, Port Curtis, January, 1855, pp. 8 (fcap. Sydney, 1855) (Map of Mary Eiver District, sections) .

New South Wales Geological Survey, Sixteenth Eeport

of the Geological Surveyor, dated Sydney, Nov. 20th, 1855, pp. 5 (fcap. Sydney, 1855) (Map of Pitzroy Eiver and Port Curtis Island) .

Eeport on the Geological and Mineralogical Survey of

New South Wales. Pari. Blue Booh, July 25th, 1856, pp. 6-12 (map and sections).

ScBTEEKASiEAN Drainage — see Eawlinson (T. B.).

SuEVEYS, Geological — The Geological Survey of Victoria. Geol. Mag. 1866, iii, p. 217 — see also N. S. Wales, Victoria, Queensland, Western Australia, and Tasmania.

StJTTOE (The Honbl. W. H.)— see N. S. Wales, Mines and Mineral Statistics, 1877.

Swan Eiver — Notice on the Swan Eiver (W. Australia) and the surrounding country. Cheeh's Edinb. Jour. Nat. and Geogr. Science, 1830, i, p. 446 (with map).

Catalogue. 169

Stdneia — see Hatchett (0.).

Tailings — The Treatment of Test Samples of Tailings and Pyrites, in quantities up to one ton in weight. Ann. Eeport, School of Mines, Ballaarat, 1879, p. 27 (with illustration of Denny and Roberts' Grinder and Amalgamator) .

Tasmania— see Calder (J. B.) ; Brans (G. W.) ; Gould (0.) j Gunn (R. 0.) ; Harrison (T.) ; Milligan (Dr. J.) ; Selwyn (A. R. C.) ; Stephens (T.) ; Taylor (N.) ; Whiting (G.) ; Wintle (S. A.).

— Reports of Geological Survey — see Gould (C).

Tasmaniti — On the Analysis of a Combustible Mineral from

Tasmania. Sydney Mag. Science and Art, 1859, ii, pp.

212 and 213. (Mersey Yellow Coal) — see Church (Prof. A. H.); Dawson

(Dr. J. W.); Gould (C.) j Johnston (R. M.) j Lee (Dr. R.);

Moore (T.) ; Newton (B. T.) ; Penny (Prof. — ) ; Archer

(— ) ; Stephens (T.) ; Herapath (W.). Tate (Prof. R.) On New Species of Belemnites and Salenia

from the Middle Tertiaries of South Australia. Quart. Jour.

Qeol. Sac. 1877, xxxiii, pp. 266-59. Ostracoda and Foraminifera in the Miocene of South

Australia. Geol. Mag. 1877, Dec. 2, iv, pp. 526-27. On Indications of Glacial Action at HoUett's Cove, South

Australia. Trans. Phil. Soc. Adelaide, for 1877-78, p. 1. Anniversary Address to the Philosophical Society of

Adelaide, 8th October, 1878. Ibid, for 1877-78, pp. 11-47

(Review of South Australian Geology and Palasontology). The Fossil Marginellidse of Australia. Ibid, for 1877-78,

pp. 90-98. Notes on the Correlation of the Coral-bearing Strata of

South Australia, with a list of Fossil Corals occurring in the

Colony. Ibid, for 1877-78, pp. 120-123. Descriptions of three New Species of Helix, from South

Australia. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1878, ii, pt. 4,

pp. 290-91.

Catalogue.

Tate (Prof. R.) The Anniversary Address of the President, Philosophical Society of Adelaide, " Leading Physical Features of South Australia." Trans. Phil. Soc. Adelaide, for 1878-79, pp. xxxix-.

The Natural History of the Country around the Head

of the Great Australian Bight. Ibid, for 1878-79, pp. 94-

Zoologica et Palontologica Miscellanea, chiefly relating

to South Australia. Ibid, for 1878-79, pp. 129-140.

On a New Species of Belemnite from the Mesozoic Strata

of Central Australia. Trans. B. Soc. 8. Australia, 1880, iii, pp. 104-105, pi. 4.

On the Australian Tertiary Palliobranchs. Ibid. 1880,

iii, pp. 140-170, pis. 7-11.

Report on Rock Formations and Minerals in the vicinity

of Peak, Central Australia. Ibid. 1880, iii, pp. 179-180.

Tatlee (J.) Mineral Map and General Statistics of New South Wales. Scale : 60 miles to an inch (Sydney, 1876).

Taylor (A.) On the Recent Progress of Gold Mining in Austraha. Trans. Oeol. 8oc. Edinb. 1872, ii, p. 137.

(N.) Quarter Sheet 3, N. W. (Wallan-Wallan) ; 3, S. W.

(Donnybrook) . Geological Survey of Victoria, under the Direction of A. R. C. Selwyn. Scale : 2 inches to 1 mile (Melbourne, 1862).

Notes Explanatory of the Geology of the District comprised in Quarter Sheets 5, S. B. and S. W., and 6 N. B. and N. W. Reports and Papers, Mining and Geol. Survey, Victoria, 1862-63, No. 36, pp. 6-9 (fcap. Melbourne, 1863).

Quarter Sheet 3, S. B. (Whittlesea). Geol. Survey of

Victoria, under the direction of A. R. 0. Selwyn. Scale : 2 inches to 1 mile (Melbourne, 1864).

Quarter Sheet 3, N. B. (Mount Disappointment). Geological Survey of Victoria, under the direction of A. R. C. Selwyn. Scale : 2 inches to 1 mile (Melbourne, 1865).

Catalogue. 171

Tatloe (N.) Eeporfc on the Geology of the Snowy River District, and S. E. boundary line between Victoria and New South Wales. Reports relative to the Geol. Survey of Victoria, No. 14, Appendix D. pp. 14-21 (fcap. Melbourne, 1866) (with Geological Sketch map of Eastern Gippsland).

Quarter Sheets 13j S. E. (Emberton and Glenhope) j and

51, S. W. (Baynton's). Geological Survey of Victoria, under the direction of A. R. C. Selwyn. Scale : 2 inches to 1 mile (Melbourne, 1866).

Quarter Sheet 5, N. W. (Great Dividing Range). Geol.

Survey of Victoria, under the direction of A. R. C. Selwyn. Scale: 2 inches to 1 mile (Melbourne, 1867).

Quarter Sheets 2, S. W. (Broadmeadows) ; 5, S. E. (Lancefield) ; 4, S. W. (Kilmore); 5, S. W. (The Jim- Jim). Geological Survey of Victoria, under the direction of A. R. C. Selwyn. Scale : 2 inches to a mile (Melbourne, n. d.) .

Report on the Geological Survey of the Stawell (Pleasant

Creek) Gold Field. Smyth's Progress Report, No. 2, Geol. Survey, Vict. 1875, pp. 84-92 (Section of Commercial Street Lead, Stawell. Scale : Sor. 40 chains to 1 inch ; Vert. 400 feet to 1 inch).

Report on the Geological Survey of the Stawell Gold

Field, Victoria. Ihid. No. 3, 1876, pp. 250-272 (six plans and sections of Mines at Stawell).

Report on the Geological Survey of Learmonth. Gouch-

man's Progress Report, for 1876, No. 4 ; Geol. Survey Vict. 1877, pp. 68-74.

Supplementary Notes on the Geological Survey of Learmonth. Ibid, for 1877, No. 6, 1878, pp. 78-81.

Report on an Outcrop of Granite, east of Buningong.

Ibid, for 1877, No. 5, 1878, pp. 82-85.

Report on the Geological Survey of the Clunes Gold

Field. Ibid, for 1877, No. 5, 1878, pp. 85-87 (with section of the New Lothair Gold Mining Company's workings. Scale : 80 feet to 1 inch) .

Catalogue.

Tatloe (N.) On the Cudgegong Diamond Field, New South Wales. Geol. Mag. 1879, Dec. 2, vol. vi, pp. 399-412, 444-

Notes on the Geology of the West Tamar District, Tasmania. Trans. B. 8oc. Vict. 1880, xvi, pp. 155-165.

Geology of N. Queensland — see Hann (W.) .

with Etheridge (R., jun.) Quarter Sheet 13, N. E. (Redesdale and Spring Plains) . Geol. Survey of Victoria, under the direction of A. R. 0. Selwyn. Scale : 2 inches to 1 mile (Melbourne, 1868).

' and Thomson (Dr. A.. M,) On the occurrence of the

Diamond near Mudgee. The Sydney Morning Herald, Dec. 29th, 1870; Trans. B. Soc. N. 8. Wales for 1870, pp. 94-106 (1871) ; and also as a pamphlet, pp. 12 (8vo. Sydney, 1871).

(R. 0.) Statistics of Coal. The Geographical and Geolo-

gical Distribution of Fossil Fuel or Mineral Combustibles, &c., pp. cxlviii and 754 (8vo. London and Philadelphia, 1848) (Australian Coal Fields, pp. 673-681).

Tennant (Prof. J.) Notes on a Gold Nugget from Australia. Brit. Assoc. Beport for 1859, pt. 2, p. 85 (1860).

Tbgoboeski (L. de) Bssai sur les Consequences Eveutuelles de la Decouverte des Gites Auriferes en CaUfornie et en Australie (8vo. 1853).

Tbppee (0.) Introduction to the Cliffs and Rocks at Ardrossan, Yorke's Peninsula. Trans. Phil. Soc. Adelaide, for 1878- 79, pp. 71-79.

On Graphic Granite from Yorke's Peninsula. Trans. B.

Soc. S. Australia, 1880, iii, p. 180.

Tbetiaet Deposits — see Jenkins (H. M.) ; Johnston (R. M.) ; Secular (G.) ; Stephens (T.) ; Woods (Rev. J. B. T.).

Thomas (J. H.) The Iron-making Resources of New South Wales. Sydney Mag. Science and Art, 1858, i, pp. 101-

Catalogue. 173

Thomas (J. H.) Eeport on tlie present Condition of the Fitzroy Iron and Coal Mines Mittagong, County of Camden, New South Wales, pp. 9 (folio, Sydney, 1859).

Thomson (Dr. A.. M.) Notes on the Geology around Goulburn. Trans. R. 8oc. N. 8. Wales, for 1869, pp. 56-72 (1870).

Notes on the Auriferous Slate and Granite Veins of New

South Wales. Ibid, for 1870, pp. 88-94 (1871) .

(B. Deas) Instructions to the Government Geologist.

Copies of Letters from the Colonial Secretary (B. D. Thomson, Esq.) to the Government' Geologist (S. Stutchbury, Esq.). Papers relative to Geol. Surveys, 2nd Bee. 1851, pp. 9-12 (fcap. Sydney, 1852).

Correspondence with the Government Geologist, with

reference to the Gold Fields. Ibid, in, pp. 12-18 (fcap.

Sydney, 1852)~see Stutchbury (S.). Instructions to, and Correspondence with, Mr. B. H.

Hargraves, " On the Existence of Gold in New South

Wales." Ibid. Nos. 26-50, pp. 64-79 (fcap. Sydney, 1852)

— see Hargraves (E. H.). Instructions to, and Eeport from, the Eev. W. B. Clarke,

" On the Existence of Gold in New South Wales." Ibid.

Nos. 51-54, pp. 79-81 (fcap. Sydney, 1852)— see Clarke

(Eev. W. B.). Consolidated and Amended Code of Eegulations for the

management of the Gold Fields. Papers relative to the Gold Districts, N. S. Wales, 1852, pp. 15-17 (fcap. Sydney, 1852).

Thompson (H. A.) On the Gold Deposits of Victoria. Sydney Mag. Science and Art, 1859, ii, pp. 74-77.

An Outline of a Plan for the Formation and Working

of Sf Mining Company to open out the Quartz Fields of New South Wales. Ibid. 1859, ii, pp. 77-79.

Description of the Clunes Gold Mine, Victoria, with

Maps of the workings, and a drawing of the Quartz Crushing Mill. Ibid. 1859, ii, pp. 79-80.

Catalogue.

Thompson (H. A.) On the Extraction of Gold. . B. Soc. Vict. 1868, Tiii, p. 15.

On the Formation of Mineral Veins, and the Deposit of

Metallic Ores and Minerals in them. Ibid. 1868, viii. p.

Notes on the Secondary Beds of North Australia. Ihid.

1869, ix, pp. 117-125.

On the characteristics of the Clunes Gold Fields. Trans,

Mining Inst. Victoria, 1869, i, pt. 4, pp. 124-125.

Tin Mines of Australia. Mining Jour. 1874, xliv, p. 861.

(J.) On the Necessity for a further Exploration of the

Interior of the Australian Continent. Sydney Mag. Science and Art, 1858, i, pp. 232-234.

(R.) The Marble and Limestone Quarries of New South

Wales. Ihid. 1858, i, pp. 93-94.

(Mr. Surveyor) Note on Coal discovered in Lordley

Creek, Queensland. Coll. Guardian, 1864, vii, p. 202.

Thtlacoleo carnifex (Owen) — see Flower (W. H.) ; Krefft (G.) ; Owen (Prof. R.).

Tin — The discovery of Tin in New South Wales. Mining Jour. 1872, xlii, pp. 45, 398 — see also Bonwick (J.).

Tin in Tasmania. Ibid. 1873, xliii, p. 1109.

The Australian Tin Mines by " C. E."' Ibid. 1874, xliv, pp.

396, 507, 643, 751, 833, 973, 1057, 1281, and 1394; 1875, xlv, pp. 71, 287.

On Australian Tin. Iron, 1875, v, p. 551.

and Tin Fields— see Brown (H. Y. L.) ; Clarke (Rev.

W. B.) ; Daintree (R.) ; Eddy (Capt. W.) ; English (A. G.) ; Gould (C.) ; Gower (G. A.) ; Gregory (F. T.) ; Hume (W. 0.) ; Hunt (J.) ; Leibius (Dr. A.) ; Liversidge (Prof A.) ; Meredith (Hon. C.) ; Pryor (J.) ; Stephens (T.) ; Tregay (W.) ; Ulrich (G. H. F.) j Wickham (F. D. J.) ; Wilkinson (C. S.) ; Wintle (S. H.) ; Rath (M. G. vom) ; Rayer (B.).

Catalogue. 175

TowsoN (J. T.) The Gold Fields of Australia. Trans. Eistorical 8oc. Lancashire and Cheshire, 1861, new series, i, p. 17.

Teaquaie (Dr. R. H.) On some Fossil Fishes from tlie neighbourhood of Edinburgh. Annals Nat. Hist. 1875, xv, pp. 258-268 (Refers to Genus Gleithrolepis).

The Ganoid Fishes of the British Carboniferous Formations. Part ij Palceoniscidce. Pal. 8oc. (4to. London, 1877) (Refers to Genera Myriolepis, &o.).

Tbegat (W.) Australian and Tasmanian Tin. Mining Jour. 1878, xlviii, p. 212.

The Tin Mines of Tasmania. Ihid. p. 1135.

Teemenheeeb (S.) Notice respecting the Lead and Copper Ores of the Glen Osmond Mines, 3 miles from Adelaide, South Australia. Trans. B. Geol. 8oc. Cornwall, 1846, vi, pp. 348-350.

Tuenue (B. W.) Report on the Stockyard Creek Diggings. Reports, Mining Surveyors and Reg. Vict. 30th June, 1871, No. 3, pp. 42-44 (fcap. Melbourne, 1871).

( — ) Fossil Bones — see Clarke (Rev. W. B.) ; Leichhardt

Tyees (C. J.) Report on an Expedition to ascertain the position of the 141st degree of Bast Longitude, being the Boundary Line between New South Wales and South Australia, by order of His Excellency Sir George Gipps, Knight, &c. &c. &c., pp. 14 (8vo. Sydney, 1840) (with an Appendix and Map) (Contains Geological Notes).

Report of an Expedition to ascertain the position of the

141st degree of Bast Longitude, being the Boundary Line between New South Wales and South Australia, &c. App. D, Sir George Gipps's Despatch, dated Sydney, 28th Sept. 1840, pp. 18-28.

Typke (P. G. W.) On a new Nickel Mineral from New Caledonia. Chemical News, 1876, xxxiv, pp. 193-194.

Catalogue.

Uleich (Gr. H. p.) Gold and Silver-bearing Reefs of St. Arnaud. Report on the Gold and Silver-bearing Reefs of St. Arnaud. by G. H. F. Ulrich. Geol. Survey, Victoria, Report, pp. 15 (fcap. Melbourne, 1864).

Report on tbe Working Claims of the Freiberg Silver

Mining Association at St. Arnaud, and the Glen Dhu Reef near Landsborough. Reports relative to the Geol. Survey of Victoria, 1865, No. 14, pp. 22-26 (fcap. Melbourne, 1866) (with two sketch plans of Reefs. Scale : of an inch per foot).

Quarter sheets 9, N. W. (Malmsbury and Taradale) j and

15, S. B. (Franklinford) . Geological Survey of Victoria, under the direction of A. R. C. Selwyn. Scale : 2 inches to 1 mile (Melbourne, 1866).

Geological Survey of Victoria. Notes and Observations

on the Nuggetty Reef, Maldon (Quarter sheet 14, N. W.) pp. 9, plate (8vo. Melbourne, 1868).

— Observations on the Nuggetty Reef, Mount Tarrangower Gold Field, Victoria. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1869, xxv, p. 326.

— Contributions to the Mineralogy of Victoria. Mineral Statistics of Victoria for the year 1869. Appendix E, pp. 52-67 (fcap. Melbourne, 1870).

— Report on the Mineral Resources of the country lying within 250 miles north of Port Augusta, South Australia, pp. 23 (fcap. Adelaide, 1872) (map, sections, &c.).

— Contributions to the Mineralogy of Victoria, pp. 32 (8vo. Melbourne) ; and Neues Jahrbuch, 1871, p. 72.

— Observations on some of the Tin discoveries in New England, New South Wales. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1873, xxix, pp. 5-11.

Catalogue. 177

Ulrich (G. H. p.) a descriptive Catalogue of 577 Specimens of Rocks in the Industrial and Technological Museum, collected from all parts of Viotoriaj with explanatory notes on their character, mode of occurrenccj and Geological relations. Report of the Trustees of the Pub. Lib. Mus. and, Nat. Gallery of Vict, for year 1873-74, pp. 36-66 (fcap. Melbourne, 1874).

A Report on the Mount Bischoff Tin Mines, Tasmania,

with Topographical Sketch Map, pp. 5 (80. Launceston, 1874).

Geology of Victoria. A descriptive Catalogue of the

Specimens in the Industrial and Technological Museum, (Melbourne), illustrating the Rock System of Victoria, pp. 108 (8to. Melbourne, 1875).

Observations on the Waratah Bay Limestone, Victoria.

Smyth's Progress Report, No. 2, Geol. Survey, Vict. 1875,

pp. 125-126. Report of an Inspection of the Bismuth Mine at Mount

Ramsay, Tasmania, pp. 14 (8vo. Hobart Town, 1876). Maldonit und Herschelit aus Australien. N. Jahriuch,

1875, pp. 287-288; American Jour. 1876, xi, p. 235.

Uber die Zinnmine am Mt. Bischoff in Tasmanien. N.

Jahrhuch, 1877, pp. 494-497.

Die Zukunft der Goldausbeute in Australien (8vo. Stuttgart, 1879) ; also N. Jahrbuch, 1879, p. 347.

and Brown (H. T. L.) Quarter Sheet 14, S. W. (Maldon)

with Horizontal Section. Geological Survey of Victoria, under the direction of A. R. C. Selwyn. Scale : 2 inches to 1 mile (Melbourne, 1867).

and Brown (H. Y. L.) Quarter Sheet 14, N.W. (Mount

Tarrangower, and Maldon) . Geological Survey of Victoria, under the direction of A. R. C. Selwyn. Scale : 2 inches to 1 mile (Melbourne, 1868).

Quarter Sheet 9, N. E. (Langley). Geological Survey of

Victoria, under the direction of A. R. C. Selwyn. Scale : inches to 1 mile (Melbourne, n.d.) .

178 Catalogue.

Ulbich (G. H. F.) and Brown (H. Y. L.) Section to accompany

Quarter sheet 14, N. W. (Mount Tarrangower andMaldon).

Geological Survey of Victoria, under the direction of A.

E. C. Selwyn. Scale, Hor. and Vert. : 40 chains to 1 inch

(Melbourne, n.d.), Unger (Dr. P.) Genera et Species Plantarum Fossilium, 2nd

ed. (8to. 1850) (Genera Olossopteris, Phyllotheca, &c.).

Veeneuil (E. de) Coquilles du Calcaire de Montague de la Nouvelle Hollande, et de la Terre de Van Dieman. Bull. Soc. Geol. de France, 1840, xi, p. 177.

Silurisches und Berg Kalk mit ihren Versteinerungen

vom Rhein, von Spitzbergen, Siid Amerika, Van Diemensland, &c. Jahrh.fur Min. 1840, pp. 97-98.

ViCKEEY (S. K.) Sections of Mines, Lucky Reef, Alexandria, Victoria. Reports of the Mining Surveyors and Registrars, No. 1 (fcap. Melbourne, 1868).

ViCTOEiA— Colony of ; Summary of Mining Statistics, furnished by the Mining Surveyors of Victoria to the Mining Department, January 1862 to January 1864 (large 8vo. Melbourne, 1862-64) (published monthly).

— Mines d'Or de Victoria. Ann. des Mines, 1868, xiii,

p. 502.

Geological Survey of Victoria; Report of Progress.

American Jour. 1876, 3rd ser. xi, pp. 232-233.

see Carpenter (T.) ; Harrison (T.) ; Hopkins (E.) ;

Howitt (A. W.) ; Westgarth (W.).

Reports of Geological Survey — see Aplin (C. D'O. H.)

Couchman (T.) j Btheridge (R., jun.) ; Murray (R. A. F.j Taylor (N.) ; Selwyn (A. R. C.) ; Ulrich (G. H. F.) "Wilkinson (C. S.).

VoELCKER (Dr. A.) Analysis of Queensland Soils, pp. 19 (8vo. London, 1874).

Volcanic Rocks — see Harrison (T.) ; Newbery (J. C.) j Howitt

Catalogue.

Volcanoes — Volcano in New Soutli Wales. Oheelc's Edinb. Jour. Nat. and Geogr. Science, 1830, iij p. 62 — see also Bonwick (J.) ; Smyth (R. B.) ; Wilton (Rev. C. P. N.).

Wallace (A. R.) Lecture on the Comparative Antiquity of ContinentSj as indicated by the distribution of Living and Extinct Animals. Proc. B. Geogr. Sac. 1877, xxi, pp. 505-535 (Australia, &c. p. 528).

Stanford's Compendium of Geography and Travel based

on Hellwald's " Die Brde und ihra Volker," Australasia, &c. pp. xviii and 672, maps (8vo. London, 1879). Island Life; or the Phenomena and Causes of Insular

Faunas and Floras, &c. (8vo. London, 1880) (Geological Explanation of the difference of the Australian and New Zealand Floras, p. 464, &c.).

Wabbueton (Col. P. E.) South Australia — Colonel Warburton'a Exploration, 1872-3. Diary of Colonel Warburton's Exploring Expedition to Western Australia in 1872-3, No. 28, pp. 23 (fcap. Adelaide, 1875).

Journey across the Western Interior of Australia ; with

an Introduction and Additions by C. H. Eden, edited by H. W. Bates, pp. ix and 307, map, &c. (Svo. London, 1875) — see also Proc. B. Geogr. Soc. 1875, xix, pp. 41-51.

Ward (E. W.) Additional particulars respecting the Mining Operations at Clunes, &c. Sydney Mag. Science and Art, 1859, ii, p. 80.

( — ) and Anderson ( — ) Vertical Section of the Band and

Albion Consols, No. 4 Shaft, Ballaarat ; and Diagram showing confluence of Golden Point Lead, with lead from the Westward. Smyth's Progress Beport, No. 1, 1874, figs. 8 and 15 (opp. p. 76).

Wash-diet — Yield of, in N. S. Wales. — see Wood (H.).

Wateehotjse (G. R.) a Natural History of the Mammalia, 2 vols. (8vo. London, 1846) (vol. i, Marsupialia) .

Watbes (A. W.) Notes on Fossil Lithothamnia (so-called Nullipores). Mem. Lit. and Phil. Soc. Manchester, 1876, v, pp. 244-51 (NuUipores from Murray River Tertiaries, p. 247).

12

180 Catalogue.

Watee Supply — see Clements (W. 0.) ; Manning (J.) ; Stephens (T.); Wilkinson (C. S.).

Wathen (G-. H.) On the Coal Measures along the Coast between Western Port and Cape Liptrap in the Colony of Port Phillip. Proc. B. 8oc. V. B. Land, 1851, i, pp.

On the Gold Fields of Victoria, or Port Phillip. Quart.

Jour. Qeol. Soc. 1853, ix, pp. 74-79 ; Mining Jour. 1853, xxiii, p. 96.

The Golden Colony; or Victoria in 1854. With Eemarks

on the Geology of the Australian Gold Fields, pp. x and 263 (8vo. London, 1855) (Geology, pp. 219-242; Discovery of Gold in Victoria, pp. 243-250).

Watts (H.) On Fossil Polyzoa. Trans. R. Soc. Vict. 1865, vi, pp. 82-84.

Wellington (W.) Notice of Mount Bischoff, Tasmania. Trans. B. Geol. Soc. Oornwall, 1875, ix, pt. 1, pp. 161-162.

Wells (W.) Eemarks on the resemblance of the Country in the Neighbourhood of the Dun Mountain and Wairoa Gorge to the Mining District of Queensland and Auckland. Trans. N. Zealand Inst. 1870, iii, p. 287.

(W. H.) A Geographical Dictionary ; or Gazetteer of the

Australian Colonies; their Physical and Political Geography, together with a brief notice of all the Capitals, Principal Towns, and Villages, also of Mines, Rivers, Bays, Gulfs, Mountains, &c. pp. xv and 438 (8vo. London, 1851).

Wentwoeth (W. 0.) A Statistical Account of the British Settlements in Australasia ; including the Colonies of New South Wales and Van Dieman's Land, &c., &c. 3rd edit. 2 vols. (8vo. London, 1824) (Coal Seams, i, p. 75; Beds of Oyster Shells, i, p. 76).

Westeen Australia — Exploration of Western Australia. Nature, 1879, xx, p. 582 (Soils, Limestone, &c.) ; Ihid, 1880, xxi, p. 165.

Catalogue.

Western Australia — see BaiTow (J.) ; Brown (H. Y. L.) ;

Clarke (Rev. W. B.) ; Forrest (J.) ; Gregory (P. T.) ;

Hargraves (B. H.) ; Lefroy (H. M.) ; Milligan (W.) ; Scott

(Rev. — ) ; Sommer (Dr. F. von) .

Reports of Geological Survey — see Brown (H. T. L.).

WiSTEENPORT Coal Field — Progress Report of the Board;

Westernport Goal Field Commission, No. 96 (fcap.

Melbourne, 1871). Coal Field— see Cameron (H. G.) ; Krause (F. M.) ;

Mackenzie (.J.) ; Selwyn (A. R. C.) ; Wathen (G. H.). Westgaeth (W.) Australia Felix, or a Historical and Descriptive Account of the Settlement of Port Phillip, New

South Wales (8vo. Edinburgh, 1848) (Geological and

PalEeontological Information, pp. 134-139). Observations on the Geology and Physical Aspect of Port

Phillip, New South Wales, &c. Tas. Jour. Nat. Science,

ii. No. 11, pp. 402-409. Victoria, late Australia Felix, or Port Phillip District of

New South Wales (8vo. Edinburgh, 1853) (The Gold

Discoveries, p. 130, et seq.). Victoria and the Australian Gold Mines in 1857 j with

Notes on the Overland Route from Australia, via Suez,

with Maps, pp. xvi and 466 (8vo. London, 1857). The Colony of Victoria, &c. (8vo. London, 1864) (Gold

Mining, &c. pp. 301-345). White (T. J.) Iron in Queensland. Mining Jour. 1874, xliv,

p. 947. Whiting (G.) The Products and Resources of Tasmania, as

illustrated in the International Exhibition of 1862.

Internat. Exhib. Oommiss. Report, pp. 37 (Svo. Hobart

Town, 1862) (pp. 9-11, 16-21). Wickham (F. D.) The Tin Products of Mount BischoflF,

Tasmania. Mining Jour. 1874, xliv, p. 396.

The Tin Mines of Tasmania. Ibid. 1878, xlviii, p. 483.

The Tin Mines of Australia. Ibid. p. 603.

Cataloguk.

WiLKiNS (W.) The G-eograpLy of New South Wales; Physical, Industrial, and Political, pp. 135 (870. Sydney, 1863) (Geological Structure, pp. 64-71).

Wilkinson (C. S.) Eeport on the Geology of the Cape Otway District. Report of the Director, Qeol. Survey Vict. 1863-64, No. 44, pp. 12-13, 21-28 (fcap. Melbourne, 1865),

(a) Sketch Section of Coast from Castle Cove to the mouth of the Parker River, (h) Map of Part of the Counties of Polwarth and Heytesbury, Cape Otway District. Scale : half an inch to one mile.

On the Theory of the formation of Gold Nuggets.

Trans. B. Sac. Vict. 1868, viii, p. 11.

Report on the Tin-bearing Country, New England, New

South Wales, pp. 10, plates (fcap. Sydney, 1873) ; also Mines and Min. Statistics, N. S. Wales, 1875, pp. 70-89 (Sections and 5 plates).

Report on the Tin-bearing Country, District of Inverell,

New South Wales (fcap. Sydney, 1873).

Tin Deposits of New South Wales. Iron, 1874, iii.

pp. 267, 296, and 325 ; Mining Journal, 1874, xliv, No. 2008 (Feb. 21st), p. 200.

Notes on the Geological and Mineralogical Collection

Exhibited at the Metropolitan Intercolonial Exhibition,

1875. Mines and Min. Statistics, N. 8. Wales, 1857, pp, / 117-148.

Notes on d Collection of Geological Specimens from the

Coasts of New Guinea, Cape York, and neighbouring Islands, collected by William Macleay, Esq. &c. Proc. Linn. 80c. N. 8. Wales, i, pt. 2, pp. 113-117; Annals Nat. Hist.

1876, fer. 4, xviii, p. 190; Geol.Mag. 1876, Dec. 2, iii, p. 428; Canadian Nat. 1876, n. ser. viii, pp. 156-160; Avierican Jour. 8c. 1877, ser. 3, xiii, pp. 157-158.

Report on the Discovery of Tin and other Metals in the

Burra-Burra District, between the Began and the Lachlan Rivers. The Queenslander, 1876, n. ser. xii, Sept. 23rd.

Catalogue.

Wilkinson (0. S.) Eeporfc to the Minister of Mines, " On the occurrence of Gold in the Coal Measure Conglomerates of New South Wales." Sydney Evening News, 1876, No. 2940 ; Sydney Morning Eerald, 1876, Dec. 2nd; The Queenslander, 1876, Dec. 16th.

Eeport of Progress of the Geological Survey of N. S.

Wales during the year 1876. Ann. Report, Bept. of Mines, N. 8. Wales, for 1876, pp. 147-177 (sections, &c.), 1877.

Department of Mines, New South Wales, Geological

Map of the Districts of Hartley, Bowenfells, Wallerawang, and Rydal. Scale : about 60 chains to 1 inch, with a Horizontal Section. Scale, Hor. and Vert. : 3855 feet to 1 inch. Ann. Report, Bept. of Mines, N. S. Wales, for 1877, frontispiece (1878).

On the Depth at which Coal will be found under Sydney.

Ibid, for 1877, pp. 22-23 (1878).

Eeport of Progress of the Geological Survey of N. S.

Wales during the year 1877. Ibid, for 1877, pp. 197-208 (1878).

Geological Sketch Map of the Oberon District. Scale :

about 180 chains to 1 inch. Ibid, for 1877 (to face p. 208).

Eeport of the Geological Surveyor in Charge for the

Colony of New South Wales for the year 1878. Ann. Report, Bept. of Mines, N. 8. Wales, for 1878, pp. 149- 157 (1879).

Eeport on Auriferous and other Specimens from New

Guinea. Ibid, for 1878, pp. 157-159.

Eeport on the Barrington Gold Field. Ibid, for 1878,

pp. 159-164.

— Notes on the Occurrence of Eemarkable Boulders in the Hawkesbury Eocks. Jour. B. Soc. N. 8. Wales, for 1879, xiii, pp. 105-107.

184 Catalogue.

Wilkinson (C. S.) On the occurrence of Gold in Serpentine ;

and on tte Geological History of Sydney Harbour. Jour.

B. Soc. K S. Wales, for 1879, xiii, p. 133. Eeport of Progress of the Geological Survey during the

year 1879. Ann. Report, Be-pt. of Mines, N. 8. Wales, for

1879, pp. 213-231 ; with four plates of fossils and one

horizontal section (1880). Eeport on the Road Metal Quarries at Prospect and

Pennant Hills (Appendix A to Geol. Surveyor's Annual

Report, 1879). Ibid, for 1879, p. 218. Report on "Water Supply to the Elrington Gold Field

(Appendix B to Geol. Surveyor's Annual Report, 1879).

Ibid, for 1879, pp. 219-21. Department of Mines, New South Wales. Geological

Sketch Map of New South Wales, compiled from the

Original Map of the late Rev. W. B. Clarke, m.a., p.e.s.,

F.G.s., &c. Scale : 82 miles to 1 inch (Sydney, 1880). Department of Mines, New South Wales. Geological

Sketch Map of New South Wales, compiled from the

Original Map of the late Rev. W. B. Clarke, m.a., f.k.s.,

F.G.S., &c. Scale : 16 miles to the inch. Notes on the Abercrombie Caves. Proc. Linn. 8oc.

N. S. Wales, 1880, iv, pt. 4, pp. 460-463. On the Formation of the Diamond in the Tertiary Drifts

of New South Wales. Geol. Mag. 1880, Dec. 2, vii, p. 428. On Glacial Boulders in Secondary Deposits, Sydney,

New South Wales. Ibid. 1881, Dec. 2, viii, p. 287. and Murray (R. A. F.) Quarter Sheet 26, S. B, (Coole-barg-

hurk). Geol. Survey of Victoria under the direction of A. R.

C. Selwyn. Scale: 2 inches to 1 mile (Melbourne, 1867). and Young (L.) Dept. of Mines, New South Wales.

Geological Map of the Town and Environs of Young.

Scale : 24 chains to the inch. Ann. Report, Dept. of Mines

N. 8. Wales, for 1878. (D.) Process for Calcining Quartz — see Selwyn (A. R. C),

Report on.

Catalogue. 1 85

Wilkinson (G. B.) Soutli Australia; its Advantages aud its

Resources, &c. pp. 391 (Svo. London, 1848), with Map

(Mines and Minerals, p. 253) . The Working Man's Handbook to South Australia ;

with a Map, pp. 110 (12mo. London, 1849) (Minerals,

p. 38; Gold, pp. 108, 111).

Williams (J. V.) Mining in Queensland. Mining Jour. 1878, xlviii, p. 100.

Wilson (0. A.) On Diprotodon Australis (Owen). South Australian Register, 1864, xxviii. No. 5668 (Adelaide, Dec. 29th).

(J. B.) Fossil Catenicellae, from the Miocene Beds at Bird

Rock, near Geelong. Jour. Micro. Soc. Vict. 1880, i, Nos. 2 and 3, pp. 60-63.

(J. S.) Notes on the Geology of the Neighbourhood of

Sydney, Newcastle, and Brisbane. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1856, xii, pp. 283-288. On the Physical Geography of the North-west Coast of

Australia. Proc. R. Geogr. Soc. 1858, ii, pp. 210-216;

Jour. R. Geogr. Soc. 1858, xxviii, pp. 137-158. Wilton (Rev. 0. P. N.) An Account of the Burning Mountain

in Australasia, called Mount Wingen, near Hunter's River.

Edinb. Jour. Sc. 1830, ii, pp. 270-273; Jahrb. fiir Miner a-

logie, 1833, p. 582. Notice of the Burning Mountain of Australia. The N. S.

Wales Mag. 1833, i, No. 1, pp. 45-46. The Geology of the Goulbourn and the Hunter. Ibid.

1833, i. No. 3, pp. 178-180.

A Sketch of the Geology of six miles of the South-east

Line of the Coast of Newcastle in Australia, &c. Phil. Mag. 1832, new ser., i, pp. 92-95; Jahrb. fur Mineralogie, 1833, p. 449.

Wiltshire (Eev. T.) The History of Coal, pp. 36 (8vo. London, 1878) (Geological Deposits containing Coals or Lignites, p. 35),

186 Catalogue.

Winch (N. J.) An Account of some Specimens of Eocks, &c. from Van Dieman's Land and New South Wales. Thomson's Annals Phil. 1823, n. ser., v, pp. 341-342.

WiNGEN, Mount; or the Burning Mountain — see Henderson (Oapt.) ; Wilton (Rev. 0. P. N.).

WiNTLE (H. S.) Evidences of the Shell Deposits seen around this city (Hobart Town) not being produced by the Aborigines, and the period of their origin being Post Tertiary. Papers and Proc. B. Soc. Tas. 1864 (April), p. 32.

Notes on the Hobart Town Sandstone. Ibid. 1864 (July),

p. 61. A Sketch of the principal Geological Features of Hobart,

Tasmania. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1864, xx, p. 465

(abstract) ; OeoL Mag. 1864, i, p. 87. Notes on the Shaft sunk for Coal at the Cascades, Tas-"

mania. Papers and Proc. B. Soc. Tas. 1865 (July) pp.

On Endogenophyllites Wellingtonensis, McCoy. Ibid,

(March) 1869, p. 2. On Fossil Ripple-marks in the Carboniferous Strata at

Southport, Tasmania. Ibid. 1870 (May), p. 7. On an extensive Landslip at Grienorchy, Tasmania.

Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. 1873, xxix, p. 33. Memorandum on a Specimen of Argentiferous Galena.

Papers and Proc. B. Soc. Tas. for 1875 (March), p. 3. On Specimens of Bismuth and Copper from Tasmanian

Localities. Ibid, for 1875 (May), pp. 7-8. — On the Stanniferous Deposits of Tasmania. Trans. B. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1876, ix, pp. 87-95 (with a section). On Fossils from the West Bank of the Tamar at

Eosvear, Papers and Proc, B, Soc. Tas. for 1879 (1880), p. 8. WoLiF (G.) Das Australische Gold, seine Lagerstatten und seine Associationen. Zeit. der Deufs. Geol. Gesellschaft, 1877, xxix, p. 83.

Catalogue. 1 87

WoLLONGONiTE— see Coal Measures j Silliman (B.).

"Wood Fossil — see Hooker (Dr. J. D.); Milligan (Dr. J.); Nicholson (Dr.) j NicoU (W.) ; Stephens (T.).

Wood (E.) Notes on the Ballaarat Gold Field. Smyth's Gold Fields and Min. Districts, Vict. 1869, App, pp. 445-510.

Annual Eeport of the Under-Secretary for Mines for

1876j addressed to the Honbl. John Lucas, Esq., m.p.. Minister for Mines, &c., N. S. Wales. Ann. Report, Bept. of Mines, N. 8. Wales, for 1876, pp. 1-35 (with Tables showing the number of Miners employed; yield of gold and other minerals ; wash-dirt puddled, &c. ; quartz crushed; strike of quartz reefs ; and machinery employed for the year 1876, pp. 22-35).

Coal and Slate. Table compiled from Return furnished

by the owners of Collieries, showing the quantity and value of Coal and Shale won during the year 1876, and the number of Miners employed in the Collieries. Ibid, for 1876, pp. 127-128; Ibid, for 1877, pp. 164-165.

Annual Eeport of the Under-Secretary for Mines for

1877, addressed to the Honbl. W. H. Suttor, m.p., Minister for Mines, &c. N. S. Wales. Ibid, for 1877, pp. 1-57 (with Tables showing the number of Miners employed, yield of gold, &c. &c. pp. 43-57).

' Annual Report of the Under-Secretary for Mines for 1878,

addressed to the Honbl. E. A. Baker, m.p.. Minister for Mines, &c. N. S. Wales. Ibid, for 1878, p. 1-35 (with Tables showing the number of Miners employed, yield of gold, &c. &c. pp. 40-60).

— Annual Report of the Under-Secretary for Mines for 1879, addressed to the Honbl. E. A. Baker, m.p.. Minister for Mines, &c. N. S. Wales. Ibid, for 1879, pp. 1-68 (with Tables showing the number of Miners employed, yield of gold, &o. &c. pp.. 62-68).

Catalogue.

Wood (H.) Annual Eeport of the Inspector of- Mines, N. S.

Wales, for 1879. Ibid, for 1879, pp. 190-193 (with Table

showing the quantity and value of Coal and Shale won

during the year 1879, and the number of Miners employed

in the Collieries). Woods (Rev. J. E. T.) Observations on Metamorphic Rocks in

South Australia. Trans. Phil. Inst. Vict. 1858, ii, pp.

Remarks on a Tertiary Deposit in South Australia. Ibid.

1859, iii, pp. 84-94. On some Tertiary Deposits at Portland Bay (Victoria).

Ibid, iv, pp. 169-172. On some Tertiary Deposits in South Australia. Quart,

Jour. Geol. Soc. 1860, xvi, pp. 253-260; Phil. Mag. 4th.

ser. xix, p. 77; Geologist, iii, p. 31. G-eological Observations in South Australia : principally

in the district South-east of Adelaide, pp. xv and 404

(Bvo. London, 1862) (plate). North Australia ; its Physical Geography and Natural

History, pp. 46 (8vo. Adelaide, 1864). On some Tertiary Fossils in South Australia. Trans. B.

Soc. Vict. 1865, vi, pp. 3-6 (with plate). On some Tertiary Deposits in the Colony of Victoria.

Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. xxi, p. 387; Geol. Mag. 1865, ii,

p. 237 ; Phil. Mag. 4th ser. xxix, p. 404. A History of the Discovery and Exploration of Australia ;

or an Account of the Progress of Geographical Discovery in that Continent from the earliest period to the present day, 2 vols. (8vo. London, 1865).

— Report on the Geology and Mineralogy of the Southeast District of the Colony of South Australia, or that country lying between the River Murray, the 141st meridian of Longitude, and the Sea, pp. 33 (8vo. Adelaide, 1866 (map and sections).

— The Tertiary Rocks of South Australia, pt. i. Introduction. Trans. Phil. Soc. Adelaide for 1865.

Catalogue. 189

Woods (Rev. J. B. T.) On the Tertiary Kecks of Soutli Australia. Pt. 2. The Mount Gambier Fossils. Ibid.

The Tertiary Rocks of South Australia. Pt. 3. Brachio-

poda. Trans. Phil. 8oc. Adelaide, for 1865. The Tertiary Rocks of South Australia. Pt. 4. Fossil

Bchinidse. Ibid, for 1866 (plate) (1867).

— The Geology of the South-east (of S. Australia). Ibid, for 1866 (1867).

— On the Glacial Period in Australia. Trans. B. Soc. Vict.

1868, viii, p. 43.

— Notes on the Physical and Zoological Relations between Australia and Tasmania. Papers and Proc. B. 8oc. Tas. for 1874 (August), pp. 42-52.

— On some Tertiary Fossils from Table Cape, Tasmania. Ibid, for 1875 (March), p. 4; Ibid. (May), pp. 13-26 (3 plates) .

— On the Genus Fenestella. Ibid, for 1875 (August), pp.

— On some Tertiary Australian Polyzoa. Jour. R. Soc. JSf. S. Wales, 1876, x, pp. 147-150 (2 pis.) ; N. Jahrbuch, 1879, p. 742.

— On the Absence of the Gault Formation in Australia. Papers and Proc. B. Soc. Tas. for 1876, p. 66 (1877).

— On the History of Australian Tertiary Geology. Ibid, for 1876, pp. 76-78 (1877) ; Geol. Mag. 1877, Dec. 2, iv, p. 416.

— i'otes on the Fossils from the Tertiary Marine Beds of Table Cape, Tas., collected by Mr. R. M. Johnston. Papers and Proc. B. Soc. Tas. for 1876, pp. 91-115.

— Census ; with Brief Descriptions of the Marine Shells of Tasmania and the adjacent Islands. Ibid, for 1877, pp. 26-57 (1878).

— On the Tertiary Deposits of AustraHa. Jour. B. Soc.

N. S. Wales for 1877, xi, pp. 65-82 (1878). — Palteontologicai Evidence of Australian Tertiary Formations. Ibid, for 1877, xi, pp. 113-128 (1878).

190 Catalogue.

Woods (Rev. J. E. T.) On some Australian Tertiary Corals. Jour. R. Soc. N. S.Wales, for 1877, xi, pp. 183-195, pis. land 2 (1878).

On a Variety of Trigonia Lamarckii. Free. Linn. Soc.

N. S. Wales, 1877, ii, pt. 2, p. 125. On a Tertiary Formation at New Guinea. Ibid. 1877, ii,

pt. 2, pp. 125-128. On the Ecljiini of Australia (including those o£ the

"Chevert Expedition")- Ibid. 1877, ii, pt. 2, pp. 145-176;

1878, ii, pt. 4, pp. 342-344. On some Tertiary Fossils from New Guinea. Ibid. 1878,

ii, pt. 3, pp. 267-268. On the Extra-Tropical Corals of Australia. Ibid. 1878,

ii, pt. 4, pp. 292-341 (plates). On three new Genera and one new Species of Madre-

poraria Corals. Ibid. 1878, iii, pt. 2, pp. 92-99. On some new Extra-Tropical Corals. Ibid. 1878, iii,

pt. 2, pp. 131-135 (Fossil Placotrochi, p. 134). On some Tertiary Fossils from Muddy Creek, Western

Victoria. Ibid. 1879, iii, pt. 3, pp. 222-240, t. 20 and 21. ' On some Fossil Corals from Aldinga. Trans. Phil. Soc.

Adelaide, for 1877-78, pp. 104-119, pis. 1 and 2. The MoUuscan Fauna of Tasmania. Jour. B. Soc. N. S.

Wales, 1879, xii, pp. 29-56. On some Australian Tertiary Fossil Corals and Polyzoa.

Ibid. 1879, xii, pp. 57-61 (pi.). ' On some Tertiary Fossils. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales,

1879, iv, pt. 1, pp. 1-24, pis. 4.

— On some Post Tertiary Fossils from New Caledonia. Ibid. 1879, iv, pt. 3, pp. 360-363.

— On a Fossiliferous Bed at the Mouth of the Endeavour

Eiver. Ibid. 1880, v, pt. 2, pp. 187-189.

On some Recent and Fossil Species of Australian Selen-

ariadse (Polyzoa). Trans. E. Soc. S. Australia, 1880, iii, pp. 1-12, 2 pis.

Catalogue. 191

Woods (Rev. J. E. T.) On some new Corals from the Australian

Tertiaries. Trans. R. 8oc, 8. Australia, 1880, iii, pp. 99-101 .

(T.) Tin in Australia. Mining Jour. 1879, xlix, p. 225.

Woodward (H.) A Catalogue of British Fossil Crustacea, &o.

pp. xii and 115 (8to, London, 1877) {Entomis tuberosa,

Jones, p. 120). Description of a new Genus of Trilobites, Onycopyge

Liversidgei, from the Silurian of New South Wales. Geol.

Mag. 1880, Dec. 2, vii, pp. 97-99 ; N. Jahrhuch, 1880, ii,

p. 232. Wbight (P.) On Sluicing and Hydraulic Mining in Victoria.

Smyth's Oold Fields and Min. Districts, Vict. 1869, pp.

(J.) Notes on the Distribution of Gold throughout the

World, including Australia, California, and Russia, with

four maps, &c. pp. 44 (8vo. London, 1852). YoEK, Cape — see Jardine (J.) ; Rattray (Dr. A.) ; Wilkinson

(C. S.) ; Daintree (R.) ; Jack (R. L.). Young (L.) Report on the Boorook Silver Mines. Annual

Report, Bept. of Mines, N. 8. Wales, for 1878, pp. 35-41. Report on Gold Fields, County of Harden. Ibid. pp.

Report on Bingera Gold Field. Ibid. pp. 178-179.

(L. H. G.) Geological Reports on (1) Part of the County

of Clarendon; (2) New Rush at Cootamundra; (3) The

Moruya Silver Mine (Appendix C, to Geol. Surveyor's

Annual Report, 1879). Ibid, for 1879, pp. 221-225. Report on the Wambian Caves (Appendix E, to Geol.

Surveyor's Annual Report, 1879). Ibid, for 1879, pp. 22,7-229. Zephaeovich (V. von) Die Atakamit-Krystalle aus Siid-Australien. 8itz. der K. Acad. Wissensch. Wien, 1871, Ixiii, pp. 6-12 J N. Jahrbuch, 1871, p. 514; 8itz. der K. Acad. Wissensch. Wien, 1874, Ixviii, pp. 120-131 ; N. Jahrbuch, 1874, p. 83 ; Jour. Chem. 8oc. 1874, xii, p. 555.

Catalogue.

ZiGNO (Baron A. de) Sulla Flora Fossile dell' Oolite. Mem. dell' I. R. Istituto Veneto di Scienzi, Lettere, ed Arti, 1856, vi, pp. 325-339 (Australian Flora, p. 333),

Some Observations on the Flora of the Oolite. Quart.

Jour. Geol. 8oc. 1860, xvi, pp. 110-115.

Sopra di Deposita di Pianti Fossili dell' America Setten-

trionale, dalle Indie, e dell' Australia, che alcuni Autori Eiferisorio all' Epoca Oolitica. Bevista Perioddca della I. a. Acad, di Padova, 1863, xii, p. 148.

Zinc, Native, &c. — see Becker (L.) ; Moore (T.) ; Phipson (Dr. T. L.).

ZucHOLD (E. A.) Dr. Ludwig Leichhardt. Eine biographische Skizze. Nebst einem Berichte iiber dessen zweite Reise im Innern des Austral.-Continents nach dem Tagebuche seins Begleiters, des Botanikers Daniel Bnnce, pp. 118 (8vo. Leipzig, 1856).

Zygomatueus (Macleay) — see Fcetterle (F.) ; Owen (Prof. R.); Macdonald (Dr. J. D.).

London : Edwxrd Sta8F0Bd, 55, Chabihg Cross, S.W,

Addenda.

Ballantyne (Rev. J.) Homes and Homesteads in the Land of Plenty. A Handbook for Victoria, &o. 2nd ed. (8vo. Melbourne, 1871) (Contains a chapter on Gold Mining).

Ballaaeat — The School of Mines, Ballaarat. Annual Report together with Statement of Receipts and Expenditure for 1876, General Balance Sheet, and List of Subscribers, Donations, &c. 1875 and 1876, presented at the Meeting of Governors, held 31st January, 1877, pp. 39 (8vo. Ballaarat, 1877).

The School of Mines, Ballaarat. Annual Report presented at the Meeting of Governors, held February 9th, 1881, together with Statement of Receipts and Expenditure, General Balance Sheet, and List of Subscriptions, Donations, &c. &c. 1880, pp. 70, plans, sections (8vo. Ballaarat, 1881)— see Krause (F. M.).

Blandowski (W. von) Personal Observations in Victoria, pp. 34, pis. 3 (8vo. Melbourne, 1855).

Brown (H. Y. L.) Report (extracts from) on the Albert Gold Field District. The Sydney Morning Herald, August 8th, 1881 (Supplemented with Comments on the Report, by C. S. Wilkinson).

Deifts, Auriferous — see " Research."

Edmunds (R. H.) — see McKinlay (J.).

Eldee (Honble. T.) Exploration — see Giles (E.).

Exhibitions, International — Liternational Exhibition of Vienna, 1873. Catalogue of the Natural and Industrial Products of Queensland, pp. 63 (8vo. Brisbane, 1873) (Metals and Minerals, p. 3; Exhibits of ditto, pp. 55-60).

194 Addenda.

Hart (G. W.) — see Macartney (J. N.).

Lindsay (Dr. W, L.) The Gold and Gold Fields of Scotland, Trans. Geol. Soc. Edinb. 1868, i, pt. 2, pp. 105-115 (Contains Australian references).

LissiGNOL (E.) — see McCoy (Prof. F.).

Maetin (K.) and Wichmann (A.) Beitrage zur Geologie Ost- Asiens und Australiens. Mit Unterstiitzung des Niederlandischen Ministeriums der Colonien. Ites. Heft : Maetin, Sedimente Timors. Sammdungen des Geologischen Iteichsvnuseums in Leiden, No. pp. 64, pi. 3 (8vo. Leiden, 1881).

Menge (J.) Soutli Australian Minerals — see Geology, S. Australia.

MuECHisoN (Sir E. I.) — see " Speeches."

Nathoest (A. G.) Berattelse, afgifven till Kongl. Vetenskaps- Akademien, om en med understood af allmanna medel utford vetenskaplig resa tiU England. Ofversigt K. Vet.-Akad. Forhandl. Stockholm, 1880, No. 5, pp. 33-84 {Toeniopteris, and other fossil plants of Australia, pp. 47-48).

Nicholson (Sir 0.) The Australian Colonies; their Condition, Resources, and Prospects, pp. 12 (8vo. London, n. d. ; privately reprinted from the Jour. Soc. Arts, Nov. 27th, 1863, by Prof. J. Tennant) (Contains a list of Minerals found in Victoria, by A. E. C. Selwyn).

Owen (Prof. E.) Description of some Eemains of the Gigantic Land-Lizard {Megalania prisca, Owen), from Australia. Part 3. FMl. Trans. 1881, clxxii, pt. 2, pp. 547-56, pis.

Peime (F. Jun.) Ore Deposits — see Gotta (B. von).

Pyeites — see Quartz Grinder and Amalgamator ; Quartz Tailings; &c.

Qqaetz Eeefs and Veins' — see Eosales (H.).

Addekda. 195

Quartz Tailings— The Treatment of Test Samples of TaiKngs and Pyrites in quantities up to one ton in weight. Ann. Beport, School of Mines, Ballaa/rat, 1879, p. 27 — see also Quartz Grinder and Amalgamator.

Eeyee (E.) Zinn, sine geologisch-montanistisch-historische MonografiOj pp. 248 (8vo. Berlin, 1881) (Australia and Tasmania, pp. 181-196).

Selwyn (A. R. 0.) List of Minerals found in Victoria — see Nicholson (Sir 0.).

SowBRBY (J.) The Mineral Concholgy of Great Britain, &c. 7 vols. (8vo. London, 1812-1846) (Silicified Spiral Appendages of Spirifer from New Holland, iii, 1820, p. 118).

Tate (Prof. R.) Fossil MoUusca— see Woodward (Dr. S. P.). Trewartha ( — ) — see S. Australia.

Ulrich (G. H. P.) Geology of N. S. Wales and Queensland — see Leichhardt (L.).

Unger (Dr. F.) Neu-HoUand in Buropa. Ein Vortrag gehalten im Standeliause im Winter des Jahres, 1861, pp. 72 (8vo. Wien, 1861).

Waters (A. W.) On Fossil Chilostomatous Bryozoa from South-west Victoria, Australia. Quart. Jour. Oeol. Soc. 1881, xxxvii, pp. 309-347, pis. 14-18.

Woods (Rev. J. B. T.) Palaeontology of New Zealand. Part IV. Corals and Bryozoa of the Neozoic Period in New Zealand, pp. 34, pis. 3, and frontispiece (8vo. Wellington, 1880) (Contains references to Australian Species and Geology).

The Carboniferous Rocks of the Lower Burnett. The

Bundaberg and Mt. Perry Mail, No. 477, May 27th, 1881.

The Geology of Northern Queensland. The Queenslander,

1881, XX, No. 307, July 2nd, p. 13 (A Paper read before the Queensland Philosophical Society, 20th December, 1880).

Addenda.

Woods (Eev. J. E. T.) Lecture on the Burrum Coal Field, Queensland, with Map illustrative of the Coal Field, pp. 12 (8vo. Maryborough, 1881), contains —

(o) Analysis of Newcastle and Bnrrum Coals, by Dr. D. March ; (b) Sketch Map showing Burrum Coal Mines ; (e) Plan of Selections on Bnrrum River. . Scale : 40 chains to 1 inch.

Woodward (Dr. S. P.) A Manual of the MoUusca, or Eudimentary Treatise on Eecent and Fossil Shells, pp. xvi and 486, pis. 26, 1851-56; 3rd ed. pp. xiv and 520, pis. 23, 1875, with an Appendix by Ealph Tate, pp. 86 (8vo. London) .

Corrigenda.

Page 10, Line 2, for Beche (Sir H. de la) read (Sir H. T. de la).

„ 14, „ 25, after omit (Eev. J. J.).

„ 41, „ 3, for Eath ( — Ton), read (M. G. vom).

„ 48, „ 26, for discovering, read discovery.

„ 48, „ 29, for receuillies, read recueillies.

„ 61, „ 9, for Archepel, read, Archipel.

„ 70, „ reacJ Scoffem (J.).

,,105, „ 12, /or Cudgygong, read Cudgegong.

„ 127, „ 17, for Ibid, read Trans. B. 8oc. Vict.

„ 130, ,, 30, for Pitman, read Pittman.

„ 139, „ 1 9, for Roy (Sir — ), read Eoy (Sir C. A. Fitz— ).

„ 163, „ 32, /or Aukland, read Auckland.